CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

B.E. COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
REGULATION 2023

Vision

To promote highly ethical and innovative computer professionals through excellence in teaching, training and
research.

Mission

● To produce globally competent professionals, motivated to learn the emerging technologies and to be
innovative in solving real world problems.

● To promote research activities amongst the students and the members of faculty that could benefit the society.

● To impart moral and ethical values in their profession.

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

PEO 1: To equip students with essential background in computer science, basic electronics and applied
mathematics.

PEO 2: To prepare students with fundamental knowledge in programming languages and tools and enable them to
develop applications.

PEO 3: To encourage the research abilities and innovative project development in the field of networking, security,
data mining, web technology, mobile communication and also emerging technologies for the cause of social benefit.

PEO 4: To develop professionally ethical individuals enhanced with analytical skills, communication skills and
organizing ability to meet industry requirements.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

1
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

PO1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of Mathematics, Science, Engineering fundamentals, and
an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

PO2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering
problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and
engineering sciences.

PO3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system
components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration forthe public health and
safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods
including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide
valid conclusions.

PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering
and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the
limitations.

PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal,
health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional
engineering practice.

PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in
societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and normsof the
engineering practice.

PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse
teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with theengineering

community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effectivereports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

PO11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and
management principles and apply these to one‟s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects
and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage inindependent
and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

2
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

A graduate of the Computer Science and Engineering Program will demonstrate,

PSO 1: Foundation Skills: Ability to understand, analyze and develop computer programs in the areas related to
algorithms, system software, web design, machine learning, data analytics, and networking for efficient design of
computer-based systems of varying complexity. Familiarity and practical competence with a broad range of
programming language and open source platforms.

PSO 2: Problem-Solving Skills: Ability to apply mathematical methodologies to solve computational task,
model real world problem using appropriate data structure and suitable algorithm. To understand the standard
practices and strategies in software project development, using open- ended programming environments to
deliver a quality product.

PSO 3: Successful Progression: Ability to apply knowledge in various domains to identify research gaps and to
provide solution to new ideas, inculcate passion towards higher studies, creating innovative career paths to be an
entrepreneur and evolve as an ethically social responsible computer science professional.

Mapping of Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) and Program Outcomes (POs) with correlation levels (1:
Slight, 2: Moderate, 3: Substantial, -: No correlation), based on the provided information:

PEO and PO Mapping Table

PEOs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

PEO1 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 2 3 3 2

PEO2 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 2 3 3 2

PEO3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

PEO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

3
 CURRICULUM

B.E. COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Regulation 2023 | Total Credits: 160

SEMESTER I
SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
THEORY COURSES
1. HS23111 Technical Communication I HS 2 2 0 0 2
2. MA23111 Linear Algebra and Calculus BS 4 3 1 0 4
3. GE23117 தமிழர் மரபு /Heritage of Tamils HS 1 1 0 0 1
LAB ORIENTED THEORY COURSES
4. GE23131 Programming using C ES 7 1 0 6 4
5. EE23133 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering ES 5 3 0 2 4
6. PH23132 Physics for Information Science BS 5 3 0 2 4
LABORATORY COURSES
7 GE23121 Engineering Practices-Civil and Mechanical ES 2 0 0 2 1
NON-CREDIT COURSES
8. MC23111 Indian Constitution and Freedom Movement MC 3 3 0 0 0
TOTAL 29 16 1 12 20
.

SEMESTER II
SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
THEORY COURSES
1. MA23213 Discrete Mathematical Structures BS 4 3 1 0 4
2. தமிழரும் ததொழில் நுட்பமும் /Tamils and
GE23217 HS 1 1 0 0 1
Technology
LAB ORIENTED THEORY COURSES
3. EC23232 Digital Logic and Microprocessor ES 5 3 0 2 4
4. GE23111 Engineering Graphics ES 6 2 0 4 4
5. CS23231 Data Structures PC 7 3 0 4 5
LABORATORY COURSES
6. HS23221/ Technical Communication II / English for HS 2 0 0 2 1
HS23222 Professional Competence
7. GE23122 Engineering Practices- Electrical and Electronics ES 2 0 0 2 1
8. CS23221 Python Programming Lab PC 4 0 0 4 2
NON-CREDIT COURSES
9. MC23112 Environmental Science and Engineering MC 3 3 0 0 0
TOTAL 34 15 1 18 22

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

4
 SEMESTER III
SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
THEORY COURSES
1. MA23312 Fourier Series and Number Theory BS 4 3 1 0 4

2. CS23311 Computer Architecture PC 3 3 0 0 3

LAB ORIENTED THEORY COURSES

3. CS23331 Design and Analysis of Algorithms PC 5 3 0 2 4

4. CS23332 Database Management Systems PC 7 3 0 4 5

5. CS23333 Object Oriented Programming Using Java PC 7 1 0 6 4

6. CS23334 Fundamentals of Data Science PC 5 3 0 2 4

TOTAL 31 16 1 14 24

SEMESTER IV
SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
THEORY COURSES
1. Open Elective – I OE 3 3 0 0 3
2. Professional Elective-I PE 3 3 0 0 3
LAB ORIENTED THEORY COURSES
3. MA23435 Probability, Statistics and Simulation BS 5 3 0 2 4
4. CS23431 Operating Systems PC 7 3 0 4 5
5. CS23432 Software Construction PC 5 3 0 2 4
6. GE23627 Design Thinking and Innovation EEC 4 0 0 4 2
EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES
7. GE23421 Soft Skills–I EEC 2 0 0 2 1
8. CS23421 Internship (2 weeks) EEC 0 0 0 2 1
TOTAL 29 15 0 14 23

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

5
 SEMESTER V
SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
THEORY COURSES
1. CS23511 Theory of Computation PC 4 3 1 0 4
2. CS23512 Fundamentals of Mobile Computing PC 3 3 0 0 3
3. Professional Elective-II PE 3 3 0 0 3
LAB ORIENTED THEORY COURSES
4. CS23531 Web Programming PC 7 1 0 6 4
5. CS23532 Computer Networks PC 7 3 0 4 5
6. CS23533 Foundations of Artificial Intelligence PC 5 3 0 2 4
EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES
7. GE23521 Soft Skills-II EEC 2 0 0 2 1
TOTAL 31 16 1 14 24

SEMESTER VI
SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
LAB ORIENTED THEORY COURSES
1. CS23631 Compiler Design PC 5 3 0 2 4
2. CS23632 Cryptography and Network Security PC 4 2 0 2 3
3. CS23633 Cloud Computing PC 4 2 0 2 3
4. CS23634 Fundamentals of Generative AI and Prompt PC 4 2 0 2 3
Engineering
5. AI23331 Fundamentals of Machine Learning PC 5 3 0 2 4
LABORATORY COURSES
6. CS23621 Mobile Application Development Laboratory PC 4 0 0 4 2
EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES
7. GE23621 Problem Solving Techniques EEC 2 0 0 2 1
TOTAL 27 13 0 14 20

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

6
 SEMESTER VII
SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
THEORY COURSES
1. Professional Elective-III PE 3 3 0 0 3
2. Professional Elective-IV PE 3 3 0 0 3
3. Professional Elective-V PE 3 3 0 0 3
4. Professional Elective-VI PE 3 3 0 0 3
5. Open Elective – II OE 3 3 0 0 3
LABORATORY COURSES
6. CS23721 Project Phase I EEC 6 0 0 6 3
TOTAL 21 15 0 6 18

SEMESTER VIII
SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
THEORY COURSES
1. Professional Elective-VII PE 3 3 0 0 3
LABORATORY COURSES
2. CS23821 Project Phase II EEC 12 0 0 12 6
TOTAL 15 3 0 12 9

TOTAL NO. OF CREDITS: 160

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

7
 PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES (PE)

Cyber Security
SI. COURSE Contact
NO. CODE COURSE TITLE Category Periods L T P C
1. CR23A11 Security Assessment and Risk Analysis PE 3 3 0 0 3
2. CS23A11 Malware Detection and Analysis PE 3 3 0 0 3
3. CR23A31 Ethical Hacking and Security PE 4 2 0 2 3
4. CR23A32 Digital and Mobile Forensics PE 4 2 0 2 3
5. CR23A33 Cryptocurrency and Blockchain Technologies PE 4 2 0 2 3
6. CR23A34 Security and Privacy in Cloud PE 4 2 0 2 3
7. CR23A35 Social Network Security PE 4 2 0 2 3
8. CS23A35 Web Application Security PE 4 2 0 2 3
9. CR23A36 Information Security and Management PE 4 2 0 2 3

Data Science
SI. COURSE Contact
NO. CODE COURSE TITLE Category Periods L T P C
1. AI23A31 Social Network Analysis PE 4 2 0 2 3
2. AD23A32 Explorative and Forecasting Analytics PE 4 2 0 2 3
3. AI23A35 Recommendation Systems PE 4 2 0 2 3
4. IT23D11 Deep Learning Concepts PE 3 3 0 0 3
5. AD23B33 Text and Speech Analysis PE 4 2 0 2 3
6. CS23A31 Business Analytics PE 4 2 0 2 3
7. AD23A37 Image and Video Analytics PE 4 2 0 2 3
8. AD23B31 Image Processing and Computer Vision PE 4 2 0 2 3
9. AI23A36 Big Data Analytics PE 4 2 0 2 3
10. AI23632 Natural Language Processing PE 4 2 0 2 3
11. CS23C31 Data Analytics and Insights in MindSphere PE 5 1 0 4 3

Virtual and Augmented Reality

SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
1. CS23A37 Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality PE 4 2 0 2 3
2. CD23C22 Data Visualization PE 6 0 0 6 3
3. CS23A39 Game Development PE 4 2 0 2 3
4. CS23B31 Introduction to Metaverse PE 4 2 0 2 3
5. IT23E31 Graphics and Multimedia PE 4 2 0 2 3
6. CS23A38 Digital Marketing PE 4 2 0 2 3
7. CD23721 Visual Effects PE 6 0 0 6 3
8. CD23731 Film Making and Radio Podcasting PE 4 2 0 2 3
9. CS23A34 User Interface Design PE 4 2 0 2 3
10. CS23B34 Immersive Experience in AR/VR PE 5 1 0 4 3

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

8
 Emerging Technologies
SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
1. CS23A32 Robotic Process Automation PE 4 1 0 4 3
2. CS23A33 Cyber Security and Forensics PE 4 2 0 2 3
3. CS23A35 Web Application Security PE 4 2 0 2 3
4. CS23A36 3D Printing and Design PE 4 2 0 2 3
5. CB23G11 Quantum Computation and Quantum Information PE 3 3 0 0 3
6. CS23B32 Advanced Application Development with Oracle PE 6 0 0 6 3
APEX
7. CS23B33 Introduction to Modern Databases with MongoDB PE 6 0 0 6 3
8. BA23512 Fundamentals of Accounting PE 3 3 0 0 3

Full Stack Development

SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
1. IT23C31 Software Testing PE 4 2 0 2 3
2. IT23B33 DevOps PE 4 2 0 2 3
3. IT23B31 C# and .Net Programming PE 4 2 0 2 3
4. IT23A11 Internet of Things PE 3 3 0 0 3
5. IT23C12 Software Project Management PE 3 3 0 0 3
6. IT23C17 Ubiquitous Computing PE 3 3 0 0 3
7. CS23B35 IoT: Concepts and Hands-On Applications PE 5 1 0 4 3

Open Elective – Offered by CSE

SI. COURSE Contact
COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
1. Java Programming OE 4 2 0 2 3
OCS2331
2. OCS2332 Data Structures Using C OE 4 2 0 2 3
3. OCS2333 Assistive Technology OE 4 2 0 2 3
4. OCS2334 Web Design and Development OE 4 2 0 2 3
5. OCS2335 App Development OE 4 2 0 2 3

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

9
 COURSES OFFERED BY CSE TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS

SI. COURSE Contact

COURSE TITLE Category L T P C
NO. CODE Periods
1. GE23233 Problem Solving and Python Programming ES 6 2 0 4 4
2. GE23231 Programming using Python ES 5 1 0 4 3
3. CS23232 Fundamentals of Data Structures using C ES 7 3 0 4 5
4. CS23422 Python Programming for Machine Learning ES 4 0 0 4 2
5. CS23336 Introduction to Python Programming ES 5 1 0 4 3

Credit Distribution

Category AICTE 2022 R2019 R2023

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses HS 16 6 8
Basic Science courses BS 23 27 20
Engineering Science courses including workshop, drawing, basics
29 22 18
of electrical/mechanical/computer etc. ES
Professional core courses PC 59 71 72
Professional Elective courses PE 12 18 21
Open Electives from other technical and /or emerging Courses OE 9 6 6
Project work, seminar and internship in industry or elsewhere EEC 15 14 15
Mandatory Courses
[Environmental Sciences, Induction Program, Indian Constitution, Non-credit 0 0
Essence of Indian Knowledge Tradition] MC
Total 163 164 160

SUMMARY OF ALL COURSES

B.E. COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Course Credits per Semester

S.NO Total Credits
Category I II III IV V VI VII VIII
1 HS 3 2 3 8
2 BS 8 4 4 4 20
3 ES 9 9 18
4 PC 7 20 9 20 16 72
5 PE 3 3 12 3 21
6 OE 3 3 6
7 EEC 4 1 1 3 6 15
8 MC √ √

Total 20 22 24 23 24 20 18 9 160

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

10
 Semester – I

Course Code Subject Name (Theory Courses) Category L T P C

HS23111 TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION I HS 2 0 0 2
Common to all branches of B.E/B. Tech Programmes

Objectives:
● To facilitate students, develop their comprehension skills
● To enable students to improve their receptive skills
● To equip learners with better vocabulary and enhance their writing skills
● To aid students speak effectively in all kinds of communicative contexts.
● To improve the learners’ basic proficiency in workplace communication

UNIT-I DEVELOPING COMPREHENSION SKILLS 6

Listening: Introduction to Informational listening – Listening to Podcasts, News
Reading: Intentional Reading - Short Narratives and Passages.
Speaking: Introducing Oneself, Narrating a Story / Incident.
Writing: Sequential Writing – connecting ideas using transitional words (Jumbled Sentences), Process Description
Grammar: Verbs – Main & Auxiliary: Simple Tenses – Form, Function and Meaning.
Vocabulary: Word formation – Prefix, Suffix, Compound Words.
UNIT-II LISTENING AND EXTENDED READING 6
Listening: Deep Listening – Listening to Talk Shows and Debates
Reading: In-depth Reading - Scanning Passages Speaking: Describing Current Issues, Happenings, etc., Writing: Note
Making, Note Taking – Paragraph Writing, Grammar: Continuous Tenses, Prepositions, Articles
Vocabulary: One Word Substitutes, Phrasal Verbs.
UNIT-III FORMAL WRITING AND VERBAL ABILITY 6
Listening: Listening to Lectures and Taking Notes Reading: Interpretation of Tables, Charts and Graphs Speaking:
SWOT Analysis on Oneself
Writing: Formal Letter Writing and Email Writing
Grammar: Perfect Tenses, Phrases and Clauses, Discourse Markers
Vocabulary: Verbal Analogy / Cloze Exercise

UNIT-IV ENHANCING SPEAKING ABILITY 6

Listening: Listening to eminent voices of one’s interest (Martin Luther King, APJ Abdul Kalam, etc.)
Reading: Timed Reading, Filling KWL Chart. Speaking: Just a Minute, Impromptu Writing: Check-list, Instructions.
Grammar: ‘Wh’ Questions / ‘Yes’ or ‘No’ Questions, Imperatives
Vocabulary: Synonyms, Antonyms, Different forms of the same words.
UNIT-V LANGUAGE FOR WORKPLACE 6
Listening: Extensive Listening (Audio books, rendering of poems, etc.) Reading: Extensive reading (Jigsaw Reading,
Short Stories, Novels) Speaking: Short Presentations on Technical Topics
Writing: Recommendations, Essay Writing
Grammar: Impersonal Passive, Reported Speech, Concord
Vocabulary: Informal Vocabulary and Formal Substitutes
Total Contact Hours: 30
Course Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to
● Apply their comprehension skills and interpret different contents effortlessly
● Read and comprehend various texts and audio-visual contents
● Infer data from graphs and charts and communicate it efficiently in varied contexts
● Participate effectively in diverse speaking situations
● To present, discuss and coordinate with their peers in workplace using their language skills

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

11
 SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Ice breaker
● Just A Minute
● Ship wreck
● Hot seat
● Vocabulary building
● Chinese whispers
● Case study

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Assignment topics
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation/Discussion
● Continuous Assessment Tests

Text Book(s):
1. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, 2nd Edition, 2017
2. Sylvan Barnet and Hugo Bedau, ‘Critical Thinking Reading and Writing’, Bedford/st. Martin’s: Fifth Edition,
2004
3. Meenakshi Upadhyay, Arun Sharma – Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension.
4. Teaching Speaking: A Holistic Approach, Book by Anne Burns and Christine ChuenMeng Goh, Cambridge
University Press

Reference Book(s):
1. Basic Vocabulary in Use: 60 Units of Vocabulary Practice in North American English with Answers 2nd Edition
by Michael McCarthy, Felicity O'Dell, John D. Bunting
2. Reading Development and Difficulties By Kate Cain
3. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen Covey, Simon and Schuster, UK
4. Everybody Writes: Your Go-To Guide to Creating Ridiculously Good Content Hardcover by Ann Handley

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
HS23111. 1 - - - 1 - - - - - 3 - - - 2 -
HS23111. 2 - - - 1 - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
HS23111. 3 - 1 - 1 - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
HS23111. 4 - - - 2 - - - - 1 3 - - 3 - 1
HS23111. 5 - - - 1 - - - - 1 3 - - 1 - -
Average - 1.0 - 1.2 - - - - 1 3 - - 2.0 2 1.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

12
 Course Code Subject Name (Theory Courses) Category L T P C

MA23111 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS BS 3 1 0 4

Common to B.E. - CSE, CSE-CS, EEE, ECE, BME and B.Tech. IT.

Objectives:
● To introduce the matrix techniques and to explain the nature of the matrix.
● To collect the matrix algebra techniques and the concepts of basis and dimension in vector spaces.
● To construct normalization of vectors and ortho-normal vectors.
● To understand techniques of calculus which are applied in the Engineering problems.
● To apply the techniques of Integration in finding area and volumes.

UNIT-I MATRICES 12
Matrices - Eigenvalues and eigenvectors - Diagonalization of matrices using orthogonal transformation - Cayley-
Hamilton Theorem (without proof) - Quadratic forms - Reduction to canonical form using orthogonal transformation -
Numerical computation of Eigen value using Power method.
UNIT-II LINEAR TRANSFORMATION 12
Vector spaces – Subspaces – Linear combinations and system of Linear equations – Linear independence and Linear
dependence – Bases and Dimensions – Linear Transformation – Matrix representation of Linear Transformation – Null
space, Range space and dimension theorem (without proof).
UNIT-III INNER PRODUCT SPACES 12
Inner product and norms - Gram Schmidt orthonormalization process - QR Factorization - Singular value
decomposition.
UNIT-IV FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES 12
Partial differentiation–Total derivative–Change of variables–Jacobians–Partial differentiation of implicit functions–
Taylor’s series for functions of two variables–Maxima and minima of functions of two variables–Lagrange’s method
of undetermined multipliers.
UNIT-V MULTIPLE INTEGRALS 12
Double integrals–Change of order of integration–Area enclosed by plane curves–Triple integrals–Volume of solids–
Numerical computation of double integrals-trapezoidal rule.
Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to

● Demonstrate the matrix techniques in solving the related problems in engineering and technology.
● Apply the concepts of basis and dimension in vector spaces to the solution of related complex engineering
problems.
● Construct orthonormal basis by the concepts of normalization in inner products and to analyze complex
engineering problems.
● Interpret the problems in Engineering and Technology using the principles of mathematical calculus.
● Evaluate multiple integrals to conduct investigations of complex problems.

Text Book(s):
1. Grewal B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 43rd Edition, 2014.
2. T Veerarajan , Linear Algebra and Partial Differential Equations, Mc Graw Hill Education,2019.
3. Friedberg, A.H., Insel, A.J. and Spence, L., Elementary Linear Algebra, a matrix approach,2 nd edition, Pearson,
2014.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

13
 Reference Books(s):
1. Ramana. B.V., " Higher Engineering Mathematics ", McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2018.
2. Erwin Kreyszig," Advanced Engineering Mathematics ", John Wiley and Sons, 10th Edition, New Delhi,
2016.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
MA23111.1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1 - 1 1 -
MA23111.2 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 -
MA23111.3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MA23111.4 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - -
MA23111.5 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - -
Average 2.6 2.2 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 1 1 -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

14
Course Code Subject Name (Theory Courses) Category L T P C
GE23117 தமிழர் மரபு / HERITAGE OF TAMILS HS 1 0 0 1
Common to all branches of B.E/B. Tech programmes

அலகு I மதமொழி மற் றும் இலக்கியம் : 3

இந்திய ததமொழிக் குடும் பங் கள் - திதரொவிட ததமொழிகள் - தமிழ் ஒரு ததம் ததமொழி - தமிழ்
ததவ் விலக்கியங் கள் - த ங் க இலக்கியத்தின் த மய த த ொர்பற் ற தன் மம - த ங் க
இலக்கியத்தில் பகிரத் ல் அறம் - திருக்குறளில் மமதலொண் மமக் கருத்க்கள் - தமிழிக்
தகொப் பியங் கள் , தமிழகத்தில் த மண ததபௌத்த த மயங் களின் ததொக்கம் - பக்தி இலக்கியம் ,
ஆழ் தவொரக் ள் மற் றும் தநொயன் தமொரக் ள் - சிற் றிலக்கியங் கள் - தமிழில் நவீன
இலக்கியத்தின் வளதர்சி - தமிழ் இலக்கிய வளதர் சி
் யில் தபொரதிதயொர் மற் றும்
தபொரதிததொத ன் ஆகிமதயொரின் பங் களிப் பு.
அலகு II மரபு - தபொறற ஓவியங் கள் முதல் நவீன ஓவியங் கள் வறர - சிற் பக் கறல: 3

நடுகல் முதல் நவீன சிற் பங் கள் வமர - ஐம் ததபொன் சிமலகள் - பழங் குடியினர் மற் றும் அவரக்
ள் ததயொரிக்கும் மகவிமனப் ததபொருட்கள் , ததபொம் மமகள் - மதர் ததய் யும் கமல - சுடுமண்
சிற் பங் கள் - தநொட்டுப் புறத் ததய் வங் கள் - குமரிமுமனயில் திருவள் ளுவர் சிமல - இதமக்
கருவிகள் - மிருதங் கம் , பமற, வீமண, தயொழ் , தநொதஸ் வரம் - தமிழரக் ளின் த மூக
ததபொருதளொததொர தவொழ் வில் மதகொவில் களின் பங் கு.
அலகு III தநொட்டுப் புறக் கறலகள் மற் றும் வீர விறளதயொட்டுகள் : 3
ததருக்கூத்F, கரதகொட்டம் , வில் லுப் தபொட்டு, கணிதயொன் கூத்F, ஒயிதலொட்டம் , மததொல்
தபொமவக் கூத், சிலம் தபொட்டம் , வளரி, புலிதயொட்டம் , தமிழரக் ளின் விமளதயொட்டுகள் .

அலகு IV தமிழர்களின் திறறக் கதகொட்தபொடுகள் : 3

தமிழகத்தின் ததொவரங் களும் , விலங் குகளும் - தததொல் தகொப் பியம் மற் றும் த ங் க
இலக்கியத்தில் அகம் மற் றும் புறக் மதகொட்தபொடுகள் - தமிழரக் ள் மதபொற் றிய
அறக்மதகொட்தபொடு - த ங் கதகொலத்தில் தமிழத்தில் எழுத்தறிவும் , கல் வியும் - த ங் கதகொல
நகரங் களும் Fமற முகங் களும் - த ங் கதகொலத்தில் ஏற் றுமதி மற் றும் இறக்குமதி - கடல் கடந்த
தநொடுகளில் ததமொழரக் ளின் தவற் றி.
அலகு V இந்திய கதசிய இயக்கம் மற் றும் இந்திய றப் தபொட்டிற் குத் தமிழர்களின் 3
பங் களிப் பு:
இந்திய விடுதமலப் மதபொரில் தமிழரக் ளின் பங் கு - இந்திதயொவின் பிறப் பகுதிகளில் தமிழ் ப்
பண் தபொட்டின் ததொக்கம் - சுயமரிதயொமத இயக்கம் - இந் திய மருத்Fவத்தில் , சித்த
மருத்Fவத்தின் பங் கு - கல் தவட்டுகள் , மகதயழுத்Fப் படிகள் - தமிழ் ப் புத்தகங் களின் தஅ் சு
வரதலொறு.
Total Contact Hours: 15

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

15
Text Book(s):
1. தமிழக வரதலொறு - மக்களும் பண் தபொடும் - மக.மக. பிள் மள (தவளியீடு: தமிழ்
தநொடு தபொடநூல் மற் றும் கல் வியியல் பணிகள் கழகம் ).

2. கணினித் தமிழ் - முமனவர் இல. சுந்தரம் . (விகடன் பிரசுரம் ).

3. கீழடி - மவமக நதிக்கமரயில் த ங் கதகொல நகர தநொகரிகம் (தததொல் லியல் Fமற

தவளியீடு)

4. ததபொருமந - ஆற் றங் கமர தநொகரிகம் . (தததொல் லியல் Fமற தவளியீடு)

5. Social Life of Tamils (Dr. K. K. Pillay) A joint publication of TNTB & ESC and RMRL – (in print)
6. Social Life of the Tamils – The Classical Period (Dr. S. Singaravelu)(Published by: International Institute of
Tamil Studies.
7. Historical Heritage of the Tamils (Dr. S. V. Subatamanian, Dr.K.D. Thirunavukkarasu) (Published by:
International Institute of Tamil Studies).
8. The Contributions of the Tamils to Indian Culture (Dr.M.Valarmathi) (Published by: International Institute of
Tamil Studies).
9. Keeladi – ‘Sangam City Civilization on the banks of river Vaigai’ (Jointly Published by: Department of
archaeology & Tamil Nadu Text Book and Educational Services Corporation, Tamil Nadu)

10. Studies in the History of India with Special Reference to Tamil Nadu (Dr.K.K.Pillay) (Published by: The Author)
11. Porunai Civilization (Jointly Published by: Department of Archaeology & Tamil Nadu Text Book and
Educational Services Corporation, Tamil Nadu)

12. Journey of Civilization Indus to Vaigai (R.Balakrishnan) (Published by: RMRL) – Reference Book.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

16
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Courses) Category L T P C
GE23131 PROGRAMMING USING C ES 1 0 6 4
Common to B.E. Programmes of CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programmes of IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
● To develop C Programs using basic programming constructs
● To develop C programs using arrays and strings
● To do searching and sorting algorithms in C
● To develop applications in C using user defined functions and recursive functions
● To develop applications in C using pointers and structures

List of Experiments
1 Overview of C, Constants, Variables and Data Types
2 Operators and Expressions, Managing Input and Output Operations
3 Decision Making and Branching
4 Decision Making and Looping
5 Nested Loops - while and for, Jumps in Loops
6 One-Dimensional Arrays
7 Searching Algorithms - Linear and Binary
8 Sorting Algorithms - Bubble and Selection
9 Two-Dimensional and Multi-dimensional Arrays
10 Character Arrays and Strings Handling Functions
11 User-Defined Functions - Recursive Functions
12 Passing Arrays and Strings to Functions
13 Scope, Visibility and Lifetime of Variables
14 Structures and Unions
15 Pointers
16 The Preprocessor
Platform Needed: GCC Compiler for Windows/Linux Total Contact Hours 90

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Formulate simple algorithms for arithmetic and logical problems.
● Implement conditional branching, iteration and recursion.
● Decompose a problem into functions and synthesize a complete program using divide and conquer approach.
● Use arrays, pointers and structures to formulate algorithms and programs.
● Apply programming to solve matrix addition and multiplication problems and searching and sorting problems.

Text Book(s):
1. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, “The C Programming Language”, Second Edition, Pearson,2015
2. Byron Gottfried, “Programming in C”, Second Edition, Schaum Outline Series,1996.

Reference Book(s):
1. Herbert Schildt, “C: The Complete Reference”, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill,2017
2. YashavantKanetkar, “Let Us C”, BPB Publications,15th Edition,2016.
3. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C, Tata McGraw-Hill,9th Edition,2019.
4. NPTEL course, “Problem Solving Through Programming In C”, By Prof. Anupam Basu, IIT Kharagpur

Suggested Activities
● Practice small and tricky codes
● Practice problems in portals like Digital Café Debugging the codes
● Completing the function definitions etc

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

17
CO - PO – PSO Matrices of Course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
GE23131.1 1 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 2 3 -
GE23131.2 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 2 -
GE23131.3 1 1 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 2 -
GE23131.4 2 2 3 2 1 - - - 1 - 2 1 2 2 2
GE23131.5 2 2 3 2 1 - - - - - 2 1 2 2 2
Average 1.4 1.6 2.2 1.6 1.0 - - - 1.0 2.0 1.4 1.0 2.0 2.2 2.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

18
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C

EE23133 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING ES 3 0 2 4

Common to B.E. Programmes of CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programmes of IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
● To provide knowledge on the analysis of DC circuits.
● To provide knowledge on the analysis of AC circuits
● To expose the principles of electrical machines and electronic devices.
● To teach the concepts of different types of electrical measuring instruments and transducers.
● To experimentally analyze the electrical circuits and machines, electronic devices and transducers.

UNIT-I DC CIRCUITS 9
Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), Voltage and current sources, Kirchhoff ‘s laws, Analysis of simple circuits with
DC excitation, Superposition, Thevenin and Norton Theorems.
UNIT-II AC CIRCUITS 9
Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, Power and Power factor, Analysis of single-phase AC circuits consisting of R,
L, C, RL, RC, RLC combinations, Series resonance, Three phase balanced circuits
UNIT-III ELECTRICAL MACHINES 9
Construction, Principles of operation of DC machines, Single phase Transformers, Synchronous machines, Single phase
induction motors. (Qualitative Treatment Only).
UNIT-IV ELECTRONIC DEVICES & CIRCUITS 9
Review of PN Junction diode – Forward and Reverse Bias – Bipolar Junction Transistor – Common Emitter
haracteristics – MOSFET - Introduction to operational Amplifier –Inverting and Non-Inverting Amplifier.
UNIT-V MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION 9
Introduction to transducers - Classification of Transducers: Resistive, Inductive, Capacitive, Piezoelectric, -
Classification of instruments - PMMC and MI Ammeters and Voltmeters – Digital Storage Oscilloscope.
Total Contact Hours: 45

List of Experiments
1 Verification of Kirchhoff’s Laws.
2 Load test on DC Shunt Motor (Virtual Lab)
3 Load test on Single phase Transformer (Virtual Lab)
4 Load test on Single phase Induction motor (Virtual Lab)
5 Characteristics of P-N junction Diode.
6 Characteristics of CE based NPN Transistor.
7 Characteristics of MOSFET
8 Characteristics of LVDT, RTD and Thermistor.
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours: 75

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to

● Analyse DC circuits and apply circuit theorems.
● Calculate the power and power factor in AC circuits
● Understand the principles of electrical machines.
● Comprehend the principles of different types of electronic devices, electrical measuring instruments and
transducers.
● Experimentally analyze the electric circuits and machines, electronic devices, and transducers.
Suggested Activities
● Problem solving sessions

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

19
Suggested Evaluation Methods
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation / Discussion

Text Book(s):
1. J.B.Gupta, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics” S.K.Kataria & Sons Publications, 2010.
2. Joseph A. Edminister, Mahmood, Nahri, “Electric Circuits” – Shaum Series and Systems”, Schaum‟s Outlines,
Tata McGrawHill, Indian. 5th Edison, 2017
3. Thereja .B.L., “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics”, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., 2008

Reference Books(s):
1. Del Toro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2015
2. John Bird, “Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology”, Elsevier, First Indian Edition, 2007
3. Allan S Moris, “Measurement and Instrumentation Principles”, Elseveir, Third Edition, 2006
4. Rajendra Prasad, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India, Third Edition, 2014
5. A.E.Fitzgerald, David E Higginbotham and Arvin Grabel, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, McGraw Hill
Education(India) Private Limited, 2009
6. D P Kothari and I.J Nagarath, “Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering”, McGraw Hill Education(India)
Private Limited, Third Reprint ,2016
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076

Lab Equipment Required:

Quantity Required (For a batch of 30

Sl. No. Name of the Equipment
students)
Verification of ohms and Kirchhoff’s Laws
1. DC Regulated Power supply (0 - 30 V variable) 1
2. Bread Board 1
1. 3. Resistors 1
4. Multimeter As Required
5. Connecting wires

Load test on DC Shunt Motor.

1. Ammeter MC (0-20A) 1
2. Voltmeter MC (0-300) V 1
2. 3. Tachometer 1
4. Field Rheostat 500 Ω, 1.5 A 1
5. Connecting wires As Required

Load Test on Induction Motor

1. Ammeter MI (0-20A) 1
2. Voltmeter MI (0-300) V 1
3. 3. Wattmeter – 300V, 30 A 1
4. Tachometer – Digital 1
5. Connecting Wires As Required
6. Single phase Induction motor 1

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

20
 4. Load test on Single phase Transformer
1. Ammeter (0-30) A, (0-5) A 1
2. Voltmeter (0-150) V, (0-300) V 1
3. Wattmeter – 300V, 5A, UPF 1
4. Autotransformer 1
5. Single phase Transformer 1
6. Connecting Wires As Required

5. Characteristics of PN and Zener Diodes

7. PN Diode (IN4007), Zener diode (6.8V, 1A) 1
8. Resistor 1 KΩ, 100Ω 1
9. Bread Board 1
10. DC Regulated Power supply (0 - 30 V variable) 1
11. Multimeter 1
12. Connecting wires As Required
6. Characteristics of BJT
1. Transistor (BC107) 1
2. Resistors- 1kΩ, 470KΩ, 1MΩ 1
3. Bread Board 1
4. DC Regulated Power supply (0 - 30 V variable) 1
5. Multimeter 1
6. Connecting wires As Required

7 Characteristics of MOSFET
1. MOSFET (IRF510) 1
2. Resistors- 100kΩ, 1kΩ 1
3. Bread Board 1
4. DC Regulated Power supply (0 - 30 V variable) 1
5. Multimeter 1
6. Connecting wires As Required

8. Measurement of displacement of LVDT, RTD and

Thermistor 1
1. LVDT Kit 1
2. RTD 1
3. Thermistor 1
4. 4. Multimeter 1
CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
EE23133.1 3 3 3 3 - 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
EE23133.2 3 3 3 3 - 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 - 1
EE23133.3 3 3 3 3 - 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
EE23133.4 3 3 3 3 - 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2
EE23133.5 3 3 3 3 - 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2
Average 3 3 3 3 - 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1.8 2.0 1.8

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

21
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
PH23132 PHYSICS FOR INFORMATION SCIENCE BS 3 0 2 4
Common to -B.E.-CSE, CSD, CSECS & B. Tech.- IT, AIML, AI&DS

Objectives:
● To understand the principles of laser and fiber optics in engineering and technology.
● To analyze the properties of magnetic and superconducting materials.
● To understand the advanced concept of quantum theory and applications.
● To become proficient in semiconductor applications
● To become proficient in optoelectronic devices

UNIT-I LASERS AND FIBER OPTICS 9

Lasers: Characteristics, Einstein’s A and B coefficients derivation – resonant cavity, optical amplification (qualitative)
–Nd-YAG Laser, Semiconductor lasers: Homojunction and Heterojunction- Applications of Lasers. Fiber optics:
principle, numerical aperture and acceptance angle - types of optical fibers (material, mode and refractive index) –
losses associated with optical fibers -Fiber optic communication system - fiber optic sensors: pressure and
displacement.
UNIT-II MAGNETIC AND SUPERCONDUCTING MATERIALS 9
Magnetic dipole moment – atomic magnetic moments- magnetic permeability and susceptibility -Magnetic material
classification: diamagnetism – paramagnetism – ferromagnetism – antiferromagnetism – ferrimagnetism – Domain
Theory- M versus H behaviour – Hard and soft magnetic materials – examples and uses-– Magnetic principle in
computer data storage. Superconductors: Properties - BCS theory (Qualitative)- Type-I and Type II superconductors -
Magnetic levitation-SQUID-Cryotron.
UNIT-III QUANTUM PHYSICS 9
Introduction- Quantum free electron theory-De Broglie’s concept-Schrodinger wave equation-Time independent and
time dependent equations-Physical significance of wave function - Particle in a one-dimensional box – electrons in
metals - degenerate states – Fermi- Dirac statistics – Density of energy states -Size dependence of Fermi energy –
Quantum confinement – Quantum wells, Quantum wires, Quantum dots and Quantum clusters - Band gap of
nanomaterials.
UNIT-IV SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS 9
Intrinsic Semiconductors – Energy band diagram – direct and indirect band gap semiconductors – Carrier
concentration in intrinsic semiconductors – Band gap determination- extrinsic semiconductors (Qualitative)- Halleffect
- determination of Hall co-efficient -Formation of P-N Junction-Forward bias- Reverse bias –Ohmic contact-Schottky
diode- Tunnel diode.
UNIT-V OPTOELECTRONICS 9
Classification of optical materials – carrier generation and recombination processes – Absorption, emission and
scattering of light in metals, insulators and semiconductors (concepts only) – Photo electric effect-Photo current in a P-
N diode – Photo transistor-solar cell - LED – Organic LED- Non-Linear Optical materials-properties and applications.
Total Contact Hours: 45

List of Experiments
1 Determine the wavelength of the laser using grating and size of the particle using diode laser.
2 Determine the numerical aperture and acceptance angle of optical fiber.
3 Study the permeability of the free space using Helmoltz coil.
4 Determine the hysteresis loss in the transformer core using B-H curve unit.
5 Determine the band gap of given semiconductor.
6 Determine the Hall coefficient of semiconducting material.
7 Determine specific resistance of the material of given wires using metre bridge.
8 Study the resonance frequency in series connected LCR circuits.
9 Determine the V-I characteristics of the solar cell.
10 Determine the thickness of the given specimen by using air wedge method.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 75

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

22
 Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to
● Use the concepts of Laser and Fiber optics in communication.
● Use the properties of magnetic and superconducting materials in data storage devices.
● Apply the concepts of electron transport in nanodevices.
● Analyse the physics of semiconductor devices
● Analyze the properties of optical materials for optoelectronic applications.

Suggested Activities
● Problem solving sessions
Suggested Evaluation Methods
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation / Discussion

Text Book(s):
1. Bhattacharya, D.K. & Poonam, T. “Engineering Physics”. Oxford University Press, 2015.
2. Jasprit Singh, “Semiconductor Devices: Basic Principles”, Wiley 2012.
3. Kasap, S.O. “Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices”, McGraw-Hill Education, 2007.

Reference Books(s):
1. S. O. Pillai, Solid state physics, New Age International, 2015.
2. Serway, R.A. & Jewett, J.W. “Physics for Scientists and Engineers”. Cengage Learning, 2010.
3. Hanson, G.W. “Fundamentals of Nanoelectronics”. Pearson Education, 2009.
List of Equipment Available
(Common to B.E. CSD and CSE & B.Tech. AI&DS, AI & ML, IT)

S.No Name of the Equipment Quantity Quantity

Required Available
1 Wavelength of Laser and Characteristics -Laser source and grating plate 7 15
2 Laser - angle of divergence and NA acceptance angle 6 8
3 Determination of permeability of free space - Helmholtz coil setup 5 5
4 B-H curve Setup and CRO 6 7
5 Band gap of a semiconductor Setup 6 19
6 Hall coefficient of Semiconductor Setup 4 4
7 Determine specific resistance of the material of given wires-metre bridge 6 6
8 LCR circuit kit 6 7
9 Solar cell parameters setup 6 8
10 Thickness of thin wire-Air wedge method-Travelling Microscope, Glass Plate 8 13

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
PH23132.1 3 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - - 2 1 1 1
PH23132.2 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 - - - - 2 1 1 1
PH23132.3 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
PH23132.4 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
PH23132.5 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
Average 3 3 2 2 2.80 1 1 - - - - 2 1.80 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

23
Course Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Courses) Category L T P C
GE23121 ENGINEERING PRACTICES – CIVIL AND MECHANICAL ES 0 0 2 1

Objectives:
● To provide exposure to the students with hands on experience on various basic engineering practices in Civil
and Mechanical Engineering

List of Experiments
CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE
Study of pipeline joints, its location and functions: valves, taps, couplings, unions, reducers, andelbows in
1.
household fittings.
2. Preparation of basic plumbing line sketches for wash basins, water heaters, etc.
3. Hands-on-exercise: Basic pipe connections – Pipe connections with different joining components.
Carpentry Works:
4. Study of joints in roofs, doors, windows and furniture.
5. Hands-on-exercise: Woodwork, joints by sawing, planning and chiselling.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE
6. Preparation of butt joints, lap joints and T- joints by Shielded metal arc welding.
7 Gas welding practice.
Basic Machining:
8 Simple Turning and Taper turning
9 Drilling Practice
Sheet Metal Work:
10 Forming & Bending:
11 Model making – Trays and funnels
12 Different type of joints.
Machine Assembly Practice:
13 Study of centrifugal pump
14 Study of air conditioner
Total Contact Hours : 30

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Able to perform plumbing activities for residential and industrial buildings considering safety aspects while
gaining clear understanding on pipeline location and functions of joints like valves, taps, couplings, unions,
reducers, elbows, etc.
● Able to perform wood working carpentry activities like sawing, planning, cutting, etc. while having clear
understanding of the joints in roofs, doors, windows and furniture.
● Able to produce joints like L joint, T joint, Lap joint, Butt joint, etc. through arc welding process while
acquiring in depth knowledge in the principle of operation of welding and other accessories
● Able to perform operations like Turning, Step turning, Taper turning, etc. in lathe and Drilling operation in
drilling
machine
● Able to perform sheet metal operations like Forming, Bending, etc. and fabricating models like Trays, funnels,
etc.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

24
CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
GE23121.1 1 1 1 - - 2 1 - 2 - - 2 - 2 1
GE23121.2 1 1 1 - - 2 1 - 2 - - 2 - 2 1
GE23121.3 1 1 1 - - 2 1 - 2 - - 2 - 2 1
GE23121.4 1 1 1 - - 2 1 - 2 - - 2 - 2 1
GE23121.5 1 1 1 - - 2 1 - 2 - - 2 - 2 1
Average 1 1 1 - - 2 1 - 2 - - 2 - 2 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

25
 Course Code Subject Name (Theory Courses) Category L T P C
MC23111 INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND FREEDOM MOVEMENT MC 3 0 0 0
Common to all branches of B.E/B. Tech Programme

Objectives:
● To apprehend the sacrifices made by the freedom fighters.
● To inculcate the values enshrined in the Indian constitution.
● To instill a sense of responsibility as the citizens of India.
● To familiarize about the functions of the various levels of Government.
● To be informed about Constitutional and Non- Constitutional bodies.

UNIT-I INDIAN FREEDOM MOVEMENT 9

British Colonialism in India-Colonial administration till 1857- Revolt of 1857- Early Resistance to British Rule-Rise of
Nationalism in India-Indian Freedom Struggle under Mahatma Gandhi-Non- Cooperation Movement-Civil Disobedience
Movement- Quit India Movement-British Official response to National movement- Independence of India Act 1947-
Freedom and Partition.
UNIT-II CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 9
Historical Background – Indian Constitution: Constitution’ meaning of the term, Sources and constitutional history,
Constituent Assembly of India – Philosophical foundations of the Indian Constitution – Preamble – Fundamental Rights
– Directive Principles of State Policy – Fundamental Duties – Citizenship – Constitutional Remedies for citizens.
UNIT-III STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONS OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT 9
Union Government – Structure of the Union Government and Functions – President – Vice President – Prime Minister –
Cabinet – Parliament – Supreme Court of India – Judicial Review.
UNIT-IV STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF STATE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL BODY 9
State Government – Structure and Functions – Governor – Chief Minister – Cabinet – State Legislature – Judicial
System in States – High Courts and other Subordinate Courts- Role and Importance, Municipalities: Introduction, Mayor
and role of Elected Representative, CEO of Municipal Corporation, Pachayati Raj: Introduction, Elected officials and
their
roles, Village level: Role of Elected and Appointed officials.
UNIT-V CONSTITUTIONAL FUNCTIONS AND BODIES 9
Indian Federal System – Centre – State Relations – President’s Rule – Constitutional Functionaries – Assessment of
working of the Parliamentary System in India- CAG, Election Commission, UPSC, GST Council and other
Constitutional bodies-. NITI Aayog, Lokpal, National Development Council and other Non –Constitutional bodies.
Total Contact Hours : 45

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to:
● Appreciate the sacrifices made by freedom fighters during freedom movement.
● Be responsible citizens and abide by the rules of the Indian constitution.
● Be aware of the functions of the Indian government.
● Be knowledgeable about the functions of the state Government and the Local bodies.
● Apply the knowledge on constitutional functions and role of constitutional bodies and non-constitutional bodies.

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Famous speeches from around the world relating to independence
● Case study
● Quiz on Portfolio and Cabinet
● Discussions on International Associations like the UN, BRICS, QUAD
● Presentation on issues around the world

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

26
 SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS
● Assignment topics
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation/Discussion
● Continuous Assessment Tests (CAT)

Text Book(s):
1. M. Laxmikanth, “Indian Polity, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
2. Durga Das Basu, “Introduction to the Constitution of India “, Lexis Nexis, New Delhi. 21 sted 2013.
3. P K Agarwal and K N Chaturvedi, Prabhat Prakashan, New Delhi, 1st ed, 2017.

Reference Books(s):
1. Sharma, Brij Kishore, “Introduction to the Constitution of India, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
2. U.R. Gahai, “Indian Political System “, New Academic Publishing House, Jalaendhar
3. Bipan Chandra, India’s Struggle for Independence, Penguin Books, 2016.
4. Maciver and Page, “Society: An Introduction Analysis “, Mac Milan India Ltd., New Delhi.2 nded, 2014.
5. Bipan Chandra, History of Modern India, Orient Black Swan, 2009.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
MC23111.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MC23111.2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MC23111.3 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
MC23111.4 - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
MC23111.5 - - - - - 1 - 1 1 - - - - - -
Average - - - - - 1 - 1 1 - - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

27
 Semester – II

Course Code Subject Name (Theory Courses) Category L T P C

MA23213 DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES BS 3 1 0 4
Common to B.E. - CSE and B. Tech. IT

Objectives:
● To extend student’s Logical and Mathematical maturity and ability to deal with abstraction.
● To provide discrete structures of many levels and to know the principle of counting.
● To give an understanding of relations and functions and to determine their properties.
● To provide the basic principles of sets and operations in sets and to Prove basic set equalities.
● To model problems in Computer Science using graphs and trees.

UNIT-I LOGIC AND PROOFS 12

Logic: Propositional equivalence, predicates and quantifiers - Methods of proofs - mathematical induction
UNIT-II COMBINATORICS 12
Counting: The basics of counting - The pigeonhole principle - Permutations and Combinations -Recurrence relations:
solving recurrence relations, generating functions - Inclusion-Exclusion principle: application of inclusion-exclusion
UNIT-III RELATIONS 12
Relations - Equivalence relations – Functions - Bijections - Binary relations and graphs- Posets and Lattices -Hasse
Diagrams – Boolean algebra
UNIT-IV ALGEBRA 12
Group theory: Groups, subgroups, Cosets and Lagrange’s theorem - Permutation groups and Burnside’s theorem -
Isomorphism – Automorphisms - Homomorphism - Normal subgroups - Rings, Integral domains and Fields (only
definitions)
UNIT-V GRAPHS 12
Graph theory: Introduction to graphs, graph terminology, representing graphs and graph isomorphism – Connectivity -
Euler and Hamilton paths - Planar graphs - Graph coloring - Introduction to trees, application of trees.
Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to

● Demonstrate the ability to write and evaluate a proof or outline the basic structure and give examples of
each proof technique described.
● Apply counting principles to determine probabilities in engineering problems.
● Demonstrate the relations and functions and to determine their properties in solving engineering problems.
● Analyse the concepts and properties of algebraic structures in the solving complex engineering problems.
● Use different traversal methods for trees and graphs arising in the field of engineering and technology.

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Problem solving sessions
● Visio for drawing graphs
● Online Calculators for PDNF and PCNF, recurrence relations and sets
● Calculators for Logic gates
● GeoGebra for Hasse diagrams and graphs

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

28
SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS
● Problem solving in Tutorial sessions
● Assignment problems
● Quizzes and class test
● Discussion in classroom

Text Book(s):
1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics, (Second Edition) C. L. LiuMc Graw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Digital Logic & Computer Design, M. Morris Mano, Pearson.
3. Rosen, K.H., "Discrete Mathematics and its Applications", 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd.,New
Delhi, Special Indian Edition, 2011.
4. Tremblay, J.P. and Manohar. R, " Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer
Science",Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 30th Reprint, 2011.
5. Graph Theory with Applications, J. A. Bondy and U. S. R. Murty, Macmillan Press, London.

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1. Introduction to linear algebra, 5th Edition, Gilbert Strang.
2. Introductory Combinatorics, R. A. Brualdi, North-Holland, New York
3. Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Science, N. Deo, Prentice Hall, Englewood
Cliffs.
4. Introduction to Mathematical Logic,(Second Edition), E. Mendelsohn, Van-Nostrand, London.
5. Mathematical Logic for Computer Science, L. Zhongwan, World Scientific, Singapore.
6. Topics in Algebra, I. N. Herstein, John Wiley and Sons.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
MA23213.1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - -
MA23213.2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - -
MA23213.3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1 -
MA23213.4 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1 -
MA23213.5 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - -
Average 3 2.2 2.2 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 1 -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:
“-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

29
 Course Code Subject Name (Theory Courses) Category L T P C
GE23217 தமிழரும் ததொழில் நுட்பமும் / Tamils and HS 1 0 0 1
Technology
Common to all branches of B.E/B. Tech programmes

அலகு I மநசவு மற் றும் ப ொறனத் மபதொழில் நுட் ம் : 3

த ங் க தகொலத்தில் ததநவுத் தததொழில் - தபொமனத் தததொழில் நுட்பம் - கருப் பு
சிவப் பு தபொண் டங் கள் - பண் டங் களில் கீறல் குறியீடுகள் .

அலகு II வடிவறம ் பு மற் றும் கட்டிடத் மபதொழில் நுட் ம் : 3

த ங் க தகொலத்தில் வடிவமமப் பு மற் றும் கட்டுதமொனங் கள் & த ங் க
தகொலத்தில் வீட்டுப் ததபொருட்களில் வடிவமமப் பு - த ங் க தகொலத்தில்
கட்டுதமொன ததபொருட்களும் நடுகல் லும் - சிலப் பதிதகொரத்தில் மமமட அமமப் பு
பற் றிய விவரங் கள் - தமொமல் லபுதர் சிற் பங் களும் , மதகொவில் களும் -
ததமொழர் தகொலத்Fப் தபருங் மதகொயில் கள் மற் றும் பிற வழிதபொட்டுத் தலங்
கள் - தநொயக்கர் தகொலக் மதகொயில் கள் - தமொதிரி கட்டமமப் புகள் பற் றி அறிதல்
, மFமர மீதனொட்சி அம் மன் ஆலயம் மற் றும் திருமமல தநொயக்கர் மத ொல் -
ததட்டிதநொடு வீடுகள் - பிரிட்டிஷ் தகொலத்தில் ததன் மனயில் இந்மததொ -
த த ொமதரொததனிக் கட்டிடக் கமல.
அலகு III உற் த்தித் மபதொழில் நுட் ம் : 3
கப் பல் கட்டும் கமல - உமதலொகவியல் - இரும் புத் தததொழிற் த த ொமல - இரும்
மப உருக்குதல் , எஃகு - வரதலொற் றுத ் த த ொன் றுகதளொக ததம் பு மற் றும் தங்
க தநொணயங் கள் - தநொணயங் கள் தஅத ் டித்தல் - மணி உருதவொக்கும்
தததொழிற் த த ொமலகள் - கல் மணிகள் , கண் தணொடி மணிகள் - சுடுமண்
மணிகள் - த ங் கு மணிகள் - எலும் புத்Fண் டுகள் - தததொல் லியல் த த ொன்
றுகள் - சிலப் பதிதகொரத்தில் மணிகளின் வமககள் .
அலகு IV கவப ொை்்் றம மற் றும் நீ ர் ் ப ொசனத் மபதொழில் நுட் ம் : 3
அமண, ஏரி, குளங் கள் , மதகு - ததமொழரக் த ொலக் குமுழித் தூம் பின்
முக்கியத்Fவம் - தகொல் நமட பதரொமரிப் பு - கல் நமடகளுக்தகொக
வடிவமமக்கப் பட்ட கிணறுகள் - மவதளொண் மம மற் றும் மவதளொண் மதம்
த த ொர்ந்த ததயல் தபொடுகள் - கடல் த த ொர் அறிவு - மீன் வளம் - முத்F மற் றும்
முத்Fக்குளித்தல் - தபருங் கடல் குறித்த பண் மடய அறிவு - அறிவுத த ொர்
த மூகம் .
அலகு V அறிவியல் தமிழ் மற் றும் ைைித்தமிழ் : 3
அறிவியல் தமிழின் வளதர் சி ் - கணித்தமிழ் வளதர் சி
் - தமிழ் நூல் கமள மின்
பதிப் பு ததய் தல் - தமிழ் தமன் ததபொருட்கள் உருதவொக்கம் - தமிழ் இமணயக்
கல் விக்கழகம் - தமிழ் மின் நூலகம் - இமணயத்தில் தமிழ் அகதரொதிகள் -
தததொற் குமவத் திட்டம் .
Total Contact Hours: 15

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

30
 Text Book(s):

1. தமிழக வரதலொறு - மக்களும் பண் தபொடும் - மக.மக. பிள் மள (தவளியீடு:

தமிழ் தநொடு தபொடநூல் மற் றும் கல் வியியல் பணிகள் கழகம் ).

2. கணினித் தமிழ் - முமனவர் இல. சுந்தரம் . (விகடன் பிரசுரம் ).athon

3. கீழடி - மவமக நதிக்கமரயில் த ங் கதகொல நகர தநொகரிகம் (தததொல்

லியல் Fமற தவளியீடு)

4. ததபொருமந - ஆற் றங் கமர தநொகரிகம் . (தததொல் லியல் Fமற தவளியீடு)

5. Social Life of Tamils (Dr. K. K. Pillay) A joint publication of TNTB & ESC and RMRL – (in print)

6. Social Life of the Tamils – The Classical Period (Dr. S. Singaravelu) (Published by: International
Institute of Tamil Studies.

7. Historical Heritage of the Tamils (Dr. S. V. Subatamanian, Dr.K.D. Thirunavukkarasu) (Published

by: International Institute of Tamil Studies).

8. The Contributions of the Tamils to Indian Culture (Dr.M.Valarmathi) (Published by: International
Institute of Tamil Studies).

9. Keeladi – ‘Sangam City Civilization on the banks of river Vaigai’ (Jointly Published by: Department
of archaeology & Tamil Nadu Text Book and Educational Services Corporation, Tamil Nadu)

10. Studies in the History of India with Special Reference to Tamil Nadu (Dr.K.K.Pillay) (Published by:
The Author)

11. Porunai Civilization (Jointly Published by: Department of Archaeology & Tamil Nadu Text Book and
Educational Services Corporation, Tamil Nadu)

12. Journey of Civilization Indus to Vaigai (R.Balakrishnan) (Published by: RMRL) – Reference Book.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

31
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
EC23232 DIGITAL LOGIC AND MICROPROCESSOR ES 3 0 2 4
For B.E Programme CSE and CSECS

Objectives:
● To learn basic postulates of Boolean algebra and infer the methods for simplifying Boolean expressions.
● To illustrate the formal procedures for the analysis and design of Combinational and Sequential circuits.
● To understand the basic functionalities of 8085 and programming logic.
● To understand the concepts and basic functionalities of 8051 architecture and its functionalities.
● To peruse the knowledge of programming, peripherals and interface various devices.

UNIT-I MINIMIZATION TECHNIQUES AND LOGIC GATES 9

Fundamentals: Boolean postulates and laws, De-Morgan’s Theorem, Principle of Duality, Boolean expression, Sum of
Products (SOP), Product of Sums (POS).
Minimization Techniques: Minimization of Boolean expressions using Boolean laws, Karnaugh map, Quine McCluskey
method of minimization, don’t care conditions.
Logic Gates: Implementations of Logic Functions using gates, NAND–NOR implementations.
UNIT-II COMBINATIONAL AND SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS 9
Combinational Circuits: Full Adder, Full Subtractor, Code Converters-Binary to Gray and Gray to Binary, 2-bit
Magnitude Comparator, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder, Encoder-Priority Encoder, Parallel Binary Adder/Subtractor.
Sequential Circuits: Memory element: Flip-flops: RS, JK, D, T, Shift Registers - SISO, SIPO, PISO, PIPO. Design:
Synchronous & Asynchronous counters - Up/Down counter, Modulo–N counter.
UNIT-III THE 8085 MICROPROCESSORS 9
8085 Architecture - Pin configuration - Instruction Set - Addressing modes – Interrupts- Assembly Language
Programming.
UNIT-IV THE 8051 MICROCONTROLLERS 9
8051 Architecture - SFR - Instruction Set - Addressing modes – Programming 8051 Timers, Serial Port, Interrupt handling,
Assembly Language Programming.
UNIT-V INTERFACING & APPLICATIONS 9
Programmable Peripheral Interface (8255), Programmable Interval Timer (8253), DAC and ADC interfacing with 8085,
Stepper Motor Control and Traffic Light Control interfacing with 8051.
Total Contact Hours: 45

Description of the Experiments Total Contact Hours: 60

1. Design and Implementation of adder, subtractor using logic gates.
2. Design and Implementation of Binary to Gray and Gray to Binary code converter
3. Design and Implementation of Multiplexer and De-multiplexer using logic gates.
4. Design and Implementation of 4-bit Synchronous counters.
5. Implementation of SISO, SIPO, PISO and PIPO shift registers using Flip- Flop.
6. 8-bit Arithmetic, Logical and Decimal Arithmetic Operations using 8085.
7. 8 Searching an array of numbers using 8085.
8. 8-bit Arithmetic, Logical operations using 8051.
9. 8255 - Parallel interface with 8085.
10. 8253– Timer interface with 8085.
11. Stepper Motor Control using 8051.

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:

● Simplify the Boolean expressions using basic postulates of Boolean algebra with suitable minimization
● Apply the procedure to design and implement combinational and sequential circuits.
● Interpret the concepts of 8085 and develop programs using 8085.
● Analyze the concepts of 8051 and to infer the basic functionalities.
● Explore the knowledge of interfacing and use it for different applications.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

32
SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES (if any) (UNIT/ Module Wise) – Could suggest topic
● Problem solving sessions- Tabulation Method
● Flipped classroom – 8051 architectures.
● Activity based learning- Quiz- Instruction set

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS (if Any) (UNIT/ Module Wise) – could suggest topic
● Tutorial problems – K-map, Quine Mc-Cluskey method
● Assignment problems – Boolean expression-based problems
● Quizzes- 8085, 8051 concepts
● Class Presentation/Discussion- Architecture topics

Text Book(s):
1 M. Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2008 / Pearson Education
(Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
2 Ramesh S. Gaonkar, “Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with 8085”, Sixth edition,
Penram International Publishing, 2012.
3 Mohamed Ali Mazidi, Janice GillispieMazidi, RolinMcKinlay, “The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded
Systems: Using Assembly and C”, Second Edition, Pearson education, 2011.

Reference Book(s):
1 Charles H.Roth. “Fundamentals of Logic Design”, 7th Edition, Thomson Learning, 2014.
2 Krishna Kant, Microprocessor and Microcontroller Architecture, Programming and System design using 8085,
8086, 8051 and 8096, PHI, 2007, Seventh Reprint, 2011.
3 Douglas V. Hall, “Microprocessor and Interfacing, Programming and Hardware”, Revised 2nd Edition 2006,
eleventh reprint 2010.Tata McGraw Hill.

Lab equipment required:

S. No Name of the Equipment
1 Digital IC Trainer Kit
2 8085 Microprocessor trainer kit
3 8051 Microcontroller trainer kit
4 8255 Parallel interface
5 8253 timer interfaces
6 CRO
7 Stepper motor interface

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
EC23232.1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 2
EC23232.2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 2 2 3 3 3 2
EC23232.3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 1
EC23232.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 1
EC23232.5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 1
Average 3.0 3.0 2.8 3.0 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.4 2.8 1.8 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.0 1.4

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

33
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
GE23111 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS ES 2 0 4 4
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● To understand the importance of the drawing in engineering applications
● To develop graphic skills for communication of concepts, ideas and design of engineering products
● To expose them to existing national standards related to technical drawings.
● To improve their visualization skills so that they can apply this skill in developing new products.
● To improve their technical communication skill in the form of communicative drawings

CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS (Not for Examination) 1

Importance of graphics in engineering applications–Use of drafting instruments– BIS conventions and specifications–
Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets– Lettering and dimensioning. Basic Geometrical constructions.
UNIT-I PLANE CURVES AND PROJECTION OF POINTS 5+12
Curves used in engineering practices: Conics–Construction of ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by eccentricity method
– Cycloidal Curves–Construction of cycloid, epicycloid and hypocycloid – Construction of involutes of square and
circle– Drawing of tangents and normal to the above curves. Principles of Projection and Projection of points.
UNIT-II PROJECTION OF LINES AND PLANE SURFACES 6+12
Projection of straight lines (First angle projection) inclined to both the principal planes – Determination of true
lengths and true inclinations by rotating line method Projection of planes (polygonal and circular surfaces) inclined to
both the principal planes by rotating object method.
UNIT-III PROJECTION OF SOLIDS AND PROJECTION OF SECTIONED SOLIDS 12
Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one of the principal
planes by rotating object method. Sectioning of solids in simple vertical position when the cutting plane is inclined to HP
and perpendicular to VP –obtaining true shape of the section. Practicing three-dimensional modeling of simple objects by
CAD software (Not for examination)
UNIT-IV DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACE AND ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS 12
Development of lateral surfaces of simple and sectioned solids – Prisms, pyramids cylinders and cones. Principles of
isometric projection–isometric scale–Isometric projections of simple solids and truncated solids - Prisms, pyramids,
cylinders and cones .Model making of isometric projection of combination of solids as assignment (Not for End
semester)
UNIT-V FREE HAND SKETCHING AND PERSPECTIVE PROJECTIONS 12
Free Hand sketching: Freehand sketching of multiple views from pictorial views of objects - Freehand sketching of
pictorial views of object from multiple views. Perspective projection of simple Solids-Prisms, pyramids, cylinder and
cone by visual ray method.
Total Contact Hours: (L=30; P=60)
90 Periods

Course Outcomes: After learning the course, the students should be able
● To construct different plane curves and to comprehend the theory of projection
● To draw the basic views related to projection of lines and planes
● To draw the projection of simple solids and to draw the projection of development of surfaces of
Sectioned solids in simple vertical position
● To draw the orthographic projection from pictorial objects and Isometric projections of simple solids
● To visualize Perspective view of simple solids

Text Book(s):
1. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, 50th Edition, 2010.
2. Natarajan K.V., “A text book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2017.
3. Graph Theory with Applications, J. A. Bondy and U. S. R. Murty, Macmillan Press, London.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

34
 Reference Books(s) :
1. Varghese P I., “Engineering Graphics”, McGraw Hill Education (I) Pvt.Ltd., 2013.
2. V.B Sikka “Civil Engineering Drawing”, S.K Kataria & Sons, New Delhi.
3. Venugopal K. and PrabhuRaja V., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age International (P)Limited, 2008.
4. Gopalakrishna K.R., “Engineering Drawing” (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas Stores, Bangalore, 2017.
Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited,
5.
New Delhi, 2018.
CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
GE23111.1 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
GE23111.2 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
GE23111.3 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
GE23111.4 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
GE23111.5 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
Average 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

35
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
CS23231 DATA STRUCTURES PC 3 0 4 5
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● To apply the concepts of Linked List in the applications of various linear data structures.
● To demonstrate the understanding of stacks, queues and their applications.
● To apply the concepts of Linked List in the applications of various nonlinear data structures.
● To understand the implementation of graphs and their applications.
● To be able to incorporate various sorting and hashing techniques in real time scenarios

UNIT-I LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – LIST 9

Self-Referential Structures, Dynamic Memory Allocation, Linked list implementation - Singly Linked List, Doubly
Linked List, Circular Linked List, Applications of List.
UNIT-II LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – STACKS, QUEUES 9
Stack – Operations, Array and Linked list implementation, Applications – Evaluation of Arithmetic Expressions,
Queues-Operations, Array and Linked list Implementation.
UNIT-III NON-LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – TREES 9
Tree Terminologies, Binary Tree Representation, Tree Traversals, Binary Search Trees, Binary Heap, Height Balance
trees – AVL Trees.
UNIT-IV NON-LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – GRAPHS 9
Representation of Graphs, Topological Sort, Depth First Search and Breadth-First Search, Minimum Spanning Tree –
Prim's Algorithm, Shortest path algorithm – Dijikstra’s Algorithm.
UNIT-V SEARCHING, SORTING AND HASHING TECHNIQUES 9
Sorting Techniques –Insertion Sort, Quick Sort, Merge Sort, Hashing- Hashing functions – Mid square, Division,
Folding,
Collision Resolution Techniques – Separate Chaining – Open Addressing – Rehashing.
Contact Hours : 45

List of Experiments
1 Implementation of Single Linked List (Insertion, Deletion and Display).
2 Implementation of Doubly Linked List (Insertion, Deletion and Display).
3 Implementation of Stack using Array and Linked List implementation.
4 Implementation of Queue using Array and Linked List implementation.
5 Implementation of Binary Search Tree and perform Tree Traversal Techniques.
6 Program to perform Quick Sort
7 Program to perform Merge Sort
8 Program to perform Linear Probing.
9 Program to perform Rehashing.
10 Mini Project:
● Contact book application using Linked List.
● Dictionary using Binary search trees.
● Snake Game.
● Chess Game.
● Travel Planner (Shortest Path Algorithm).
● Tic-Tac-Toe Game.
● Library Management System.
● Project Management System.
● other projects.
Contact Hours : 60
Total Contact Hours: 105
Platform Needed: GCC Compiler for Windows/Linux

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

36
Course Outcomes: After learning the course, the students should be able
● Understand and apply the various concepts of Linear data Structures
● Understand and apply the various concepts of Non-Linear data Structures.
● Understand and apply the various sorting and Hashing concepts.
● Analyse and apply the suitable data structure for their research.
● Choose efficient data structures and apply them to solve real world problems.

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Role play- Linked List (Unit 1).
● Mind Map, Poster Design - Stack and Queue (Unit 2).
● Flipped Classroom - Binary Heap (Unit 3).
● Poster Design - Graph (Unit4).
● Implementation of small module- Hashing (Unit5).

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Assignment problems - Linked List (Unit 1).
● Tutorial problems - Applications – Evaluation of Arithmetic Expressions (Unit 2).
● Quizzes - BST and Binary Heap (Unit 3).
● Tutorial problems- Graph traversal (Unit 4).
● Quizzes - Hashing and Sorting (Unit5).

Text Book(s):
1 “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, Mark Allen Weiss, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2005
2 “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++ - Anna University, Mark Allen Weiss, Pearson Education, 2017.
Reference Books(s):
1 “Data Structures Using C and C++”, Langsam, Augenstein and Tanenbaum, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
2 Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L.Rivest, Clifford Stein, Introduction to Algorithms”, Fourth
Edition, Mcgraw Hill/ MIT Press, 2022.

Web links for Theory & Lab(if any)

1 Data Structures - GeeksforGeeks
2 Data Structures | DS Tutorial - javatpoint
3 Data Structure and Types (programiz.com)

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23231.1 1 2 1 2 1 - - - - - - 1 1 2 -
CS23231.2 1 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 2 2 -
CS23231.3 1 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 2 2 -
CS23231.4 1 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 2 2 -
CS23231.5 1 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 1 2 -
Average 1.0 1.2 1.8 1.2 1.0 - - - - - - 1.6 1.6 2.0 -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

37
Course Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
HS23221 TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION II HS 0 0 2 1
Common to all branches of B.E/B. Tech programmes

Objectives:
● To facilitate students to improve their vocabulary for a better communication
● To enable learners to understand and reproduce language
● To aid students to write technical reports in a convincing manner
● To expose students to different sentence structures
● To equip learners to present their ideas in an efficient manner

UNIT-I VOCABULARY FOR BETTER COMMUNICATION 6

Listening: Telephonic Conversations and TV News
Reading: Newspapers and Magazines
Speaking: Conversational Practice: Speaking in a given situation, asking permission and requesting etc.,
Writing: Job Application Letter and Resume
Grammar: Reference words: pronouns and determiners
Vocabulary: Guessing meanings of words in different contexts.
UNIT-II FUNCTIONAL LANGUAGE ASPECTS 6
Listening: Motivational listening – listening to real life challenges
Reading: Articles and Technical reports
Speaking: Using Polite Expressions, Indirect Questions
Writing: Paraphrasing a Text, Poem
Grammar: Purpose Statements, Cause and Effect Expressions
Vocabulary: Neologisms.
UNIT-III TECHNICAL REPORTWRITING 6
Listening: Empathetic Listening – Giving Solutions to Problems
Reading: Inferential Reading
Speaking: Dialogues – Interviewing Celebrities / Leaders / Sportspersons, etc.,
Writing: Report Writing
Grammar: Functional Usage of Expressions – used to, gone / been, etc.,
Vocabulary: Words Often Confused
UNIT-IV STRUCTURAL GRAMMAR 6
Listening: Comprehension (IELTS practice tests)
Reading: Intensive Reading for specific information
Speaking: Pick and Talk
Writing: Proposals
Grammar: Sentence Structures – Simple, Compound, Complex Sentences
Vocabulary: Replacing dull words with vivid ones
UNIT-V PRESENTATION SKILLS 6
Listening: Discriminative listening – sarcasm, irony, pun, etc.,
Reading: Practice of chunking – breaking up reading materials
Speaking: Mini presentation on some topic
Writing: Minutes of the meeting
Grammar: Correction of Errors
Vocabulary: Advanced vocabulary – fixing appropriate words in the given context.
Total Contact Hours: 30

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to

● Communicate effectively using appropriate vocabulary
● Use the acquired language skills to comprehend various types of language contents
● Evaluate different texts and write effective technical content
● Use appropriate sentence structures to convey their thoughts in varied contexts
● Present their concepts and ideas in an effective manner

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

38
SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Story Lines
● One truth and two lies
● Hang Man
● Pictionary
● Word Scramble
● Case study

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Assignment topics
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation/Discussion
● Continuous Assessment Tests

Text Book(s):
1 Raymond Murphy, “Intermediate English Grammar,” Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2018
2 Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, “Technical Communication” Third Edition, Oxford University
Press, 2015
3. Teaching Speaking: A Holistic Approach, Book by Anne Burns and Christine ChuenMeng Goh, Cambridge
University Press

Reference Book(s):
1 Michael McCarthy (Author), Felicity O'Dell (Author), John D. Bunting (Contributor), “Basic Vocabulary in
Use: 60 Units of Vocabulary Practice in North American English with Answers” 2nd Edition
2 Dale Carnegie, “The Art of Public Speaking,” Insight Press
3. Jack C. Richards & Theodore S. Rodgers, “Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching, Second Edition,
Cambridge University Press

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
HS23221. 1 - - - 1 - - - - - 2 - - - - -
HS23221. 2 - - - 1 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
HS23221. 3 - 2 - 1 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
HS23221. 4 - - - 1 - - - - 2 3 - - - - -
HS23221. 5 - - - 1 - - - - 2 2 - - - - -
Average - 2 - 1 0 0 0 0 2 2.6 - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

39
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
HS23222 ENGLISH FOR PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCE HS 0 0 2 1
Common to all branches of B.E/B. Tech programmes

Objectives:
● To facilitate the learners in acquiring listening and reading competence
● To enable the learners to communicate effectively through written and oral medium
● To assist the learners in preparing for competitive examinations
● To train the students in acquiring corporate skills
● To inculcate professional standards among the students and make them realize their responsibility
in addressing the challenges

UNIT-I RECEPTIVE SKILLS 6

Listening – Comprehensive Listening – Watching the news – Listening to a peer giving presentation, etc. – Critical
Listening – Watching a televised debate, listening to poems – Reading – Extensive Reading – Short stories and One-act
Plays – Intensive Reading – Articles or Editorials in Magazines, Blog posts on topics like science and technology, arts,
etc.
UNIT-II PRODUCTIVE SKILLS 6
Speaking – Demonstrative Speaking – Process description through visual aids – Persuasive Speaking – Convincing the
listener with the speaker’s view – Writing – Descriptive Writing - Describing a place, person, process –
CourseiveWriting – Autobiography, Writing based on personal opinions and interpretations.
UNIT-III ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMS 6
An introduction to International English Language Testing System (IELTS) – Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) – Graduate Record Examination (GRE) – Civil Service, Indian Economic Service Examination, Indian
Statistical
Service Examination, Combined Defence Services Examination, Staff Selection- (Language Related) –Aptitude tests.
UNIT-IV CORPORATE SKILLS 6
Critical Thinking and Problem Solving – Case Study, Brainstorming, Q & A Discussion – Team work and
Collaboration – Activities like Office Debates, Perfect Square, Blind Retriever, etc. – Professionalism and Strong
Work Ethics – Integrity, Resilience, Accountability, Adaptability, Growth Mind set.
UNIT-V PROJECT WORK 6
Case Study based on the challenges faced by the employers and the employees – Devise Plan, Provide Solution.
Total Contact Hours: 30

Course Outcomes: After learning the course, the students should be able
● Interpret and respond appropriately in the listening and reading contexts.
● Express themselves effectively in spoken and written communication
● Apply their acquired language skills in writing the competitive examinations
● Exhibit their professional skills in their work place
● Identify the challenges in the work place and suggest strategies solutions

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Online Quizzes on Vocabulary
● Online Quizzes on grammar
● Communication Gap Exercises
● Presentations
● Word Building Games
● Case study

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Assignment topics
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation/Discussion
● Continuous Assessment Tests

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

40
 Text Book(s):
1. How to Read Better & Faster, Norman Lewis, Goyal Publishers
2. Teaching Speaking: A Holistic Approach, Book by Anne Burns and Christine Chuen Meng Goh, Cambridge
University Press
3. The Official Cambridge Guide to IELTS by Pauline Cullen, Cambridge University Press
4. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen Covey, Simon and Schuster, UK

Reference Books(s):
1. Board of Editors. Sure Outcomes. A Communication Skills Course for Undergraduate Engineers and
Technologists. Orient Black Swan Limited, Hyderabad, 2013.
2. Hartley, Mary. “The Power of Listening,” Jaico Publishing House; First Edition (2015).
3. Chambers, Harry. “Effective Communication Skills for Scientific and Technical Professionals,” Persues
Publishing, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 2000.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO

HS23222. 1 - 1 - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
HS23222. 2 - 1 - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
HS23222. 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
HS23222. 4 - - - - - - 2 2 - 3 - - - - -
HS23222. 5 - - 1 - - - 2 - - 3 - - - - -
Average - 1 1 - - - 2 2 - 3 - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

41
Course Code Subject Name (Lab Courses) Category L T P C
GE23122 ENGINEERING PRACTICES - ELECTRICAL AND ES 0 0 2 1
ELECTRONICS
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● To provide hands-on experience on various basic engineering practices in Electrical Engineering.
● To provide hands-on experience on various basic engineering practices in Electronics Engineering.

List of Experiments

A. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE

1 Residential house wiring using switches, fuses, indicators, lamp and energy meter.
2 Fluorescent lamp wiring.
3 Stair case wiring.
4 Measurement of electrical quantities – voltage, current, power & power factor in RL circuit.
5 Measurement of earth resistance using Megger.
6 Study of Ceiling Fan and Iron Box
B. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Study of electronic components and equipment – Resistor, colour coding, measurement of AC signal parameters
1 (peak-peak, rms period, frequency) using CRO/DSO.
(a) Measurement of electrical quantities using Multimeter
2 (b) Testing of electronic components.
3 Study of logic gates: AND, OR, EXOR and NOT.
4 Generation of Clock Signals.
5 Soldering practice – Components Devices and Circuits – Using general purpose PCB.
6 Measurement of ripple factor of Half-wave and Full-wave Rectifiers.
Total Contact Hours : 30

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Fabricate the basic electrical circuits
● Implement the house wiring circuits
● Fabricate the electronic circuits
● Verify the truth table of logic gates
● Design the Half-wave and Full-wave Rectifiers using diodes and passive components

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1 Bawa H.S., “Workshop Practice”, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2007.
2 Jeyachandran K., Natarajan S. & Balasubramanian S., “A Primer on Engineering Practices Laboratory”, Anuradha
Publications, 2007.
3 Jeyapoovan T., Saravanapandian M. &Pranitha S., “Engineering Practices Lab Manual”,Vikas Publishing House
Pvt.Ltd, 2006.
4 Rajendra Prasad A. &Sarma P.M.M.S., “Workshop Practice”, SreeSai Publication, 2002.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

42
 Lab Equipment Required:
S. No. Name of the Equipment
1 Residential house wiring using switches, fuse, indicator, lamp and energy meter.
2 Fluorescent lamp wiring.
3 Stair case wiring
4 Measurement of electrical quantities – voltage, current, power & power factor in RL circuit.
5 Study purpose items: Iron box, Ceiling fan.
6 Megger (250V/500V)
7 Soldering guns
8 Assorted electronic components for making circuits
9 Small PCBs
10 Multimeters
11 Digital trainer kit
12 CRO
13 Transformer
14 Function Generator

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
GE23122.1 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - 3 2 - 3 - - -
GE23122.2 3 3 2 2 - - 2 - 3 2 - 3 - - -
GE23122.3 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - 3 2 - 3 - - -
GE23122.4 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 - - -
GE23122.5 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 - - -
Average 3 3 2.67 2 - - 2 - 3 2 - 3 - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

43
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Courses) Category L T P C
CS23221 PYTHON PROGRAMMING LAB PC 0 0 4 2
For B. E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● Learn the basics of Python Programming and Control statements
● Demonstrate various Python data structures like Lists, Tuples, Sets and dictionaries
● Understand about Strings, Functions, Modules and Regular Expressions in Python Programming
● Understand the concepts of file handling using Python
● Understand the concepts of Numpy, Pandas, sciPy modules

Description of the Experiments

1. Experiments based on Variables, Datatypes and Operators in Python.
2. Implement various control statements in python.
3. Implement various String & List operations.
4. Implement Inbuilt functions, User-defined functions and Lambda functions.
5. Implementation of Tuples, sets, Dictionary and its operations.
6. Implementation of Exception Handling and I/O files.
7. Experiments based on Packages: math, datetime, platform.
8. Experiments based on Packages: NumPy, pandas, matplotlib
9. Experiments based on Packages: collections
10. Experiments based on Packages: sciPy
11. Mini Project
Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:

● Use the basics of Python Programming in problem solving and conditionals and loops.
● Use of Python Data structures such as List, Sets, Tuples, Dictionary for Compound Data
● Use Strings, Functions, Modules and Regular Expressions in Python Programming
● Implement the concepts of file handling and Exceptional handling.
● Apply Numpy, Pandas and SciPy for numerical and statistical data

Text Book(s):
1. Charles Dierbach, “Introduction to Computer Science using Python - A computational Problem-solving
Focus”, Wiley India Edition, 2015.
2. Martin C. Brown, Python: The Complete Reference, Osborne/McHraw Hill, 2001
3. Wesley J. Chun, “Core Python Programming”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2007

Web links for virtual lab (if any)

● https://www.python.org/shell/

● https://python-iitk.vlabs.ac.in/

● https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/python

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

44
CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23221.1 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
CS23221.2 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
CS23221.3 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
CS23221.4 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
CS23221.5 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
Average 3 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 - 2 - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

45
 Course Code Subject Name (Theory Courses) Category L T P C
MC23112 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING MC 3 0 0 0
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● To develop the understanding of environmental and associated issues
● To develop an attitude of concern for the environment
● To promote enthusiasm in participating environmental protection initiatives
● To develop skills to solve environmental degradation issues

UNIT-I AIR AND NOISE POLLUTION 9

Definition –sources of air pollution –chemical and photochemical reactions in the atmosphere - formation of smog,
PAN, acid rain, ozone depletion, particulate pollutants-Air quality standards-Air quality indices - control of particulate
air pollutants-gravitational settling chambers, cyclone separators, wet collectors, fabric filters (Bag-house filter),
electrostatic precipitators (ESP)-catalytic converters. Noise pollution-Sources; Health Effects-Standards- Measurement
and control methods
UNIT-II WATER POLLUTION AND ITS MANAGEMENT 9
Definition-causes-effects of water pollution-point and nonpoint sources of wastewater-marine pollution-thermal
pollution-control of water pollution by physical, chemical and biological methods–wastewater treatment-primary,
secondary and tertiary treatment-sources and characteristics of industrial effluents- zero liquid discharge
UNIT-III SOLID WASTE AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT 9
Solid waste – types- municipal solid waste management: Sources, characteristics, collection, and transportation-
sanitary landfill, recycling, composting, incineration, energy recovery options from waste - Hazardous waste – Types,
characteristics, and health impact - Hazardous waste management: neutralization, oxidation reduction, precipitation,
solidification, stabilization, incineration and final disposal. E-waste-definition-sources-effects on human health and
environment- E-waste management- recovery of metals-Role of E-waste management within the initiatives of the
Govt.of India- Swachh Bharat Mission.
UNIT-IV SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 9
Sustainable development- concept-dimensions-sustainable development goals-value education- gender equality-food
security- poverty-hunger-famine-Twelve principles of green chemistry- green technology- definition, importance,
cleaner development mechanism- carbon credits, carbon trading, carbon sequestration, eco labelling-International
conventions and protocols-Disaster management.
UNIT-V ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND LEGISLATION 9
Environmental Management systems - ISO 14000 series- Environmental Audit-Environmental Impact Assessment-
lifecycle assessment- human health risk assessment - Environmental Laws and Policy- Objectives - Polluter pays
principle, Precautionary principle - The Environment (Protection) Act 1986 - Role of Information technology in
environment and human health.
Total Contact Hours : 45

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Associate air and noise quality standards with environment and human health.
● Illustrate the significance of water and devise control measures for water pollution.
● Analyze solid wastes and hazardous wastes.
● Outline the goals of sustainable development in an integrated perspective.
● Comprehend the significance of environmental laws.

Text Book(s):
1 Benny Joseph, ‘Environmental Science and Engineering’, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2016
2 Anubha Kaushik and C. P. Kaushik’s “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, 6th Edition, New Age
International Publishers ,2018.
3 Johri R., E-waste: implications, regulations, and management in India and current global best practices, TERI Press,
New Delhi

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

46
Reference Books(s) :
1 R.K. Trivedi, ‘Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines, Compliances and Standards’, Vol. I and II,
Enviro Media. 38. Edition 2010.
2 Cunningham, W.P. Cooper, T.H. Gorhani, ‘Environmental Encyclopedia’, Jaico Publ., House, Mumbai, 2001.
3 Fowler B, Electronic Waste – 1st Edition (Toxicology and Public Health Issues), 2017Elsevier

Web links for virtual lab (if any)

● https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ge22/
● https://news.mit.edu/2013/ewaste-mit

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
MC23112. 1 - - - 1 - - - - - 3 - - - 2 -
MC23112. 2 - - - 1 - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
MC23112. 3 - 1 - 1 - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
MC23112. 4 - - - 2 - - - - 1 3 - - 3 - 1
MC23112. 5 - - - 1 - - - - 1 3 - - 1 - -
Average - 1.0 - 1.2 - - - - 1 3 - - 2.0 2 1.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation : “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

47
 Semester - III
Course Code Subject Name (Theory Courses) Category L T P C
MA23312 FOURIER SERIES AND NUMBER THEORY BS 3 1 0 4
Common to III Sem. B.E. – Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Electronics and Communication
Engineering, Biomedical Engineering, Computer Science and Engineering & Computer Science and
Engineering (Cyber Security) and B.Tech. – Information Technology

Objectives:
● To express Fourier series to study the behaviour of periodic functions and their applications in system
communications, digital signal processing and field theory.
● To represent continuous function arising in wave and heat propagation, signals and systems using Fourier
Transforms
● To provide various numerical methods in solving problems that occurs in the field of Engineering and
Technology.
● To introduce and apply the concepts of finite fields and congruences.
● To present a rigorous development of Number Theory using axioms, definitions, examples, theorems and
their proofs.

UNIT-I FOURIER SERIES 12

Dirichlet’s conditions – General Fourier series – Odd and even functions – Half range sine series – Half range cosine
series –Parseval’s identity – Harmonic analysis.
UNIT-II FOURIER TRANSFORMS 12
Statement of Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transform pair – Fourier sins and cosine transforms – Properties –
Transforms of simple functions – Convolution theorem – Parseval’s identity - Application to boundary value problems.
UNIT-III NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS OF BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS 12
Finite difference method for solving second order differential equations - Finite difference techniques for the solution
of two-dimensional Laplace and Poisson equations on rectangular domain – One dimensional heat flow equation by
implicit and explicit methods – One Dimensional Wave Equation by Explicit method
UNIT-IV CONGRUENCES 12
Finite Fields -Linear Diophantine equations – Congruence ‘s – Linear Congruence ‘s – Applications: Divisibility tests –
Modular exponentiation-Chinese remainder theorem – 2 x 2 linear systems.
UNIT-V CLASSICAL THEOREMS IN NUMBER THEORY 12
Wilson ‘s theorem – Fermat ‘s little theorem – Euler ‘s theorem – Euler ‘s Phi functions – Tau and Sigma functions.
Total Contact Hours:60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to

● Demonstrate Fourier series to study the behaviour of periodic functions and their applications in engineering
problems such as system communications, digital signal processing and field theory.
● Apply the shifting theorems, Fourier integral theorems, Inverse Fourier sine and cosine transforms
appropriate problems in engineering and technology.
● Solve differential equations numerically that arise in course of solving complex engineering problems.
● Explain the fundamental concepts of finite fields and congruence, and their role in modern mathematics and
applied contexts.
● Work effectively as part of a group to solve challenging problems in Number Theory.

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Problem solving sessions
● Tutorial Sessions by involving two faculty members

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

48
 SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS
● Problem solving in Tutorial sessions
● Assignment problems
● Quizzes and class test
● Discussion in classroom

Text Books:
Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 10th Edition, Wiley India, 2015.
1
Veerarajan. T., "Transforms and Partial Differential Equations", Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.Ltd.,New Delhi,
2 Second reprint, 2016.
Grimaldi, R.P and Ramana, B.V., "Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics", Pearson Education, 5th Edition, New
3 Delhi, 2007.
Koshy, T., “Elementary Number Theory with Applications”, Elsevier Publications, New Delhi, 2002.
4
Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2014.
5

Reference Books / Web links:

Ramana B.V., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New
1 Delhi, 2017.
2 Glyn James, "Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2016
GrewalB.S., and Grewal. J.S., "Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science", 11th Edition, Khanna
3 Publishers, New Delhi, 2013.
4 Lidl, R. and Pitz, G, "Applied Abstract Algebra", Springer Verlag, New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2006.
Niven, I., Zuckerman.H.S., and Montgomery, H.L., “An Introduction to Theory of Numbers”, John Wiley and Sons ,
5 Singapore, 2004.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
MA23312.1 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - 1 2 1 2

MA23312. 2 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - 1 2 1 2

MA23312. 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 1 2 2

MA23312. 4 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 1 2 2

MA23312.5 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 1 2 2

Average 3 3 3 2.2 1.6 - - - - - 1 1.6 1.4 1.6 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

49
 Subject Code Subject Name (Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23311 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE PC 3 0 0 3
B.E. Programme for CSE

Objectives:
● To learn the basic Instructions, its operations and the concept of runtime in a system.
To familiarize the students with arithmetic and logic unit and implementation of fixed point and floating-point
●
arithmetic operations.
● To create a pipelined MIPS processor with optimized data and control paths and how the pipeline processor
works based on the execution of overlapping instructions
● To explore instruction-level parallelism with the aim of comprehending and enhancing the efficiency of
multicore processors.
To expose students to memory system design and methods of interfacing with I/O devices and standard I/O
●
interfaces to facilitate learning and understanding.

UNIT-I PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURES & PERFORMANCE 9

RISC, CISC Architecture, Eight ideas, Technologies for Building Processors and Memory, Performance in a computer
system – CPU Performance and its factors, Instruction Performance, Classic CPU Performance Equation, Power wall,
Instructions – Operations & Operands, representing instructions, Logical operations, Instructions for decision making,
Addressing Modes. Case Study: ARM Architecture.
UNIT-II ALU DESIGN & ARITHMETIC: INTEGER, FLOATING POINT 9
Design of ALU, Integer Arithmetic: Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication-Sequential multiplication algorithm,
Booth’s algorithm- Recoding Technique, Bit pair Recoding Technique, and Division– Restoring and Non-Restoring
algorithm, Floating Point Arithmetic: Representation, Addition, subtraction, Multiplication.
UNIT-III MIPS IMPLEMENTATION & PIPELINING 9
MIPS implementation, building data path- Creating a Single Data path, Simple Data path with the Control Unit,
Pipelining– Pipeline stages with advantages and its disadvantages, Pipelined data path, Pipeline Hazards and its types-
Data hazards and its types, Methods of minimizing data hazards, Control Hazard- schemes for resolving control
hazards,
Branch prediction algorithms, Exceptions.
UNIT-IV ADVANCED TECHNIQUES OF PARALLELISM 9
Instruction level parallelism, Superscalar processors–Policies in Instruction Issue, Register renaming, Superscalar
Implementation, VLIW processors-Planning by the compiler, Comparison Superscalar vs. VLIW processor– Flynn's
classification, The difficulty of parallel programs, Shared memory multiprocessors, Introduction to graphics
processors,
Case Study: Optimizing Performance in AMD Ryzen Processors.
UNIT-V MEMORY ORGANIZATION AND STRUCTURE: CACHES AND VIRTUAL MEMORY 9
Memory hierarchy - Memory technologies, Basic principles of the cache, multi-level cache, Organizations: fully
associative, direct mapped and set associative, Replacement algorithms, Virtual memory – Operation of virtual
memory: paging, segmentation, paged segments, Translation of virtual addresses to physical or real addresses,
Translation Look- aside Buffer (TLB), Input/output system, programmed I/O, DMA and interrupts, I/O processors.
Case Study: multicore processors in modern smartphones.
Contact Hours : 45

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Understand the impact of instruction set architecture on cost-performance of computer design.
● Perform computer arithmetic operations.
● Design and analyze pipelined control units and hazards.
● Develop the system skills in parallelism and multithreading.
● Evaluate the performance of memory systems.

Text Books:
1 David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessey, “Computer organization and design”, 5th edition, Elsevier, 2014.

Reference Books:

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

50
 V.CarlHamacher, Zvonko G. Varanesic and Safat G. Zaky, “Computer Organisation”, 6th edition, Mc Graw-Hill
1 Inc, 2012.
William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture Designing for performance”, 10th Edition, PHI Pvt.
2 Ltd., Eastern Economy Edition2016.
3 Vincent P. Heuring, Harry F. Jordan, “Computer System Architecture”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2005.
Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach. J.L. Hennessy y D.A. Patterson. Morgan Kaufmann. 4 th
4 edition. 2007.
5 John P Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill, 2002.
6 Digital Design and Computer Architecture. D.M. Harris y S.L. Harris. Elsevier.2007.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23311.1 2 2 1 1 - - 1 - - - - - 2 2 2

CS23311.2 3 3 1 2 - - - - 2 - 1 - 2 2 2

CS23311.3 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 - - - 2 - 2 2 2

CS23311.4 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 - - - 2 1 2 2 2

CS23311.5 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 - - - 2 - 3 3 2

Average 2.2 2.2 2.0 1.2 2.0 1.7 1.8 - 2.0 - 1.8 1.0 2.2 2.2 2.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation : “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

51
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23331 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS PC 3 0 2 4
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● Learn and understand the algorithm analysis techniques and complexity notations
● Become familiar with the different algorithm design techniques for effective problem solving in computing.
● Learn to apply the design techniques in solving various kinds of problems in an efficient way.
● Understand the limitations of Algorithm power.
● Solve variety of problems using different design techniques

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS AND EXHAUSTIVE SEARCH 9

Introduction- Algorithm–Fundamentals of Algorithmic Problem Solving-Analysis: Space Complexity - Time
Complexity: Counter method, Mathematical Analysis of non-recursive algorithms- Asymptotic Notations - Using
Limits
for Comparing Orders of Growth – Basic Efficiency Classes-Brute Force Technique-Exhaustive Search-Travelling
Salesperson Problem-Knapsack Problem
UNIT II RECURRENCE RELATION AND GREEDY TECHNIQUE 10
Mathematical Analysis of Recursive algorithms -Recurrence Relation-Solving Recurrence Relations: Substitution
methods and Master Theorem Method. Greedy Method – Minimum Spanning Trees: Kruskal’s Algorithm– Fractional
Knapsack - Huffman Codes-Activity Selection Problem.
UNIT-III DIVIDE AND CONQUER TECHNIQUE 7
Divide and Conquer Method-Introduction-Binary Search-Finding Min Max-Maximum Subarray Problem-Towers of
Hanoi Problem-Finding the kth element-Analysis of Quick and Merge Sort.
UNIT IV DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUE 9
Dynamic Programming-Rod Cutting-Longest Common Subsequence-Traveling Sales Person Problem-String Editing-
Longest Common Substring-Longest non-decreasing subsequence-Stair Case Problem.
UNIT-V BACKTRACKING BRANCH AND BOUND AND NP COMPLETE & NP HARD 10
Backtracking-Graph Coloring-n Queen’s Problem-Branch and Bound-Knapsack Problem-- NP Complete and NP Hard
Problems: Basic Concepts - Non-Deterministic Algorithms - Class of NP Complete and NP Hard Problems-
Approximation Algorithm- TSP.
Total Contact Hours : 45

List of Experiments
1 Finding Time Complexity of algorithms
2 Design and implement algorithms using Divide and Conquer Technique
3 Design and implement algorithms using Greedy Technique
4 Design and implement algorithms using Dynamic Programming
5 Competitive Programming-Certain Techniques
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 75

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

● Analyse the time and space complexity of various algorithms and compare algorithms with respect to
complexities.
● Decide and apply Divide and Conquer design strategy to Synthesize algorithms for appropriate computing
problems.
● Decide and Apply Greedy technique to Synthesize algorithms for appropriate computing problems.
● Decide and Apply Dynamic Programming technique to Synthesize algorithms for appropriate computing
problems.
● Decide and Apply Backtracking and Branch and Bound techniques to Synthesize algorithms for appropriate
computing problems.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

52
 Suggested Activities:
● Complexity Analysis Exercises: Assign exercises where students practice calculating the space and time
complexity of given algorithms using the counter method and mathematical analysis.
● Asymptotic Notations Quiz: Organize quizzes focusing on understanding and applying asymptotic notations to
compare algorithm efficiency.
● Greedy technique and Divide and Conquer Technique-Problem-Solving Contests-Host contests where students
solve problems like the activity selection problem using greedy techniques, encouraging competitive learning.
● Dynamic Programming-Case Studies on Optimization Problems-Discuss in-depth various optimization
problems solved using dynamic programming, highlighting the strategy and solution steps.
● Approximation Algorithm Projects: Assign projects where students explore and implement approximation
algorithms for problems

Textbooks:
1. Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, Third Edition, Pearson Education,
2012.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Shani, Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, "Computer Algorithms" Universities Press, Second Edition
2008.
3. Thomas H.Cormen, Charles E.Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms”,
Third Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2012.

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. Alfred V. Aho, John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Pearson Education,
Reprint 2006.
2. Donald E. Knuth, “The Art of Computer Programming”, Volumes 1& 3 Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Sara Baase Allen Van Gelder, "Computer Algorithms - Introduction to Analysis" Pearson Education Asia, 2010
4. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/fundamentals-of-algorithms/

5. https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/algorithms

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23331.1 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 2
CS23331.2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 1 3 3 1
CS23331.3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 1 3 3 1
CS23331.4 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 1 3 3 1
CS23331.5 1 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 1 3 3 1
Average 2.0 2.8 2.0 2.0 - - - - - - - 1.0 3.0 2.8 1.2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation : “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

53
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23332 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS PC 3 0 4 5
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT ,AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● Understand the role of a database management system and construct simple and moderately advanced
database queries using Structured Query Language (SQL).
● Apply logical database design principles, including E-R diagrams, Relational Algebra, Tuple Relational
calculus Representation and Query Processing
● Know the importance of functional dependency and normalization, and what role it plays in the database
design process and File Organization.
● Understand the concept of a database transaction including concurrency control, backup and recovery, and
data object locking and handling deadlocks.
● Work with the foundation for No SQL technologies and web page designing

UNIT I DATABASE SYSTEMS AND SQL QUERY 9

Introduction – Purpose of Database Systems - View of Data –Database Architecture -Database Schema – Keys –
Codd’s Rule –RDBMS- SQL: Data Definition – Domain types – Structure of SQL Queries - Modifications of the
database – Set Operations – Aggregate Functions – Null Values- SQL Nested Subqueries – Complex Queries –
Views – Joined relations – Complex Queries.

UNIT II PL/SQL, DATA MODEL AND QUERY PROCESSING 9

PL/SQL: Functions, Procedures, Triggers, Cursors –Dynamic SQL–Relational Algebra-Tuple Relational calculus-
Domain Relational Calculus– Entity Relationship Model – Constraints -Entity Relationship Diagram - Design Issues
of ER Model – Extended ER Features – Mapping ER Model to Relational Model– Query Processing – Heuristics for
Query Optimization.
UNIT- III
NORMAL FORMS AND INDEXING 9
Motivation for Normal Forms – Functional dependencies – Armstrong’s Axioms for Functional Dependencies –
Closure for a set of Functional Dependencies – Definitions of 1NF-2NF-3NF and BCNF – Multivalued Dependency
4NF - Joint Dependency- 5NF-File Organization-Indexing B+ tree ,B-Tree
UNIT IV TRANSACTIONS 9
Transaction Concepts – ACID Properties – Schedules – Serializability – Transaction support in SQL – Need for
Concurrency – Concurrency control –Two Phase Locking- Timestamp – Multiversion – Validation and Snapshot
isolation– Multiple Granularity locking – Deadlock Handling – Recovery Concepts – Recovery based on deferred
and immediate update – Shadow paging – ARIES Algorithm.
UNIT-V NOSQL DATABASE 9
NoSQL Database vs.SQL Databases – CAP Theorem –Migrating from RDBMS to NoSQL – MongoDB – CRUD
Operations– MongoDB Sharding – MongoDB Replication – Web Application Development using MongoDB with
Python and Java.
Total Contact Hours : 45

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

54
 List of Experiments
1 Introduction to SQL: DDL, DML, DCL, TCL. SQL clause: SELECT FROM WHERE GROUPBY,
HAVING, ORDERBY Using SQLite/MySQL/Oracle
2 Creation of Views, Synonyms, Sequence, Indexes, Save point.
3 Creating an Employee database to set various constraints and subqueries.
4 Optimize a SQL query construct considering time complexity.
5 Write a PL/SQL block to specify constraints by accepting input from the user.
6 Implementation of PL/SQL Procedure (IN, OUT, INOUT) with Exception Handling.
7 Implementation of PL/SQL Function.
8 Implementation of PL/SQL Cursor.
9 Implementation of PL/SQL Trigger, Packages.
10 Implementation of NoSQL basic commands using Cassandra/Mongo DB.
11 Implementation of Data Model in NoSQL.
12 Implementation of Aggregation, Indexes in NoSQL.
13 MINI PROJECT
Database Connectivity with Front End Tools (Python/C/C++/JAVA) and
Back End Tools (MySQL/SQLite/CASSANDRA/MONGO DB)
For any problem selected, write the ER Diagram, apply ER mapping rules, normalize the relations, and follow the
application development process.
Make sure that the application should have five or more tables, at least one trigger and one stored procedure, using
suitable frontend tool.
Indicative areas include
a) Inventory Control System.
b) Material Requirement Processing.
c) Hospital Management System.
d) Railway Reservation System.
e) Personal Information System.
f) Web Based User Identification System.
g) Timetable Management System.
h) Hotel Management System
i)Library Management System.
Contact Hours: 60
Total Contact Hours: 105

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

● Understand the use of the Relational model and apply SQL Queries
● Apply Pl/SQL, Dynamic SQL, understand the representation of Relational Algebra, Calculus and Query
Processing
● Understand the concept of normalization, Indexing and apply as a case study
● Understand concurrency control and recovery mechanisms.
● Use MongoDB NoSQL Database to Maintain Data of an Enterprise

Textbooks:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and S. Sudharshan, “Database System Concepts”, Seventh Edition,
Mc Graw Hill, March 2019.
2. P. J. Sadalage and M. Fowler, "NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot
Persistence", Addison-Wesley Professional, 2013.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

55
 Reference Books (s)/Web links:
1. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Seventh Edition, Pearson
Education, 2016.
2. C.J.Date, A.Kannan and S.Swamynathan, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, Eighth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2006.
3. Atul Kahate, “Introduction to Database Management Systems”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Steven Feuerstein with Bill Pribyl,”Oracle PL/SQL Programming”, sixth edition, Publisher: O'Reill 2014.
5. MongoDB: The Definitive Guide, 3rd Edition, by Kristina Chodorow, Shannon Bradshaw, Publisher: O'Reilly
Media,2019
6. ShashankTiwari,” Professional NoSQL”, Wiley, 2011.
7. David Lane, Hugh.E.Williums, Web Database Applications with PHP and MySQL, O’Reilly Media; 2nd
edition, 2004

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23332.1 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 - - 1 2 2 -

CS23332.2 2 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 1 2 1 2 1 -

CS23332.3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 1 2 1 1 2 1

CS23332.4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 - - 1 2 1

CS23332.5 2 2 2 4 2 - - - 2 - 2 2 1 2 3

Average 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.8 2.3 - - - 1.6 1.0 2.0 1.3 1.4 1.8 1.7

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation : “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

56
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23333 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING JAVA PC 1 0 6 4
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD, CSBS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● To understand Object Oriented Programming concepts and characteristics of Java.
● To know the principles of classes, abstraction and inheritance.
● To create packages, define exceptions and use interface.
● To use I/O streams and collections in applications.
● To design and build simple programs using Streams, Lambda and JDBC

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OOP AND JAVA FUNDAMENTALS 3

Introduction to Object Oriented Programming – An overview of Java - Java Architecture - Data Types - Variables-
Operators.

UNIT II CLASSES AND INHERITANCE 3

Classes – Class Fundamentals - A Simple Class - Declaring Objects - Methods – Constructors Inheritance - Inheritance
Basics - Member Access - Method Overriding - Abstract Classes - Object Class

UNIT-III PACKAGES, INTERFACE & EXCEPTION HANDLING 3

Packages - Defining a Package - Access Protection - Imports - Interfaces - Implements - Nested Interfaces - Exception
Handling - Types - try - catch - throw - throws – finally.
UNIT IV I/O AND COLLECTIONS 3
Input / Output Basics – Streams – Byte streams and Character streams – Collection Interfaces – Collection Classes.
UNIT-V STREAMS API, LAMBDA AND JDBC 3
Stream API – Reduction – Parallel – mapping – Collecting – Iterator - Lambda Expressions Functional Interfaces -
Predefined Functional Interfaces - Accessing Databases with JDBC
Total Contact Hours : 15

List of Experiments
1 Programs using control structures.
2 Programs using arrays.
3 Programs using strings and string buffer.
4 Programs using classes and objects.
5 Programs using inheritance.
6 Programs using default & static methods in interfaces.
7 Programs using functional interface.
8 Programs to create user defined exceptions.
9 Programs to implement Object Serialization.
10 Programs using collections-LIST.
11 Programs using collections-SET.
12 Programs using collections-MAP.
13 Programs using STREAMS.
14 Programs using LAMBDA.
15 Simple applications using JDBC.
Contact Hours: 90
Total Contact Hours: 105

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

57
Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
● Develop Java programs using OOP principles and Strings.
● Develop Java programs with the concept’s inheritance.
● Build Java applications using exceptions and interfaces.
● Develop Java applications using I/O and collections.
● Develop interactive Java applications using Streams and JDBC.

Suggested Activities:
● Quizzes – basic concepts of JAVA & language basics.
● Tutorial – Class & Inheritance.
● Flipped Classroom – Packages & Interface.
● Mind Map, Poster Design – IO & Collections.
● Implementation of small Systems- JDBC.

Textbooks:
1. Herbert Schildt, “Java the Complete Reference”, 9th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2014
2. Cay S. Horstmann, Gary Cornell, “Core Java Volume –I Fundamentals”, 9th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2013.

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, “Java SE 8 for programmers”, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2015.
2. Steven Holzner, “Java 2 Black book”, Dreamtech press, 2011.
3. Timothy Budd, “Understanding Object-oriented programming with Java”, Updated Edition, Pearson Education,
2000.
4. SCJP Sun Certified Programmer for Java 6 Study Guide. 6th edition, McGrawHill.
5. https://www.javatpoint.com/java-tutorial
6. https://java-iitd.vlabs.ac.in/
7. https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23333.1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3 3 2
CS23333.2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3 3 2
CS23333.3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3
CS23333.4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3
CS23333.5 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 - 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
Average 3 3 3 2.6 3 - 2 - 2 2 3 3 3 3 2.6

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation : “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

58
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23334 FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA SCIENCE PC 3 0 2 4
B.E Programme in CSE

Objectives:
● To understand the fundamental concepts of data science.
● To understand data cleaning and processing for data science.
● To learn the fundamentals of exploratory data analysis (EDA).
● To understand inferential data analytics
● To understand the Machine Learning concepts.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE 9

Evolution of Data Science-Data Science Roles-Various fields of application- Types of Data- Introduction and
Terminology -Classification and characteristics of data types-Understanding structured, unstructured, and semi-
structured data- Data Security Issues- Example applications showcasing real-world scenarios.
UNIT II DATA CLEANING AND DATA PRE-PROCESSING 7
Data Collection and Data Pre-Processing Data Collection Strategies – Data Pre-Processing Overview–Data Cleaning–
Data Integration and Transformation–Data Reduction–Data Discretization.
UNIT-III EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYTICS FUNDAMENTALS 9
EDA Significance and Comparison- Tools and Visual Aids for EDA-Data Transformation Techniques-Grouping and
Aggregating Datasets-Pivot Tables, Cross-Tabulations, Heat Maps.

UNIT IV STATISTICAL INFERENCE AND ANALYSIS 11

Populations, Samples, and Random Sampling- Sampling Distribution and Standard Error of the Mean -Hypothesis
Testing: Z-Test, Procedure, Decision Rule, Interpretations - One-tailed and Two-tailed Tests- T-Test: One Sample,
Two Independent Samples, Two Related Samples - F-Test and ANOVA: One-way and Two-way - Introduction to
Chi-square
Tests.
UNIT-V MACHINE LEARNING BASICS 9
Introduction to Machine Learning- supervised, unsupervised, and semi-supervised learning- Model Evaluation and
Validation- Overfitting, Underfitting, Bias-Variance Tradeoff- Linear regression, Logistic regression for classification
tasks, Time Series Analysis- Techniques for analyzing time series data.
Total Contact Hours : 45

List of Experiments
1. Do a data exploratory analysis to develop deep insights from a dataset.
2. A python program to perform pre-processing on tabular and text data.
3. A python program to perform augmentation on Image data.
4. A python program to compute outlier in a given data set.
5. A python program to handle Missing and inappropriate data in a given data set.
6. A python program to perform EDA-Quantitative and Qualitative analysis.
7. A python program to perform Random Sampling and Sampling Distribution.
8. A python program to perform Z test, T test and Annova Test.
9. Time Series Analysis - sentimental Analysis.
10. A python program to analyse Linear & logistic Regression.
11. A python program to do classification using Support Vector Machines.
12. A python program to analyse KNN and K-means clustering.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 75

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

59
 Course Outcomes: On completion of course, students will be able to
● Explore the fundamental concepts of data science

● Explain how data is collected, managed and processed for data science

● Understand the fundamentals of exploratory data analysis.

● Perform Statistical Inference and Analyze Variance in Data

● Understand various machine learning algorithms used in data science process.

Suggested Activities:
● Assignment problems, Quiz.
● Class presentation/Discussion

Textbooks:
1. Sanjeev J. Wagh, Manisha S. Bhende, Anuradha D. Thakare, “Fundamentals of Data Science”, CRC Press,
2022
2. Introducing Data Science, Davy Cielen, Arno D. B. Meysman, Mohamed Ali, Manning Publications Co., 1st
edition, 2016

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. David Dietrich, Barry Heller and Beibei Yang, “Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing,
Visualizing and Presenting Data”, EMC Education Services, Reprint 2015, Wiley.
2. Suresh Kumar Mukhiya, Usman Ahmed, “Hands-On Exploratory Data Analysis with Python”, Packt
Publishing,
2020.
3. Chirag Shah, “A Hands-On Introduction to Data Science”, Cambridge University Press, 2020.
4. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning – An Algorithmic Perspective”, Taylor& Francis Group, Second
Edition,
2015, Chapman & Hall / CRC Press.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23334.1 2 2 1 2 2 - - - 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

CS23334.2 2 1 - 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 2 2 3 1

CS23334.3 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 - 1 2 1 3 2 2 3

CS23334.4 3 2 2 1 2 - - - 1 1 2 2 3 3 2

CS23334.5 2 2 1 2 2 - - - 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

Average 2.2 1.8 1.25 1.6 1.8 1 1 - 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation : “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

60
 Semester – IV
Course Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
MA23435 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND SIMULATION BS 3 0 2 4

Common to IV Sem. B.E. – Computer Science and Engineering & Computer Science and Engineering
(Cyber Security) and B.Tech. – Information Technology

Objectives:
● To introduce the basic concepts of probability, one dimensional random variable.
● To solve the problems those are faced in testing of a hypothesis with reference to the errors in decision
making.
● To construct and analyse models using Markov Chains.
● To acquire skills in analysing queuing models.
● To set up appropriate simulation models together with their parameterization and the analysis of simulator
output data.

UNIT-I PROBABILITY 9
One dimensional Discrete and continuous random variables – Moments – Moment generating functions – Binomial,
Poisson, Uniform and Normal distributions, Two dimensional Discrete and continuous random variables – Conditional
and Marginal densities.
UNIT-II STATISTICAL TESTING 9
Maximal Likelihood estimation – Parameters of Binomial and Poisson distribution - Tests of significance – Z test:
Single
mean, difference of means- Chi square - F test.
UNIT-III MARKOV MODELS 9
Introduction to Discrete stochastic process - Definition and examples - Markov Process – Discrete Parameter Markov
chain – Chapman Kolmogorov theorem (without proof) -State transitions- state probabilities - properties – steady state
analysis – absorbing chains – Case study: Markov Analysis of Dynamic memory allocations, Markov models for
Manufacturing production capability.
UNIT-IV QUEUING THEORY 9
Markovian queues – Birth and Death processes – Queueing Models - (M/M/1) :(GD/∞/∞), (M/M/1) :(GD/K/∞),
(M/M/C) :( GD/∞/∞), (M/M/C) :( GD/K/∞), (M/G/1) :(GD/∞/∞).
UNIT-V SIMULATION 9
Simulation: simulation concepts, simulation of a queuing system using event list - Pseudo random numbers -
Multiplication Congruential Algorithm - Inverse transformation method - Basic ideas of Monte-Carlo simulation.
Total Contact Hours: 45

S.No List of Experiment Total Contact Hours: 30

(using R Software)
1 Basic Functions in R and plotting
2 Mathematical functions in R – Integration
3 Control flow – Loops in R
Probability Distributions using R- PDF, CDF for Binomial, Poisson, Exponential, Uniform and Normal
4 Distributions.
5 Testing of Hypothesis – Z and t testing
6 Testing of Hypothesis – F and chi square testing
7 Markov chains analysis – using ‘markovchain’ package in R
8 Queuing model analysis – using ‘queuing’ package in R
9 Monte Carlo simulation –predicting stock prices using package ‘MonteCarlo’ in R
10 Reading, Writing data in R and working with inbuilt data sets in R

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

61
Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
● Apply the basic concepts of probability, one dimensional random variables in engineering and technology
problems.
● Use different testing tools like t-test, F-test, chi-square test to analyse the relevant problems in engineering
and technology.
● Construct and analyse models using Markov Chains.
● Characterize features of a queuing system and analyse different queuing models.
● Practice critical work skills in a controlled environment.

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Problem solving sessions
● Smart Class room sessions

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Assignment problems
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation
● Discussion

Text Book(s):
1. Hamdy A Taha, Operations Research: An Introduction, Prentice Hall India, Tenth Edition, 2019.
2. Hwei Hsu, “Schaums Outline of Theory and Problems of Probability, Random Variables and Random
Processes”, Tata Mcgraw Hill Edition, New Delhi, 1997.
3. Al-Begain. H., and Bargiela, A., Eds., “Seminal Contributions to Modelling and Simulation.” Springer,
2016.
4. Thomas L. Saaty Elements of Queueing theory with applications, 1983.
5. M. W. Carter, C. C. Price and G. Rabadi, “Operations research a practical introduction” second edition,
2019. CRC Press.

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1. Veerarajan T, ‘Probability, Statistics and Random Processes with Queueing Theory and Queueing
Networks’.
2. McGraw Hill, 2016. 2 Johnson R.A. and Gupta. C.B., "Miller and Freund’s Probability and Statistics for
Engineers", Pearson Education, Asia, 7th Edition, 2007.
3. Jhon wiley & Sons. Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", Pearson Education, Asia, 7th
Edition, 2007.
4. Ramana. B.V., "Higher Engineering Mathematics ", McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2016.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
MA23435.1 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1 2
MA23435.2 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1 2
MA23435.3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 1 2
MA23435.4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 1 2 3 1 2
MA23435.5 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 1 2
Average 3.0 3.0 2.6 2.6 1.8 - - - - - 1.7 2.0 2.6 1.0 2.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

62
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23431 OPERATING SYSTEMS PC 3 0 4 5
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● To study the basic concepts and functions of operating systems.
● To learn about Processes, Threads, Scheduling algorithms
● To understand the process of synchronization and deadlock issues
● To learn and understand the Memory management systems.
● To learn I/O Management and File Systems.

UNIT I OPERATING SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 9

Introduction – Computer System Organization – Computer System Architecture – Operations – Resource Management
– Security and Protection – Virtualization – Computing Environments. Operating Systems Structures: Services – User
and OS Interface – System Calls – Linkers and Loaders – Operating system Structure – Building and Booting OS.
UNIT II PROCESS MANAGEMENT 9
Process Concepts– Process Scheduling - Operations – Inter process Communication- Shared Memory and Message
Passing Systems Threads: Overview- multithreading models-issues. CPU Scheduling: – FCFS – SJF – Priority – RR –
Multilevel Queue Scheduling - Multilevel Feedback Queue.
UNIT-III PROCESS SYNCHRONIZATION AND DEADLOCKS 9
Process Synchronization – Critical Section Problem – Peterson’s Solution – Hardware Synchronization – Semaphores-
Monitors - Classic Problems of Synchronization, Deadlocks: Characterization-Prevention – Avoidance – Detection –
Recovery.
UNIT IV MEMORY MANAGEMENT 9
Main Memory: Background - Contiguous Memory Allocation – Paging - Structure of a page table – Segmentation -
Virtual Memory – Demand Paging - Page Replacement-FIFO-LRU-Optimal - Allocation of Frames – Thrashing - Mass
Storage Management-Disk scheduling.
UNIT-V FILE MANAGEMENT 9
File System -Concepts - Access Methods- Directory Structure - Protection - Discretionary Access control and
Mandatory Access Control - File System structure– Directory Implementation – Allocation Methods – Free-Space
Management- Virtual File System. Case studies: Linux
Total Contact Hours : 45

List of Experiments
1 Basic Unix/Linux commands
2 Study of Unix editors: sed,vi,emacs
3 Text processing using Awk script
4 System calls –fork(), exec(), getpid(),opendir(), readdir()
5 Scheduling algorithms – FCFS, SJF, Priority and RR
6 Inter-process Communication using Shared Memory
7 Producer Consumer Problem Solution using Semaphore
8 Bankers Deadlock Avoidance algorithm
9 Contiguous Memory Allocation - First Fit and Best Fit
10 Page Replacement Algorithms - FIFO & LRU
11 File Organization Technique- single- and Two-level directory
12 Installation and Configuration of Linux in a Virtual Machine
13 Schedule Cron Tasks – scripts to run on boot, backup and shutdown at a particular time
14 Building a Simple Loadable Kernel Module for basic operations
15 Building Linux RPM package from source
Contact Hours 60
Total Contact Hours 105

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

63
Course Outcomes: On completion of course, students will be able to
● Interpret the evaluation OS functionality, structure and layers.
● Analyze the various Scheduling algorithms and design a model scheduling algorithm.
● Apply and analyze Intercrosses communications, synchronization and Deadlock
● Compare and contrast various memory management schemes.
● Mount file systems and evaluate various disk scheduling techniques.

Suggested Activities:
● Compare the DOS and Linux Commands
● Design and Analysis of various CPU scheduling algorithm
● Implement an algorithm for synchronization
● Analysis various page replacement algorithms
● Study the various management algorithms used in Windows, Linux am Android OS

Textbooks:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, 10th Edition, John
Wiley and Sons Inc., 2018.

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. William Stallings, “Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles”, 9thEdition, Pearson, 2018.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Herbert Bos, “Modern Operating Systems”, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2016.
3. Achyut Godbole and Atul Kahate, “Operating System”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.
4. Pavel Y., Alex I., Mark E., David A., “Windows Internal Part I - System Architecture, Processes, Memory
Management and More”, 7th Edition, Microsoft Press, 2017.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23431.1 2 - - - 3 - 1 - 1 2 2 2 3 - 1
CS23431.2 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 2 - 2 2 2 3 2
CS23431.3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 1 - 2 2 2 3 2
CS23431.4 2 2 - - 2 - - - 2 - 2 2 3 2 1
CS23431.5 2 - 1 - 2 - - 1 1 - 2 2 3 - 2

Average 2.0 2.0 1.7 1.0 2.2 - 1.0 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.6 2.7 1.6

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

64
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23432 SOFTWARE CONSTRUCTION PC 3 0 2 4
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● Students can gain a comprehensive understanding of Azure's infrastructure, including virtual machines,
networking, storage, and security services, to effectively deploy and manage software applications.
● Students can learn cloud-native development practices and principles, leveraging Azure services such as
Azure App Service, Azure Functions for building scalable and resilient software solutions.
● Students can explore CI/CD pipelines using Azure DevOps, GitHub Actions, or Azure Pipelines to automate
the build, test, and deployment processes, ensuring rapid and reliable software delivery.
● Students can develop skills in monitoring and diagnostics using Azure Monitor and Application Insights,
enabling proactive identification and resolution of performance issues and errors in software applications.
● Students can understand security best practices for software construction in Azure, including identity and
access management (IAM), data encryption, network security to build secure and compliant software solutions.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 9

Software Process-Requirements to Maintenance-Perspective and Specialized Process Models-Projects on On-Prem/On
Cloud (Azure, AWS, GCP)-Projects on cloud (cloud providers AWS, Azure)-Agile methods with associated metrics-
Software metrices -AI and Data Science -Software Security- DevOps /DevSecOps.

UNIT II SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS 9

How to do Requirements in Agile-Understand Themes, Epic, Features, User Stories and Tasks-How to identify
Themes, Epics, Features, User Stories-How to document the same in Microsoft Azure Boards-How to use Poker
Planning Estimation Technique -Non-Functional Requirements - its purpose, different attributes of the same, and
examples -
Document the same in Microsoft Azure Boards.
UNIT-III SYSTEM MODELING 9
System Modeling-Context Model-Interaction Model-Interaction Model-Structural Model-Behavioral Model-
Architectural Patterns-Architectural patterns-continuation-Data Flow Diagrams-ER Diagram-Tools Practice (Azure) -
Prototypes / MVP.
UNIT IV TESTING 9
Testing Using AZURE-AZURE Test Plan Preparation-Manual and Exploratory Testing-Automated Testing-
Traceability-Reporting and Analysis.
UNIT-V SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT 9
Software Configuration Management-Introduction-Tools for SCM and Version Control-Visual Source Safe (VSS) –
Introduction-Advanced Software Engineering Models-Case Study
Total Contact Hours : 45

List of Experiments
1 Develop User Stories for the respective projects that has been assigned (both FR and NFR) in Azure Board
2 Develop the Business Architecture, Conceptual and Logical Model for the entities defined in the project
3 Develop the Class Diagram for these defined entities with all attributes and the associated methods
4 Develop the Sequence diagram for atleast 2 use stories for the respective project
5 Develop the Architecture diagram (using MVC) for the respective project (picking a template for Azure
Architecture Center)
6 Identify which SOLID design principles would be applicable and write the design document for the same
7 Develop a view of the github repository in terms of code, design, test plans, test cases etc and showcase the
same in Azure Repos
8 Develop Test Plans, test cases for the user stories
9 Develop a CI/CD pipeline using Azure DevOps to test the Architecture and Design
10 Showcase the CI/CD pipeline using Azure DevOps for a single user story
Contact Hours : 30

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

65
 Total Contact Hours : 75

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, students will be able to

● Demonstrate proficiency in leveraging Azure services and tools for software construction, including virtual
machines, containers, serverless computing, and databases, enabling them to design and deploy scalable and
resilient applications on the Azure platform.
● Implement end-to-end CI/CD pipelines using Azure DevOps, GitHub Actions, or Azure Pipelines, automating
the build, test, and deployment processes for software applications, resulting in increased efficiency and
reliability of software delivery.
● Optimizing software applications for performance and scalability on Azure, employing techniques such as auto-
scaling, caching strategies, and performance tuning to ensure optimal performance under varying workloads.
● Develop skills in monitoring and diagnostics using Azure Monitor and Application Insights, enabling them to
proactively monitor the health, performance, and availability of software applications, and diagnose and
troubleshoot issues efficiently.
● Deeply understand security best practices for software construction in Azure, including identity and access
management, data encryption, network security, and compliance standards, enabling them to build secure and
compliant software solutions.Gain practical experience in designing, developing, and deploying software
applications on Azure, preparing them for real-world scenarios and equipping them with the skills needed to
succeed in software development roles in industry.

Suggested Activities:
● Assignment problems, Quiz.
● Class presentation/Discussion

Textbooks:
1. Design Patterns, Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software (Gang of Four) (Erich Gamma, Richard
Helm, Ralph Johnson etc.)
2. Patterns of Enterprise Application Architecture (Martin Fowler)
3. Beginning Software Engineering by Rod Stephens
4. Fowler, MartinBeck, Kent, Roberts, Refactoring Improving the Design of Existing Code
5. Clean Architecture by Robert C. Martin
6. Head First Design Patterns by Eric Freeman, Elisabeth Robson
7. Building Microservices Designing Fine-Grained Systems by Sam Newman
8. Vladimir Khorikov. Unit Testing Principles, Practices, and Patterns

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. Code Complete a Practical Handbook of Software Construction by Steve McConnell
2. The Pragmatic Programmer Your Journey to Mastery by David Thomas, Andrew Hunt

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23432.1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 3 -
CS23432.2 2 3 1 2 2 1 - 1 1 1 2 - 1 2 -
CS23432.3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1
CS23432.4 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 1 1 2 1
CS23432.5 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 0 2 1 1 1 2 1 -
Average 2.0 2.2 2.0 1.6 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.4 1.8 1.3 1.4 2.0 1.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

66
Subject Code Subject Name (Project based learning) Category L T P C
GE23627 Design Thinking and Innovation EEC 0 0 4 2
(Type - Project based learning)
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD, CSBS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● To understand the design thinking concepts and deep understanding of user needs and experiences.
● To find the problem statement and to develop innovative design solutions that address identified user challenges
● To master the process of prototyping and iterating on designs
● To conduct thorough market analysis and financial planning
● To effectively communicate design concepts and findings.

UNIT I Introduction to Design Thinking 12

The design thinking concepts - Different design thinking models - Details of Stanford Design thinking process:
Empathize, Define, Ideate, Prototype, Test.
Activities:
● Case studies of successful domain-based Design Thinking and Innovative projects
● Group discussions on design thinking

UNIT II Empathize and Define 12

User research methods (interviews, surveys, observation, contextual inquiry) - Persona development- Journey mapping –
Brainstorming Defining the design problem statement.
Activities:
● Conducting user interviews and surveys
● Creating user personas and journey maps
● Identifying key user needs and pain points
● Analyze the user needs and brainstorming to define problem statement.
UNIT-III Ideate and create 12
Brainstorming techniques (e.g., mind mapping, SCAMPER) - Ideation tools (e.g., design thinking tools, concept
sketching) - Concept generation and evaluation (e.g. Brainstorming).
Activities:
● Group brainstorming sessions to select the best idea
● Creating concept sketches and prototypes
● Evaluating ideas based on user needs and feasibility.
UNIT IV Prototype and Test 12
Low, Medium and high-level fidelity for Prototyping-Usability testing -Iterative design.
Activities:
● Building low-fidelity prototypes (e.g., paper prototypes)
● Conducting usability tests with users
● Iterating on designs based on feedback.
UNIT-V Market Analysis and Implementation 12
Market research and analysis - Business model development- Financial Planning-Implementation strategies.
Activities:
● Conducting market research
● Developing a business model canvas
● Creating a financial projection
● Developing an implementation plan

Total Contact Hours : 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

67
 Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 Construct design challenge and reframe the design challenge into design opportunity.
CO2 Interview the user, and know the feelings of users to foster deep user understanding and be able to uncover the deep
user insights and needs.
CO3 Develop ideas and prototypes by brainstorming.
CO4 Organize the user walkthrough experience to test prototype
CO5 Develop smart strategies and implementation plan that will deliver/achieve the idea/solution deduced from earlier
phases.

Assessment:
● Encourage students to work on real-world design challenges based on the user needs
● Group presentations
● Quizzes and exams
● Evaluation of Project report and viva and also encourage the students for filing patent/ copyright / presenting in
conference / publishing in journal

Text Book(s):
1 Handbook of Design Thinking by Christian Müller-Roterberg, Kindle Direct Publishing, 2018.
2 Design Thinking – A Beginner’s Perspective, by E Balagurusamy, Bindu Vijakumar, MC Graw Hill, 2024

Reference Books:
1 Design Thinking for Entrepreneurs and Small Businesses: Putting the Power of Design to Work – by Beverly Rudkin
Ingle, Apress; 1st ed. Edition, 2013
2 Design Thinking: Understanding How Designers Think and Work by Nigel Cross, Bloomsbury Visual Arts; 2 editions
2023

Web links:
1 Design thinking Guide https://www.rcsc.gov.bt/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/dt-guide-book-master-copy.pdf
2 NPTEL Course on Design Thinking and Innovation By Ravi Poovaiah;
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/aic23_ge17/preview
3 IITB Design course tools and Resources https://www.dsource.in/resource
CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
GE23627.1 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
GE23627.2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
GE23627.3 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
GE23627.4 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
GE23627.4 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
Average 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

68
 Subject Code Subject Name (Project based learning) Category L T P C
GE23421 Soft Skills -1 EEC 0 0 2 1
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSD, CSBS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● To help students break out of shyness.
● To build confidence
● To enhance English communication skills.
● To encourage students’ creative thinking to help them frame their own opinions.
Learning and Teaching Strategy:
The program is completely student centric where the focus is on activities led by students which include role plays,
discussions, debates other games as well. These activities would be supplemented by interactive use of technology and brief
trainer input.
Week Activity Name Description Objective
1 Introduction The trainer and the college facilitator talk to To set expectations about the course and the
the students about the course and in turn the students are made aware of the rules and
students introduce themselves. regulations involved in this program
2 If I ruled the world This is a quick and useful game by getting The aim of this activity is to for students to
students to form a circle and provide their get to know each other and also develop their
point of view. Each student then repeats what listening skills as well as learning how to
the other has said and comes up with their agree and disagree politely.
own opinion.
3 Picture Narrating This activity is based on several sequential The aim of this activity is to make the
pictures. Students are asked to tell the story students develop creative way of thinking.
taking place in the sequential pictures by
paying attention to the criteria provided by
the teacher as a rubric. Rubrics can include
the vocabulary or structures they need to use
while narrating.
4 Brainstorming On a given topic, students can produce ideas The activity aims at making the students
in a limited time. Depending on the context, speak freely without the fear of being
either individual or group brainstorming is criticized. It also encourages students to
effective and learners generate ideas quickly come up with their own opinions.
and freely. The good characteristics of
brainstorming are that the students are not
criticized for their ideas so students will be
open to sharing new ideas.
5 Debate Is competition necessary in regards to the The aim of this activity is to develop the
learning process? students ability to debate and think out of the
box
6 Short Talks Here the students are given topics for which The activity aims at breaking the students’
they take one minute to prepare and two shyness and encouraging them to standup in
minutes to speak. They can write down front of the class and speak. It also aims at
points but can’t read them out they can only creating awareness that they are restricted for
use it as a reference. time so they only speak points that are
relevant and important.
7 Debate Will posting students’ grades on bulletin This activity aims at enhancing the students
boards publicly motivate them to perform unbiased thought process when it comes to
better or is it humiliating? exams and grades as well as develop their
skills to debate
8 The Art of The facilitator proceeds to share multiple The aim of the lesson is to provide an
diplomacy concepts of conversation and helps the opportunity for the participants to learn about
participants to identify the various methods body language and choosing the appropriate
of being diplomatic and how do deal with words for conversation.
misinformation.
9 Debate Are humans too dependent on computers? The aim of this activity is to test the students
debating skills and thought process with a
topic that affects everybody in daily life.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

69
 10 Story Completion The teacher starts to tell a story but after 2 This activity aims at building their narrating
sentences he/she asks students to work in skills as well as their creativity and ability to
groups to create the rest of the story which work in a team.
includes the plot and the ending.
11 Roleplay debate Students scrutinize different points of view The aim of this activity is to get students to
or perspectives related to an issue. For speak based on other people’s perspective
example, a debate about the question instead of their own. The students take the
“Should students be required to wear role of various characters and debate
uniforms at school?” might yield a range of accordingly.
opinions. Those might include views
expressed by a student (or perhaps two
students – one representing each side of the
issue), a parent, a school principal, a police
officer, a teacher, the owner of a clothing
store, and others.
12 I Couldn’t Disagree This is a game where students practice The aim of this activity is to improve general
More rebuttal techniques where one student communication skills and confidence.
provides a thought or an idea and the other
students starts with the phrase I couldn’t
disagree more and continues with his opinion
Feedback At the end of the session in the final week The aim is to do both give feedback to
(12) the trainer would provide feedback to students as well as obtain feedback on the
the students on best practices for future course from them.
benefits

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

 Be more confident
 Speak in front of a large audience
 Be better creative thinkers
 Be spontaneous.
 Know the importance of communicating in English.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
GE23421.1 - - - - - 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 - - 3
GE23421.2 - - - - - 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 - - 3
GE23421.3 2 3 3 3 2 - - 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3
GE23421.4 - 2 - - - - - - 3 3 2 3 - - 3
GE23421.5 - 2 - - - - - - 3 3 2 3 - - 3
Average 2 2.33 3 3 2 2 - 2 2.8 2.8 2 3 2 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

70
Subject Code Subject Name (Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23511 Theory of Computation PC 3 1 0 4
For B.E Programme CSE

Objectives:
● To understand basic concepts of formal languages of automata.
● To build regular expression and language models.
● To construct context-free grammar and automata
● To comprehend Turing machines and their capabilities.
● To evaluate a computing problem's decidability and intractability

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO FINITE AUTOMATA 9+3

Introduction to formal proof - Central Concepts of Finite Automata Theory - Finite Automata - Deterministic Finite
Automata - Non-deterministic Finite Automata - Equivalence of NFA and DFA - Equivalence of NDFA’s with and
without Epsilon moves
UNIT II REGULAR EXPRESSION AND LANGUAGES 9+3
Regular expressions - Finite Automata and Regular Expressions - Equivalence of Regular Expressions and Finite
Automata -Equivalence and minimization of automata - Regular languages - Proving languages not to be regular
languages - Closure properties of regular languages - Case Study: JFLAP Tool.
UNIT-III CONTEXT FREE GRAMMAR AND PUSH DOWN AUTOMATA 9+3
Context-free Grammars – Derivations: Leftmost, Rightmost – Ambiguity, Inherent Ambiguity - Parse Trees, Normal
Forms: CNF, GNF - Pushdown Automata - PDA String Acceptance by Empty Stack, and Acceptance by Final State -
Equivalence of PDAs and Context-free Grammars - Closure Properties of Context-free Languages - Pumping Lemma
for Context-free Languages
UNIT IV TURING MACHINES 9+3
Definition of Turing Machine - Programming Techniques for Turing Machine Construction - Modifications of the
Basic Turing Machine Model - Multi Tape - Non-deterministic Turing Machines - Chomskian hierarchy of languages.
UNIT-V RECURSIVELY ENUMERABLE LANGUAGES AND UNSOLVABLE PROBLEMS 9+3
Recursive And Recursively Enumerable Languages -Diagonalization Language -Universal Turing Machine - Code for
Turing Machine - Halting problem- Post‟s Correspondence Problem –The Classes of P and NP – Problems solvable in
Polynomial Time with examples
Total Contact Hours : 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

● Utilize fundamental principles of finite automata formal languages
● Create Finite Automata for various Regular Expressions and Languages
● Construct context free grammar for context free languages.
● Solve various problems by applying normal form techniques, push down automata and Turing Machines
● Identify the issues with decidability and undecidability.

Suggested Activities:
● Assignment problems, Quiz.
● Class presentation/Discussion

Textbooks:
1. John E. Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani and Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages,
and Computation”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.

2. John C Martin, “Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation”, Fourth Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2011.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

71
 Reference Books (s)/Web links:
1. K.L.P.Mishra and N.Chandrasekaran, “Theory of Computer Science: Automata Languages and Computation”,
3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

2. Peter Linz, "An Introduction to Formal Language and Automata", 6th Edition, Jones & Bartlett, 2016.

3. Harry R Lewis and Christos H Papadimitriou, "Elements of the Theory of Computation", 2nd Edition, Prentice
Hall of India, 2015.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23511.1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CS23511.2 2 3 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - 2 1 -
CS23511.3 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CS23511.4 2 3 2 1 - - 1 - 1 - 1 - 2 2 -
CS23511.5 2 2 2 - - 1 - - - 1 - - 2 1 2
Average 2.0 2.4 1.5 1.0 - 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 1.0 1.0 - 2.0 1.5 2.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

72
Subject Code Subject Name (Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23512 Fundamentals of Mobile Computing PC 3 0 0 3
For B.E. Programme CSE and for B.Tech. IT

Objectives:
● To learn about the principles, characteristics, trends, latest development, systems issues in mobile
technology
● To understand the fundamentals of mobile computing and background knowledge to understand quantum
computing concepts and their relevance to mobile computing.
● To infer knowledge about the various technologies used in mobile computing
● To be familiar with wireless technologies and learn about Quantum encryption for mobile security in
Mobile devices
● To gain knowledge about different mobile platforms and application development

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM COMPUTING FOR MOBILE OPTIMIZATION 9

Mobility of bits and bytes - Beginning of wireless – Technology 1G to 5G- Mobile computing - Dialogue control,
Networks - Middleware and Gateways - Application and services - Developing mobile computing applications -
Security in mobile computing - Architecture for Mobile computing - Mobile computing through internet, Quantum-
inspired algorithms for mobile applications, Quantum-enhanced Mobile Devices.
UNIT II WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES 8
Bluetooth – RFID – WIMAX – Mobile IP – IPV6 – GSM – Architecture – Call routing – Mobile Computing over
SMS – GPRS – GPRS network architecture - Applications of GPRS – Introduction to WAP.
UNIT-III WIRELESS LAN AND INTERNETWORKING 10
Wireless LAN – Advantages - IEEE 802.11 Standards – Wireless LAN Architecture – Mobility in Wireless LAN -
Deploying Wireless LAN - Mobile Ad hoc and Sensor network – Wireless LAN security – WIFI versus 3G -
Intelligence in the Networks – SS#7 Signaling – IN Conceptual model – softswitch – Programmable networks –
Virtual Private Network(VPN), Integration of cloud-based quantum computing with mobile devices.
UNIT IV CLIENT PROGRAMMING AND OS 9
Client Programming – Introduction – Hardware Overview – Mobile Phones -PDA – Recent Developments in Client
Technologies – Palm OS Architecture – Application Development – Symbian OS Architecture – Application for
Symbian, Quantum programming frameworks for mobile applications.
UNIT-V APPLICATIONS 9
Voice Over IP – H.323 framework – Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) – Real time protocols – Voice Over applications
– IP Multimedia Systems (IMS) – Networked Multimedia Applications – Next generation networks.
Total Contact Hours : 45

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, students will be able to

● Discover the characteristics of mobile computing applications including the major system components
● To explore the working model and characteristics of mobile computing
● To propose solutions with comparisons for problems related to mobile computing system through system
investigations
● To identify the use of wireless technologies in appropriate applications and Quantum programming
frameworks for mobile applications
● Develop a mobile application using mobile technologies and Emerging research level understanding at the
intersection of mobile and quantum computing

Textbooks:
1. Asoke Talukder, Hasan Ahmed and Roopa R yavagal “Mobile computing Technology, Application and
service creation”, Second edition, McGraw Hill, 2010
2. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Second Edition, Pearson, 2004
3. Eleanor G. Rieffel and Wolfgang H. Polak, “Quantum Computing: A Gentle Introduction"

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

73
 Reference Books (s)/Web links:
1. Frank Adelstein, Sandeep KS Gupta, Golden Richard, Loren Schwiebert, “Fundamentals of Mobile and
pervasive computing”, McGraw-Hill, 2005.
2. Prasant Kumar Pattnaik, Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Mobile Computing”, PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd, New
Delhi, 2012.
3. Wei Meng Lee, “Beginning for Android 4 Application Development “, Wiley India Edition, 2012.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23512.1 3 2 0 0 1 2 2 2 2 1 0 1 2 1 1
CS23512.2 2 2 0 0 1 1 2 1 2 0 0 2 1 1 1
CS23512.3 2 2 0 0 2 1 1 2 2 0 0 1 1 2 1
CS23512.4 1 1 0 0 1 1 3 2 3 1 0 1 2 2 2
CS23512.5 3 2 0 0 2 1 2 1 3 1 0 2 3 3 3
Average 2.2 1.8 - - 1.4 1.2 2.0 1.6 2.4 1.0 - 1.4 1.8 1.8 1.6

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

74
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23531 Web Programming PC 1 0 6 4
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT

Objectives:
● To convey the Internet and Its Application in Real world.
● To introduce the fundamentals of web programming through HTML and CSS.
● To establish the application of Javascript in designing interactive web pages.
● To investigate various elements of ReactJS and design user interfaces to deploy in the real time.

UNIT-I WEB BASICS, HTML AND CSS 4

Introduction World wide web and its evolution - E-mail, Telnet, FTP, E–commerce, Cloud Computing, Video
conferencing - Internet service providers, IP Address, URL, Domain Name Servers - Web Browsers, Search Engine -
Web Server vs Application Server, HTML Tags, Structure - Block Elements, Text Elements- Lists, Images, section,
article, and aside Elements ,CSS Overview - CSS Rules, CSS Syntax and Style - Class Selectors, ID Selectors, span and
div Elements - Cascading, style Attribute, style Container, External CSS Files - CSS Properties: Color Properties, Font
Properties, line-height Property, Text Properties, Border Properties. Element Box, padding Property, margin Property -
Hosting a Website and GIT
UNIT-II Client-Side Programming - Java Script 2
Hello World Web Page - Buttons, Functions, Variables, Identifiers - Assignment Statements and Objects - Document
Object Model, Forms: form Element, Controls, Text Control Accessing a Form’s Control Values, reset and focus
Methods – Event Handler Attributes: onchange, onmouseover, onmouseout. While Loop, External JavaScript Files, do
Loop, Radio Buttons, Checkboxes, for Loop - fieldset and legend Elements- Manipulating CSS with JavaScript- Using z-
index to Stack Elements-Textarea Controls - Pull-Down Menus- List Boxes- Canvas and Drawing - Event Handler and
Listener.
UNIT-III Server-Side Programming - PHP 5
Introduction- Working principle of PHP -Variables - Constants - Operators - Flow Control and Looping - Arrays - Strings
- Functions - File Handling -PHP and HTML - Simple PHP scripts - Databases with PHP.
Bootstrap Background and Features - Getting Started with Bootstrap - Grids - Components - Menus and Navigations -
Plugins - Flexbox& Layouts.
UNIT-IV REACTJS 2
React Environment Setup - ReactJS Basics - React JSX - React Components: React Component API - React Component
Life Cycle - React Constructors - React Dev Tools - React Native vs ReactJS.
UNIT-V REACT DATAFLOW 2
React Dataflow: React State - React Props - React Props Validation - Styling React - Hooks and Routing - Deploying
React - Case Studies for building dynamic web applications.
Total Contact Hours: 15

List of Experiments
1 Explore various terminologies related to Internet (ISP, Email, Telnet, FTP, Web browsers, Search Engines)
2 Experiment the use of basic HTML elements.
3 Demonstrate the applications of Lists, Tables, Images, Section, article and aside elements.
4 Investigate the various components of CSS.
5 Develop web pages using HTML and various elements of CSS.
6 Designing simple dynamic webpages using Javascript.
7 Build web pages using While Loop, External JavaScript Files, do Loop, Radio Buttons, Checkboxes, for Loop -
fieldset and legend Elements.
8 Manipulating CSS with JavaScript- Using z-index to Stack Elements-Textarea Controls - Pull-Down Menus- List
Boxes- Canvas and Drawing - Event Handler and Listener.
9 React Environment Setup - ReactJS Basics - React JSX - React Components: React Component API.
10 Understand React Component Life Cycle and apply React Constructors - React Dev Tools - React Native vs
ReactJS
11 Envisage React Dataflow: React State - React Props - React Props Validation - Styling React - Hooks and
Routing
12 Deploying React - Case Studies for building dynamic web applications.
Contact Hours: 90

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

75
 Total Contact Hours: 105

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course students will be able to

● Apply various elements of HTML and CSS.
● Design interactive web pages using JavaScript.
● Create Dynamic Web Applications using ReactJS.
● Deploy and host web applications in Local Servers or Cloud platforms.
● Building React Applications

Textbooks:
1. Dean, J., Web Programming with HTML5, CSS, and JavaScript. Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2018. 2. Minnick
2. C. Beginning ReactJS foundations building user interfaces with ReactJS: An Approachable Guide, OReillly,
2022.

Reference books:
Harvey M Deitel, Paul J Deitel and Tem R Nieto, Internet and World Wide Web How to Program, Pearson,
1.
6th Edition, 2020.
Rebah, H.B., Boukthir, H. and Chedebois, A., Website Design and Development with HTML5 and CSS3.
2.
John Wiley & Sons, 2022.
Laura Lemay, Rafe Colburn and Jennifer Kyrnin, Mastering HTML, CSS and Javascript Web Publishing,
3.
BPB Publication, 1st Edition, 2016.
Alex Banks and Eve Porcello, Learning React: Functional Web Development with React and Redux, O’Reilly
4.
Publishers, 1st Edition, 2017

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO

CS23531.1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 - 1 3 3 3 2
CS23531.2 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 1 1 3 3 2
CS23531.3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 2 2 - 2 2 3 3 3
CS23531.4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
CS23531.5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 - - 3 3 3 3 3
Average 3 3 3 3 3 1.8 2 2 2.3 2 1.8 2.4 3 3 2.6

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

76
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23532 Computer Networks PC 3 0 4 5
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● Understand the concepts of computer networks and error detection-correction of data.
● Be exposed to various addressing schemes and routing protocols.
● Learn the Transport Layer, flow control and congestion control algorithms
● Be familiar with real time applications of networking devices and tools.
● To configure different devices and trace the flow of information between nodes in the network using
various tools

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS AND DATA LINK LAYER 9

Building a network – Requirements – Layering and protocols – Internet Architecture – Network software –
Application Programming Interface (sockets) – Performance – Link layer Services - Framing - Error Detection
and Correction – Reliable Transmission
UNIT II MEDIA ACCESS AND INTERNETWORKING 9
Media Access Protocols – ALOHA - CSMA/CA/CD –Ethernet – Wireless LANs - 802.11- Bluetooth - Switching
and Forwarding - Bridges and LAN Switches – Basic Internetworking- IP Service Model – IP Fragmentation -
Global Addresses – ARP– DHCP – ICMP
UNIT-III ROUTING 9
Routing – Network as Graph - Distance Vector – Link State – Global Internet –Subnetting - Classless Routing
(CIDR) – BGP– IPv6 – Multicast routing - DVMRP- PIM – Case Study-Software Defined Networking (SDN)
UNIT IV TRANSPORT LAYER 9
Overview of Transport layer – UDP – TCP - Segment Format - Connection Management – Adaptive
Retransmission – TCP Congestion control – Congestion avoidance (DECbit, RED) – QoS – Application
requirements.
UNIT-V APPLICATION LAYER 9
E-Mail (SMTP, MIME, POP3, IMAP), HTTP – DNS - FTP - Telnet – Web Services – SNMP - MIB – RMON–
SIP
Total Contact Hours : 45

List of Experiments
1 Basic Networking Commands in Linux and Windows operating systems
2 Learning and Assignment of IP Address manually to computers
3 Study of different types of Network Cables and Crimping of cable with RJ45 connector
4 Implement packet sniffing using raw sockets in python
5 Develop a customized ping command to test the server connectivity
6 Building anonymous FTP Scanner using ftplib module
7 Develop a simple calculator using XMLRPC
8 Develop a program to create reverse shell using TCP sockets
9 Design a simple topology and configure with one router, two switches and PCs using Cisco Packet
Tracer
10 Customize Switch with Network Modules using Cisco Packet Tracer
11 Examine Network Address Translation (NAT) using Cisco Packet Tracer
12 Nmap to discover live hosts using ARP scan, ICMP scan, and TCP/UDP ping scan in TryHackMe
Platform.
13 Demonstrate network forensics using PcapXray tool
14 To capture, save, and analyze network traffic on TCP / UDP / IP / HTTP / ARP /DHCP /ICMP /DNS
using Wireshark Tool
15 To Analyze the different types of servers using Webalizer tool
Contact Hours: 60
Total Contact Hours: 105

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

77
Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023
78
 Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to
● Choose the required functionality at each layer for given application
● Trace the flow of information from one node to another node in the network
● Apply the knowledge of addressing scheme and various routing protocols in data communication to
select optimal path.
● Monitor the traffic within the network and analyze the transfer of packets.
● Develop real time applications of networks using different tools

Suggested Activities:
● Assignment problems based on GATE, Quiz.
● Class presentation/Discussion

Text Books(s):
Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer Networks: A Systems Approach”, Sixth Edition,
1
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc., 2021.
2 Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, Fifth Edition, McGrawHill, 2017.

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. William Stallings, “SNMP, SNMPv2, SNMPv3 and RMON 1 and 2”, Third Edition, Pearson Edition,
2009.
2. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross,” Computer Networking - A Top-Down Approach Featuring the
Internet”, Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.
3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David J. Wetherall, “Computer Networks”, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall
publisher, 2010.
4. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communications”, Eighth Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
5. Manuel Ortega, “Mastering Python for Networking and Security”, Second Edition, Packt, 2021

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23532.1 3 2 1 0 3 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 2 1 1
CS23532.2 2 2 1 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1
CS23532.3 3 3 1 0 3 0 1 0 0 0 2 1 2 3 2
CS23532.4 2 3 0 0 3 1 1 1 0 0 2 2 1 2 3
CS23532.5 3 2 2 2 3 0 1 1 0 0 3 3 3 3 3
Average 2.6 2.4 1.3 2.0 2.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

79
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
CS23533 FOUNDATIONS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE PC 3 0 2 4
For B.E Programme CSE

Objectives:
● To introduce the fundamentals of Artificial Intelligence and intelligent agents.
● To develop an understanding of heuristic-based problem-solving approaches.
● To apply game theory and constraint satisfaction strategies for intelligent decision making.
● To learn logical reasoning through propositional and first-order logic systems.
● To understand and apply probabilistic reasoning under uncertainty using Bayesian networks.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 9

Importance of Artificial Intelligence -The Foundations of Artificial Intelligence - Intelligent Agents : Agents and
Environments- Good Behavior : The Concept of Rationality -The Nature of Environments - The Structure of Agents -
Problem-Solving Agents- Search Algorithms - Uninformed Search Strategies.
UNIT-II PROBLEM-SOLVING 9
Informed (Heuristic) Search Strategies - Local Search and Optimization Problems - Local Search in Continuous
Spaces - Search with Nondeterministic Actions - Search in Partially Observable Environments - Online Search Agents
and Unknown Environments.
UNIT-III GAME PLAYING AND CSP 9
Game Theory - Optimal Decisions in Games - Heuristic Alpha–Beta Tree Search - Monte Carlo Tree Search - Stochastic
Games - Partially Observable Games -Defining Constraint Satisfaction Problems - Constraint Propagation: Inference in
CSPs - Backtracking Search for CSPs - Local Search for CSPs - The Structure of Problems.
UNIT-IV LOGICAL REASONING 9
Knowledge- Based Agents -Propositional Logic: A Very Simple Logic - Propositional Theorem Proving - Effective
Propositional Model Checking - Agents Based on Propositional Logic - First-Order Logic Representation - Syntax and
Semantics of First-Order Logic - Knowledge Engineering in First-Order Logic - Propositional vs. First-Order Inference -
Forward Chaining - Backward Chaining –Resolution.
UNIT-V UNCERTAIN KNOWLEDGE AND REASONING 9
Acting under Uncertainty - Bayes’ Rule and Its Use - Naive Bayes Models - Representing Knowledge in an Uncertain
Domain - The Semantics of Bayesian Networks - Exact Inference in Bayesian Networks - Approximate Inference for
Bayesian Networks - Causal Networks.
Contact Hours : 45

List of Experiments
1. Implement Depth-Limited Search (DLS) in Python
2. Implement Uniform Cost Search to Find the Least-Cost Path in a Graph.
3. Create a Python program to perform A* search on a weighted graph.
4. Solve the water jug/8 puzzle problem with depth first search using python.
5. Solve the 8 puzzle problem using python.
6. Implement the Minimax algorithm in Python to determine the best move in a simplified game tree.
7. Solve a Python Program to Solve N-Queens Using Recursion and Backtracking.
8. Implement a Console-Based Tic-Tac-Toe Game in Python.
9. Write a Python program that solves the Travelling Salesman Problem (TSP) using a backtracking algorithm.
10. Implement a simple Bayesian Network in Python to demonstrate probabilistic reasoning.
11. Mini- Project
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 75

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

80
 Lab Specifications:
● The lab can be implemented using Python.

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Identify the scope, components, and foundational principles of Artificial Intelligence.
● Apply heuristic and local search algorithms for solving real-world and optimization problems.
● Analyze and implement decision-making processes using game trees and constraint satisfaction techniques
● Represent knowledge logically and implement inference mechanisms using propositional and first-order logic.
Perform reasoning under uncertainty using Bayes’ Rule, Naive Bayes, and Bayesian networks for intelligent
●
systems.

Text Books:
1 S. Russell and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Pearson, Fourth Edition, 2022.

Reference Books:
1 Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, & Shivashankar B Nair, Artificial Intelligence, McGraw Hill, 3 rd ed.,2017.
2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence & Expert Systems, Patterson, Pearson, 1 st ed. 2015
3 Logic & Prolog Programming, Saroj Kaushik, New Age International, Ist edition, 2002
4 Expert Systems: Principles and Programming,11 March 1998. Edition: 4th. ISBN: 9788131501672

Reference Links:
1 https://sites.cs.ucsb.edu/~yuxiangw/classes/AICourse-2022Spring/
2 https://web.stanford.edu/class/archive/cs/cs221/cs221.1196/
3 https://redirect.cs.umbc.edu/~ypeng/AICourseOld/471-671.html
4 http://ai.berkeley.edu/lecture_slides.html
5 https://www.cs.utexas.edu/~mooney/cs343/
6 https://courses.cs.washington.edu/courses/csep573/22wi/
7 https://www.cse.iitd.ac.in/~rohanpaul/teaching/2022-col333.html
8 https://courses.grainger.illinois.edu/ece448/sp2022/

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Case study Discussion
● Flipped classroom – Comparing of Different Algorithms
● Activity Based Learning, Quiz, Mind Mapping

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Mini Projects, Assignment problems, Quizzes

CO-PO-PSO-Mappings

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23533.1 3 3 - 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
CS23533.2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 3 2
CS23533.3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
CS23533.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
CS23533.5 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
3 3 2.25 2.2 2.8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.2 3 2.4 2
Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-”

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

81
 Subject Code Subject Name (Employability Enhancement Courses) Category L T P C
GE23521 Soft Skills - II PC 0 0 2 1
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSBS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● To help students break out of shyness.
● To build confidence
● To enhance English communication skills.
● To encourage students’ creative thinking to help them frame their own opinions.

Learning and Teaching Strategy:

The program is completely student centric where the focus is on activities led by students which include role plays, discussions, debates
other games as well. These activities would be supplemented by interactive use of technology and brief trainer input.
Week Activity Name Description Objective
1 The News hour Students are made to read news articles from The aim of this activity is not only to get the
the English newspapers. The students also students to read the newspaper but also aims at
have to find words and their meaning from the enhancing the students’ vocabulary.
article they have not come across before and
share it with the group. They then use these
words in sentences of their own
2 Court Case The facilitator provides the participants the The aim of the lesson is to encourage creative
premise of a story and proceeds to convert the and out-of-the -box thinking to ensure a good
story into a court case. The students are debate and defense skills.
required, department-wise to debate and
provide their points to win the case for their
clients.
3 The ultimate The students design activities they are going to The aim of this activity is to develop the art of
weekend do over the weekend and they have to invite conversation among students. It also aims at
their classmates to join in the activity. The practicing the grammatical structures of
students move around the class and talk to “going to” “have to” and asking questions.
other students and invite them.
4 The Four This is a debate game that uses four corners of This activity aims at getting students to come
Corners the classroom to get students moving. The up with their own opinions and stand by it
following is written on the 4 corners of the instead of being overshadowed by others and
room “Strongly Agree, Somewhat Agree, forcing themselves to change based on others’
Somewhat Disagree and Strongly Disagree”. opinions.
The topics are then given to the class and
students move to the corner that they feel best
explains their opinions
5 Debate Boarding school or day school? Which is more The aim of this activity is to encourage
beneficial for a student? students to draw up feasible points on the
advantages and benefits of both. And enhance
their debating ability
6 Grand Master The facilitator starts the session by keeping an The aim of the lesson is designed to teach the
individual in mind, upon which the students art of questioning. It also helps to enhance the
guess it only through "Yes or No" questions. students' speaking and listening skills.
Post few trials the students are given same
opportunity to do the same with the crowd.
7 Debate Does violence on the TV and Video games This activity aims at encouraging the students
influence children negatively? to debate on real life scenarios that most
students spend a lot of time on.
8 Turn Tables This is a speaking activity where the students The aim of this activity is to make the
need to speak for and against the given topics participants become spontaneous and have
when the facilitator shouts out 'Turn Table'. good presence of mind.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

82
 9 Debate Do marks define the capabilities of a student? This debate activity aims at allowing the
students to argue on this worrisome adage of
marks.
10 FictionAD The Participants are asked to create an Ad for The activity aims at developing their creativity
a challenging topic only using fictional and presentation skills.
characters.
11 Debate Are social networking sites effective, or are This activity aims at refining the students
they just a sophisticated means for stalking debating skills on a very real life situation
people?
12 Talent Hunt Talent Hunt is a fun activity where the The aim of this activity is designed to evoke
students are selected at random and supported their inner talents and break the shyness and
to present any of their own skills. the fear of participating in front of a crowd
Feedback At the end of the session in the final week (12) The aim is to do both give feedback to
the trainer would provide feedback to the students as well as obtain feedback on the
students on best practices for future benefits. course from them.

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

● Be more confident
● Speak in front of a large audience without hesitation
● Think creatively
● Speak impromptu
● Communicate in English

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
GE23521.1 - - - - - - - - 3 3 2 3 - - 2

GE23521.2 - - - - - - - - 3 3 2 3 - - 2

GE23521.3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

GE23521.4 - - - - - - - - 3 3 2 3 - - 2

GE23521.5 - - - - - - - - 3 3 2 3 - - 2

Average 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2 2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

83
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
CS23634 Fundamentals of GenAI and Prompt Engineering PC 2 0 2 3
For B.E Programme CSE

Objectives:
● Gain a solid understanding of Generative AI, its applications, and ethical considerations.
● Learn the foundations of NLP and how transformer models work
● Develop the skills to design, refine and optimize prompts for various tasks
● Create practical AI powered tools like chatbots and content generators
● Analyze and mitigate ethical and technical challenges in Generate AI

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO GENERATIVE AI 6

What is Generative AI – Definition and key concepts, difference between Gen and Discriminative AI, Popular
models (GPT, DALL-E etc), Applications of Gen AI – Text, Image, Code Generation, Audio/Video synthesis.
Ethics and Challenges of Gen AI – Bias in AI models, Misinformation and deeptakes and Intellectual Property and
Copyright issues
UNIT-II FOUNDATIONS OF NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING (NLP) 6
What is NLP, Key NLP tasks (text classification, sentiment analysis, summarization), Tokenization and Text
Representation – Word embeddings, Transformers and attention mechanisms. Introduction to Transformer Models –
Architecture of Transformers, Overview of BERT, GPT and other transformer-based models
UNIT-III PROMPT ENGINEERING BASICS 6
Prompt Engineering – Definition and Importance, Role of prompts in guiding AI behaviour. Types of Prompts –
Zero-shot, few-shot and chain of thought programming, Instruction-based prompts Vs open-ended prompts. Best
practices of Prompt Design – clarity, specificity and context, iterative refinements of prompts, Handling ambiguous
or complex queries
UNIT-IV ADVANCED PROMPT ENGINEERING TECHNIQUES 6
Prompt Engineering for Specific Domains. Customizing prompts for technical, creative or business use cases,
Domain-specific fine tuning. Handling Edge Cases – Dealing with ambiguous or incomplete inputs, Avoiding biased
or harmful outpus. Prompt Chaining and Multi Step Reasoning – Breaking down complex tasks into smaller
prompts, Using chain of thought prompt for logical reasoning
UNIT-V BUILDING REAL WORLD APPLICATIONS WITH GENERATIVE AI 6
Integrating Gen AI into workflows – API’s for Gen AI models (OpenAI API, Hugging Face), Automating tasks
using AI. Building Custom Apps – Chatbots and Virtual Assistants, Content generation tools (blog writing,
marketing copy), Code generation and debugging tools. Evaluating and Optimizing AI outputs – Metrics for
evaluating AI performance, Iterative improvement of prompts and models
Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments
1 Generative AI
a Explore Pre-Trained Gen AI Tools
- Use ChatGPT to generate text and DALL-E to create images
- Analyze the outputs and discuss their quality and limitations
Ethical Implications Exercise
- Identify potential ethical issues in AI-generated content
- Write a short report on how to mitigate these issues
2 Foundations of NLP
Text processing with Python
a
- Use libraries like spaCy or NLTK to tokenize and preprocess text data
Fine Tune a Pre-Trained Model
- Use Hugging Face to fine-tune a transformer model to simple NLP task(eg sentimental analysis)

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

84
 3 Prompt Engineering Basics
a Experiment with Different Prompts
1. – Use ChatGPT to test zero-shot, few-shot and chain-of-thought prompts
2. – Compare outputs and analyze their effectiveness
3. Design Prompts for Specific Tasks
4. – Create prompts for tasks like summarization, code generation and creating writing
4 Advanced Prompt Engineering Techniques
a1. Multi-Step Prompt workflow – Design a workflow for a complex task (eg. Writing a research paper or debugging
code) Evaluate and Refine Prompts – Test prompts on ChatGPT and refine them based on the outputs
5 Building Real-World applications with Gen AI
1. Build a Chatbot – Use Open API or Hugging Face to create a simple chatbot
a
2. Develop a Content Generation Tool – Build a tool that generates social media posts or blog articles
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Understand Generative AI Fundamentals: Gain a solid understanding of Generative AI, its applications,
and ethical considerations.
● Master NLP Basics: Learn the foundations of NLP and how transformer models work.
● Become Proficient in Prompt Engineering: Develop the skills to design, refine, and optimize prompts for
various tasks.
● Build Real-World Applications: Create practical AI-powered tools like chatbots and content generators.
● Develop Critical Thinking: Analyze and mitigate ethical and technical challenges in Generative AI.

Text Book(s):
Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, and Aaron Courville, Deep Learning, MIT Press, 2016, 1st Edition.
1
Lane, Howard, and Hapke, Natural Language Processing in Action, Manning Publications, 2019, 1st Edition.
2
Ben, The Art of Prompt Engineering, Self-Published, 2023, 1st Edition.
3

Reference Book(s) / Web link(s):

Cathy O’Neil, Weapons of Math Destruction, Crown Publishing Group, 2016, 1st Edition.
1
2 Vincent C. Müller, Ethics of Artificial Intelligence and Robotics, Springer, 2020, 1st Edition.
3 Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin, Speech and Language Processing, Pearson, 2021, 3rd Edition.
Aurélien Géron, Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow, O’Reilly Media, 2019,
4
2nd Edition.
Denis Rothman, Transformers for Natural Language Processing, Packt Publishing, 2021, 2nd Edition.
5

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23634.1 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 - 2 - 3 3 3 3
CS23634.2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 - 3 3 3 2
CS23634.3 3 3 2 2 3 - - 2 - 3 - 3 3 3 3
CS23634.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CS23634.5 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
Average 3 2.8 2.2 2.4 2.8 2.33 2.33 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.5 3 3 3 2.8
Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

85
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23631 Compiler Design PC 3 0 2 4
For B.E Programme CSE

Objectives:
● To provide fundamental knowledge of various language translators
● To make students familiar with lexical analysis and parsing techniques.
● To understand the various actions carried out in semantic analysis
● To make the students get familiar with how the intermediate code is generated.
● To understand the principles of code optimization techniques.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO COMPILATION AND LEXICAL ANALYSIS 9

Introduction to programming language translators-Structure and Phases of a Compiler-Design Issues-Patterns-
Lexemes-Tokens-Attributes-Specification of Tokens-Regular Expression- Regular expression to Deterministic Finite
Automata - Lex
UNIT II SYNTAX ANALYSIS 9
Role of Parser- Parse Tree - Elimination of Ambiguity - Top Down Parsing - Recursive Descent Parsing - Predictive
Parsing - LL(1) Grammars.
UNIT-III SEMANTICS ANALYSIS 9
Bottom Up Parsing-Shift Reduce Parsers- Operator Precedence Parsing -LR Parsers,Construction of SLR Parser
Tables and Parsing, CLR Parsing, LALR Parsing - SEMANTICS ANALYSIS : Syntax Directed Definition –
Evaluation Order - Applications of Syntax Directed Translation - Syntax Directed Translation Schemes -
Implementation of L attributed Syntax Directed Definition.
UNIT IV INTERMEDIATE CODE GENERATION 9
Variants of Syntax trees - Three Address Code- Types – Declarations - Procedures - Assignment Statements -
Translation of Expressions - Control Flow - Back Patching- Switch Case Statements.
UNIT-V CODE OPTIMIZATION 9
Loop optimizations- Principal Sources of Optimization -Introduction to Data Flow Analysis - Basic Blocks -
Optimization of Basic Blocks - Peephole Optimization- The DAG Representation of Basic Blocks - CODE
GENERATION: Issues in the design of a code generator- Target Machine- Next-Use Information - Register
Allocation and Assignment, Runtime Organization, Activation Records.
Total Contact Hours : 45

Course Outcomes: On completion of course you will be able to

● Demonstrate the functioning of a Compiler and to develop a firm and enlightened grasp of concepts such as
higher level programming, assemblers, automata theory, and formal languages, language specifications.
● Develop language specifications using context free grammars (CFG).
● Apply the ideas, the techniques, and the knowledge acquired for the purpose of developing software systems.
● Constructing symbol tables and generating intermediate code. 5. Obtain insights on compiler optimization and
code generation.
● Obtain insights on compiler optimization and code generation.

Text Book(s):
1 A. V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D. Ullman, Compilers: Principles, techniques, & tools, Second
Edition, Pearson Education, 2007
2 K. D. Cooper and L. Torczon, Engineering a compiler, Morgan Kaufmann, 2nd edition, 2011.
3 Steven S.Muchnick “Advanced Compiler design implementation”, Elsevier Science India, 2003.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

86
 Reference Books(s) :
1 Andrew A.Appel , Modern Compiler Implementation in Java, Cambridge University Press; 2nd edition, 2002.
2 Allen Holub, Compiler Design in C, Prentice Hall, 1990
3 Torbengidius Mogensen, Basics of Compiler Design, Springer, 2011
4 Charles N, Ron K Cytron, Richard J LeBlanc Jr., Crafting a Compiler, Pearson Education, 2010.

List of Experiments
1 Write a LEX program to recognize valid arithmetic expressions. Identifiers in the expression could be only integers
and operators could be + and *. Count the identifiers & operators present and print them separately.
2 Write a LEX program to eliminate comment lines in a C program and copy the resulting program into a separate file
3 Write a YACC program to recognize all strings for which starts with n number of “a‟ followed by n number of “b‟.
4 Write a YACC program to recognize valid identifiers, operators and keywords in the given text (C program) file.
5 Implementation of calculator using lex and yacc.
6 Convert the bnf rules into yacc form and write code to generate abstract syntax trees.
7 Write a scheme expression that evaluates the polynomial. Write 5 *(4.5 - 8.5) + 77 as a scheme expression, and find
its value. Define a function middle that takes five numbers as argument and returns the middle of the five.
8 Intro to Flex and Bison: Modify the scanner and parser so that terminating a statement with ";b" instead of ";" results
in the output being printed in binary.
9 Write a recursive descent parser for the CFG language and implement it using LLVM
10 Write a LR parser for the CFG language and implement it in the using LLVM
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 75

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23631.1 - - 1 - 1 - - - - - - - 1 - -
CS23631.2 - - 2 - 2 - - - - - - - 2 - -
CS23631.3 - - 2 - 2 - - - - - - - 2 - -
CS23631.4 - - 2 - 2 - - - - - - - 2 - -
CS23631.5 - - 3 - 2 - - - - - - - 2 - -
2. 1.
Average - - - - - - - - - - 1.8 - -
0 8

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

87
Course Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23632 Cryptography and Network Security PC 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSD and B.Tech. Programme IT

Objectives:
● Learn basics of encryption and Number Theory.
● Understand the methods of public key encryption.
● Acquire knowledge of hash functions and digital signatures.
● Apply techniques of system level securities.
● Know the current trends in e-mail, IP and web security

UNIT I INTRODUCTION AND NUMBER THEORY 6

OSI security architecture-Network security model-Classical Encryption techniques (Symmetric cipher model,
Substitution techniques, Transposition techniques, Steganography)-Number Theory: Modular arithmetic- Euclid’s
algorithm-Fermat’s and Euler’s theorem -The Chinese Remainder theorem
UNIT II BLOCK CIPHERS AND PUBLIC KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY 6
Data Encryption Standard (DES) – Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) – Triple DES – Public key cryptography-
Principles of public key cryptosystems-The RSA algorithm-Key management-Attacks on RSA – Diffie Hellman Key
exchange – Elliptic curve arithmetic-Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC)
UNIT-III HASH FUNCTIONS AND DIGITAL SIGNATURES 6
Authentication requirement – MAC – Hash function – MD5 - SHA - HMAC - Merkle Hash Tree–-Digital signature
and authentication protocols - DSS – Zero Knowledge Proofs (ZKP) and its Use Cases
UNIT IV SECURITY PRACTICE AND SYSTEM SECURITY 6
Kerberos – Firewall types and design - Intrusion detection system – Malicious software – Antivirus – Case Study -
WannaCry Ransomware – Kaspersky Antivirus Scan Engine – Federated Identity Management
UNIT-V E-MAIL, IP AND WEB SECURITY 6
E-mail Security – Pretty Good Privacy-S/MIME – IPSecurity- Overview of IPSec - IP and IPv6-Authentication
Header - Encapsulation Security Payload (ESP) – Web Security - SSL/TLS Basic Protocol-computing the keys- client
authentication – Case Study - Unified Payment Interface (UPI)
Contact 30
Hours:

List of Experiments
1 Installation and Configuration of Kali Linux/Parrot OS in a VMware/VirtualBox.
2 Encryption Crypto 101 in TryHackMe Platform
3 Perform Man-in-the-middle (MITM) attacks using the Ettercap tool.
4 Demonstrate hash cracking using John the Ripper tool.
5 Perform various configurations of Iptables Firewall in Linux.
6 Snort IDS/IPS to detect and prevent real time threats in TryHackMe Platform.
7 Perform Code Injection on Application Process using Ptrace.
8 Privilege Escalation in TryHackMe Platform
9 Demonstrate various exploits of Window OS using Metasploit Framework
10 Perform Wireless Audit on routers and decrypt the WPA keys using Aircrack-ng
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of course you will be able to

● Grasp concepts in classical encryption techniques and number theory.
● Thoroughly understand Public Key Encryption and apply to real-world applications.
● Apply hashing algorithms and digital signatures.
● Comprehend system level securities.
● Perceiving the best in email, IP and Web Security.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

88
 Textbooks:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security-Principles and Practices”, Seventh Edition, Pearson
Education, 2017
2. Christo Paar and Jan Pelzl, “Understanding Cryptography: A Textbook for Students and Practitioners”, First
Edition, Springer, 2010

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. JoxeanKoret and Elias Bachaalany,” The Antivirus Hackers Handbook”, First Edition, Wiley, 2015
2. Douglas R. Stinson,” Cryptography: Theory and Practice”, Third Edition, by, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
Group (Indian Edition), 2006
3. https://blockonomi.com/merkle-tree/
4. https://chain.link/education/zero-knowledge-proof-zkp
5. https://www.npci.org.in/what-we-do/upi/product-overview
6. https://content.kaspersky-labs.com/fm/site-
editor/53/5388886ff3e57f1181c2f8191aef4810/source/ksendatasheet2024.pdf

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23632.1 3 3 1 2 0 2 0 0 1 0 0 3 2 2 2
CS23632.2 3 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 3 2 2 2
CS23632.3 3 3 2 2 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 1 1 2
CS23632.4 0 1 2 2 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 3 1 1 2
CS23632.5 0 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 2 1 0 3 1 1 2
Average 3.0 2.4 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 - 2.0 1.5 1.0 - 3.0 1.4 1.4 2.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

89
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
CS23633 CLOUD COMPUTING PC 2 0 2 3
For B.E Programme CSE

Objectives:
● To learn the fundamentals of Cloud Computing and designing Private Cloud and Public Cloud Environment.
● Understand Virtual Machines and workload, Cloud Infrastructure
● To learn the cloud management and cloud native.
● To gain knowledge on various cloud computing architecture
● To learn the cloud security

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION 6
Basic concepts and terminology-roles and boundaries-cloud characteristics-cloud delivery model and deployment
Model (Public, Private and Hybrid models). Understand Cloud computing models IaaS, SaaS and PaaS and its
differences and when to use what model
UNIT- VIRTUAL MACHINES AND WORKLOADS, UNDERSTAND CLOUD 6
II INFRASTRUCTURE
Virtual Private Server (VPS), difference between dedicated and VPS server. Cloud Migration: Backup, Restore of the
same and its associated costing. Cloud Infrastructure Resources: File, Block, Object Storage and CDN (Content
Delivery Networks)
UNIT- CLOUD MANAGEMENT AND CLOUD NATIVE 6
III
Understand how to maintain control and oversight of cloud computing infrastructure, resources, and services in public,
private, or hybrid cloud environments – Interoperability, Cloud Sprawl, Automation, Cloud Governance, Monitoring
and Logging, Performance and Cost Reporting
UNIT- CLOUD COMPUTING ARCHITECTURE 6
IV
Understand the services like storage, databases, software, analytics, and other platforms that are accessible via the
internet. Understand how to build, design, and manage applications on the cloud platform.
UNIT-V CLOUD SECURITY 6
AWS and the shared responsibility model, Azure and the shared responsibility model, GCP and the shared
responsibility model. Command-Line tools: AWS CLI, Azure CLI, Google Cloud SDK.
Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments
1 Private Cloud
a Setup a Private Cloud by performing the procedure using a Single node OPENSTACK implementation.
2 Public Cloud
Develop a simple application to understand the concept of PAAS using GAE/Amazon Elastic Beanstalk/IBM
a
Blue Mix/GCC and launch it.
3 Hybrid Cloud
a Setting Up Hybrid Connectivity
5. Experiment with setting up a secure VPN connection between an on-premises data center and a public cloud
provider such as AWS or Azure.
6. Configure a hybrid network topology using virtual private clouds (VPCs), subnets, and route tables.
4 Basic VPS Server Setup
a2. Provision a VPS instance from a cloud provider or set up a virtual machine on your local system using software
like VirtualBox or VMware.
3. Install a Linux distribution such as Ubuntu, CentOS, or Debian as the operating system.
4. Configure network settings, including IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS.
5 Cloud Migrtion-Backup Setup:

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

90
 3. Choose a cloud storage service provider such as Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, or Azure Blob Storage for
a
storing backups.
4. Set up a backup schedule to regularly back up critical data and configurations from your on-premises or existing
cloud environment.
5. Utilize backup tools or scripts to automate the backup process and ensure consistency.
CDN Service Selection, CDN Configuration
6
1. Research and select a CDN provider such as Cloudflare, Akamai, or Amazon CloudFront.
2. Sign up for a CDN account or utilize free trial options if available.
3. Configure your CDN account settings, including domain setup and DNS configuration.
4. Create CDN distributions or zones to specify which content will be cached and delivered through the CDN
network.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Demonstrate the cloud, its characteristics, various delivery and deployment models and designing Private
Cloud and Public Cloud Environment.
● The strength of virtualization, workload its role in enabling the cloud cloud infrastructure
● Recognize the scope cloud management and cloud native
● The fundamental cloud components mechanism with cloud computing architecture
● Analyse the core issue of cloud such as security. Provide an insight into future prospects of computing in the
cloud.

Text Book(s):
Eyal Estrin- “Cloud Security Handbook”, Packt Publishing Ltd, First published: March 2022.
1
Thomas Erl, Zaigham Mahood, Ricardo Puttini- “Cloud Computing, Concept, Technology and Architectural”,
2
Prentice Hall, First Edition, 2013.

Reference Book(s) / Web link(s):

Michael J. Kavis “Architecting the Cloud: Design Decisions for Cloud Computing Service Models (SaaS, PaaS,
1
and IaaS)”, First Edition, Wiley,2014.
2 Tom White, “Hadoop: The Definitive Guid”. Yahoo Press, 2014.
3 Rajkumar Buyya, Christain Vecchiola, and Thamarai Selvi, “Mastering Cloud Computing”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2013.
John W. Rittinghouse and James F.Ransome, “Cloud Computing: Implementation, Management, and Security”,
4
CRC Press, 2010.
Kai Hwang, Geoffery C, Fox and Jack J, Dongarra,” Distributed and Cloud Computing: Clusters, Grids, Clouds
5
and the Future of Internet”, First Edition, Morgan Kaufman Publisher, an Inprint of Elsevier, 2012.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23633.1 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 3 1 3 2 3 2 3
CS23633.2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3
CS23633.3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3
CS23633.4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2
CS23633.5 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3
Average 3 2.8 2.8 2.6 2.6 2 2 1.8 2.4 1.8 3 2 2.8 2.4 2.8

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

91
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
AI23331 FUNDAMENTALS OF MACHINE LEARNING PC 3 0 2 4
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
 To know the fundamentals of machine learning.
 Be exposed to linear models.
 Be familiar with basic machine learning algorithms with classification.
 To understand machine learning algorithms with clustering.
 To learn and apply reinforcement learning techniques.

UNIT-I FOUNDATIONS OF LEARNING 8

Components of learning – learning models – geometric models – probabilistic models – logical models – grouping and
grading – learning versus design – types of learning – supervised – unsupervised – reinforcement – theory of learning
– feasibility of learning – error and noise – training versus testing – theory of generalization – generalization bound –
approximation generalization trade off – bias and variance – learning curve.
UNIT-II LINEAR MODELS 9
Linear classification – univariate linear regression - bivariate regression – multivariate linear regression – regularized
regression – Logistic regression. Naïve Baye’s – Discriminant Functions -Probabilistic Generative Models -
Probabilistic Discriminative Models – Bayesian Logistic Regression.
UNIT-III SUPERVISED LEARNING 10
Perceptron: – multilayer neural networks – back propagation - learning neural networks structures – support vector
machines: – soft margin SVM – going beyond linearity – generalization and over fitting – regularization – validation.
Decision trees: Training and Visualizing a Decision Tree - Making Predictions - Estimating Class Probabilities - The
CART Training Algorithm - Computational Complexity - Gini Impurity or Entropy - Ensemble methods: Bagging-
Boosting- Boosting AdaBoost - Gradient Boosting – Xg boost.
UNIT-IV UNSUPERVISED LEARNING 10
Clustering: Nearest neighbor models – K-means – clustering around medoids – silhouttes – hierarchical clustering –
k-d trees. Dimensionality Reduction: – Linear Discriminant Analysis – Principal Component Analysis – Factor
Analysis – Independent Component Analysis.
UNIT-V REINFORCEMENT LEARNING 8
Passive reinforcement learning – direct utility estimation – adaptive dynamic programming – temporal-difference
learning – active reinforcement learning – exploration – learning an action utility function – Generalization in
reinforcement learning – policy search – applications in game playing – applications in robot control.
Contact Hours : 45

List of Experiments
1 A python program to implement univariate regression, bivariate regression and multivariate regression.
2 A python program to implement Simple linear regression using Least Square Method
3 A python program to implement logistic model.
4 A python program to implement single layer perceptron.
5 A python program to implement multi-layer perceptron with back propagation.
6 A python program to do face recognition using SVM classifier.
7 A python program to implement decision tree.
8 A python program to implement boosting.
9 A python program to implement KNN and K-means.
10 A python program to implement dimensionality reduction – PCA.
11 Mini project – develop a simple application using tensorflow / keras.
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 75

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

92
Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023
93
 Course Outcomes:On completion of the course, the students will be able to
 Understand fundamentals of machine learning.
 Apply the linear models for tuning parameters.
 Understand and explore the machine learning algorithms with classification.
 Apply machine learning algorithms with clustering and feature extraction.
 Apply reinforcement learning techniques for various applications.

Text Books:
Aurélien Géron - Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow, 2nd Edition. September
1
21019, Reilly Media, Inc., ISBN: 9781492032649.
Stephen Marsland, ―Machine Learning – An Algorithmic Perspective‖, Second Edition, Chapman and Hall/CRC
2
Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition Series, 2014.
Shai Shalev-Shwartz and Shai Ben-David,” Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms”,
3
Cambridge University Press 2014.

Reference Books:
1 Alex Smola and S.V.N. Vishwanathan,” Introduction to Machine Learning”, Cambridge University Press 2011.
Andreas C. Müller and Sarah Guido,” Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A Guide for Data
2
Scientists”, O'Reilly Media, Inc,2016.
3 S. Russel and P. Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach”, Third Edition, Prentice Hall, 2009.
4 C. M. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer, 2007.

Web links for virtual lab:

1 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/python-machine-learning/introduction-4f2So
2 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106139/

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
AI23331.1 3 3 2 - - - - - 1 - - - 3 1 -

AI23331.2 3 3 3 2 - 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 -
AI23331.3 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 2 - - - - 3 -
AI23331.4 3 3 3 - 3 1 - - - - 1 2 2 - -
AI23331.5 3 3 2 3 2 - - 1 3 - 3 3 3 3 1
Average 3 3 2.6 1.4 1.4 0.6 - 0.6 0.8 - 0.6 1.4 2 2 0.2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

94
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Course) Category L T P C
CS23621 Mobile Application Development Laboratory PC 0 0 4 2
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT

Objectives:
● Get started developing in Kotlin, and learn the basics of the Kotlin programming language: data types,
operators, variables, control structures, and nullable versus non-nullable variables.
● Get an introduction to Android development and UI basics.
● Learn Android app architecture using Kotlin.
● Learn best practices, guidelines, and tools for effective Android app design.
● To understand the capabilities and limitations of mobile devices

List of Experiments
1. Kotlin Basics
2. Functions
3. Classes and Objects
4. Build First Android App
5. Layouts
6. App Navigation
7. Activity and Fragment Lifecycles
8. App Architecture (UI Layer)
9. App Architecture (Persistence)
10 Advanced RecyclerView Use Cases
11. Connect to the Internet
12. Repository Pattern and WorkManager
13. App UI Design
14. Mini Project
Total Contact Hours : 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to

● Learn the basics of Kotlin, including data types, operators, variables, control structures, and handling nullable
and non-nullable variables.
● Develop Android apps and the basics of user interface design.
● Become familiar with the architecture of Android apps and how to structure them using Kotlin.
● Learn the best practices, guidelines, and essential tools needed for designing effective Android apps.
● Develop an understanding of what mobile devices can and cannot do, which is crucial for mobile app
development.

Text Books:
1. Head First Android Development: A Learner's Guide to Building Android Apps with Kotlin, by Dawn Griffiths,
David Griffiths, Shroff/O'Reilly, Third Edition.
2. Learn Kotlin for Android Development: The Next Generation Language for Modern Android Apps Programming,
Peter Späth, Apress, First Edition.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

95
 Reference Books:
1 Android Development with Kotlin: Enhance your skills for Android development using Kotlin, Marcin Moskala,
Igor Wojda, Packt Publishing Limited, 2017.
2 Learn Android Studio 3 with Kotlin: Efficient Android App Development, Ted Hagos, Apress, First Edition.
3 How to Build Android Apps with Kotlin: A hands-on guide to developing, testing, and publishing your first apps
with Android, Alex Forrester, Eran Boudjnah, Alexandru Dumbravan, Jomar Tigcal, Packt Publishing Limited,
2021.
4 Mastering Android Development with Kotlin, Milos Vasic, Packt Publishing Limited, 2017.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23621.1 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - 2 3 3 3 2
CS23621.2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 - - 2 2 3 3 3 3
CS23621.3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - 2 2 3 3 3 3
CS23621.4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 - 2 2 3 3 3 3
CS23621.5 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 - - 2 2 3 3 3 3
Average 3 2.8 3 2 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 3 3 3 2.8

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

96
 Course Code Subject Name (Employment Enhancement Course) Category L T P C
GE23621 Problem Solving Techniques EEC 0 0 2 1
For B.E Programme CSE ,CSBS,CSD and B.Tech Programme in IT,AIDS

Objectives:
● To improve the numerical ability
● To improve problem-solving skills.

Course topics:

S.No. Topics
1 Numbers system
2 Reading comprehension
3 Data arrangements and Blood relations
4 Time and Work
5 Sentence correction
6 Coding & Decoding, Series, Analogy, Odd man out and Visual reasoning
7 Percentages, Simple interest and Compound interest
8 Sentence completion and Para-jumbles
9 Profit and Loss, Partnerships and Averages
10 Permutation, Combination and Probability
11 Data interpretation and Data sufficiency
12 Logarithms, Progressions, Geometry and Quadratic equations.
13 Time, Speed and Distance

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to

● Have mental alertness
● Have numerical ability
● Solve quantitative aptitude problems with more confident

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

97
 PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES(PE)

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

98
Subject Code Subject Name (Theory course) Category L T P C
CR23A11 Security Assessment and Risk Analysis PE 3 0 0 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSD, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
 Understand the fundamental principles of information security and the threat landscape.
 Understand various security assessment methodologies.
 Develop the ability to identify, assess, and manage information security risks through risk profiling and risk
management concepts.
 Learn risk evaluation and mitigation strategies.
 Gain an introduction to common security frameworks and standards (NIST CSF and ISO 27001).

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9

Fundamentals of information security- CIA triad: Confidentiality, Integrity, Availability. Threat landscape overview:
Common security threats, actors, and motivations. Introduction to vulnerability management.

UNIT II SECURITY ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGIES 9

Security assessment methodologies: Penetration testing - Vulnerability scanning - Security audits. Penetration testing
types: White-box, black-box, grey-box testing. Vulnerability scanning tools and their functionalities.

UNIT-III RISK ANALYSIS AND RISK MANAGEMENT 9

Risk Profiling - Formulating the Risk - Risk Exposure Factors. Risk management concepts: Risk identification-
assessment - mitigation and acceptance. Case Study - Work in groups to develop a risk register for a fictional company,
identifying potential security risks, their likelihood, and impact.
UNIT IV RISK ASSESSMENT AND ANALYSIS 9
Risk Evaluation and mitigation strategies - Reports and Consulting - Risk Assessment Techniques. Project:
Conduct a risk assessment for a specific department within your organization (if applicable) or a chosen cloud
service platform.
UNIT-V SECURITY FRAMEWORKS AND STANDARDS 9

Introduction to security frameworks and standards (NIST CSF, ISO 27001) -Aligning security assessments and risk
analysis with frameworks - Implementing security controls based on identified risks.
Total Contact Hours : 45

Course Outcomes: On completion of course you will be able to

 Understand the CIA triad and identify common security threats, actors, and their motivations.
 Distinguish between penetration testing, vulnerability scanning, and security audits.
 Describe the four main risk management concepts: identification, assessment, mitigation, and acceptance
 Explain risk profiling and risk evaluation techniques.
 Summarize the purpose and benefits of security frameworks like NIST CSF and ISO 27001

Suggested Activities:
 Quizzes
 Class presentation/Discussion
 Group Presentation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

99
 Reference Books (s)/Web links:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Seventh Edition, Pearson, 2017
2. Mark Talabis and Jason Martin, "Information Security Risk Assessment Toolkit: Practical Assessments through
Data Collection and Data Analysis", Syngress, 2012
3. Thomas R Peltier, "Information Security Risk Analysis", First Edition, Auerbach Publications, 2001
4. Evan Wheeler, “Security Risk Management: Building an Information Security Risk Management Program from
the Ground Up”, First Edition, Syngress, 2011
5. Jon Erickson, "Hacking: The Art of Exploitation", Second Edition, No Starch Press, 2008

CO-PO-PSO Matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CR23A11.1 3 3 - 2 2 2 1 2 - 1 - 2 3 3 2
CR23A11.2 2 3 - 3 3 - - - - 1 - 1 3 3 2
CR23A11.3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 - - - 2 3 3 2
CR23A11.4 3 2 3 3 3 - 2 2 - - - 1 3 3 2
CR23A11.5 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 2 3 3 2
Average 2.8 2.8 2.6 2.8 2.8 2 1.5 2.25 - 1 - 1.6 3 3 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

100
Course Code Subject Name (Theory course) Category L TP C
CS23A11 Malware Detection and Analysis PE 3 00 3
For B.E Programme CSE, CSD, CSECS

Objectives:
 To introduce the malware components and behaviour
 To detect and analyze malware affected documents.
 To introduce malware fundamentals and basic analysis.
 To enable to identify and analyze various malware types by static analysis.
 To enable to identify and analyze various malware types by dynamic analysis.

UNIT I MALWARE COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONALITY 9

Malware Components-Payload, Packers, Persistence, Communication, Propagation, Armoring, Stealth, Distribution
Mechanisms, Downloaders and Launchers, Backdoors, Credential Stealers, Persistence Mechanisms, Handles, Mutexes,
Privilege Escalation, Covert malware launching- Launchers, Process Injection, Process Replacement, Hook Injection,
Detours, APC injection
UNIT II MALWARE DETECTION AND REVERSE ENGINEERING 9
Antivirus Engines-Main Components, Signatures and Signature Modules, File Scanner, Unpacker Module, Memory
Scanner, Hook and Rootkit detection Modules, Next Generation Antiviruses, Malware Sandbox Internals, Reverse
engineering malicious code - Identifying malware passwords - Bypassing authentication -Advanced malware analysis:
Virus, Trojan and APK Analysis - Reverse Engineering Tools: IDA Pro and OLLYDBG
UNIT-III BASIC MALWARE ANALYSIS 9
Objective of Malware Analysis, Malware Analysis techniques, Types of Malwares, General Rules for Malware Analysis,
Antivirus scanning, Hashing, Finding Strings, Packed and Obfuscated Malware, Portable Executable File Format, Linked
Libraries and Functions, Static Analysis tools, Virtual Machines and their usage in malware analysis, Sandboxing, Basic
dynamic analysis, Malware execution, Process Monitoring, Viewing processes, Registry snapshots.
UNIT IV MODERN MALWARE STATIC ANALYSIS 9
Levels of Abstraction, Reverse-Engineering, The x86 Architecture, Simple Instructions, The Stacks, Conditionals,
Branching, Rep Instructions, Disassembly, Global and local variables, Arithmetic operations, Loops, Function Call
Conventions, C Main Method and Offsets. Portable Executable File Format, The PE File Headers and Sections, IDA Pro,
Function analysis, Graphing, The Structure of a Virtual Machine, Analyzing Windows programs, Anti-static analysis
techniques, obfuscation, packing, metamorphism, polymorphism
UNIT-V MODERN MALWARE DYNAMIC ANALYSIS 9
Live malware analysis, dead malware analysis, analyzing traces of malware, system calls, api calls, registries, network
activities. Anti-dynamic analysis techniques, VM detection techniques, Evasion techniques, Malware Sandbox,
Monitoring with Process Monitor, Packet Sniffing with Wire shark, Kernel vs. User-Mode Debugging, OllyDbg,
Breakpoints, Tracing, Exception Handling, Patching
Total Contact Hours: 45

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

 Understand the various components of malware analysis and their functionalities.
 Understand the malware detecting methods and reverse engineering.
 Understand the various concepts of malware analysis and their technologies used.
 Possess the skills necessary to carry out independent analysis of modern malware samples using both static and
dynamic analysis techniques
 To be able to safely analyze, debug, and disassemble any malicious software by malware analysis

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

101
 Textbooks:
1. 1 Michael Sikorski and Andrew Honig, “Practical Malware Analysis” by No Starch Press, 2012.

2. Abhijit Mohanta, Anoop Saldanha, Malware Analysis and Detection Engineering a Comprehensive Approach
to Detect and Analyze Modern Malware, 2020, 1st edition, Apress .
3. M. Sikorski and A. Honig, Practical Malware Analysis: The Hands-on Guide to Dissecting Malicious
Software. 2012, 1st edition, No Starch Press.

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1 Monnappa K A, Learning Malware Analysis- Explore the concepts, tools, and techniques to analyze and investigate
Windows malware, 2018, 1st edition, Packt Publishing.
2 Ken Dunham, Shane Hartman, Manu Quintans, Jose Andre Morales, Tim Strazzere, "Android Malware and
Analysis",CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, 2015.
3 Victor Marak, "Windows Malware Analysis Essentials" Packt Publishing, O’Reilly, 2015.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO

CS23A11.1 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 - 2 - 3 3 3 3
CS23A11.2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 - 2 - 3 3 3 3
CS23A11.3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 - 2 - 3 3 3 3
CS23A11.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
CS23A11.5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
Average 3 3 2.8 2.8 3 2 2 2 3 2.4 2 3 3 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

102
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L TP C
CR23A31 Ethical Hacking and Security PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSD, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
To understand the ethical hacker’s role, the hacking methodology, and the legal boundaries distinguishing
●
ethical from malicious hacking.
● To identify system weaknesses, network vulnerabilities, and use scanning tools to find security gaps.
● To understand using ethical hacking tools and techniques to simulate real-world attacks for defensive purposes.
● To learn how to prioritize risks, recommend security measures and report vulnerabilities.
● To understand social engineering tactics, zero-day vulnerabilities.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Overview of Ethical Hacking- Importance of ethical hacking for Businesses-Key concepts of Ethical Hacking-
Difference between Ethical Hacking and Malicious Hacking-Most used tools in Ethical Hacking Incidents (NMAP,
Metasploit)-Ethical hacking challenges and their solutions.
UNIT II NETWORK VULNERABILITIES AND VARIOUS SCANNING TOOLS 6
Overview of Network vulnerability scanning- Types of network vulnerability scanning-Key features of network
vulnerability scanner-Network vulnerability scanning vs network scanning- Network scanning tools (Burp Suite)
UNIT-
ETHICAL HACKING TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES 6
III
Overview, Tools and Techniques in Ethical Hacking (Metasploit Framework, Nessus, Wireshark, Burp Suite,
Nmap, John-the-Ripper, OWASP Zap.
UNIT IV RISK ASSESSMENT AND TYPES OF SYSTEM HARDENING 6
Overview, Types of system hardening (Network hardening, Server hardening, Application hardening,
Database hardening, Operating system hardening), Types of Security Risk assessments (Physical security
assessment, IT security assessment, Data security assessment, Application security assessment, Insider
Threat assessment)
UNIT-V SOCIAL ENGINEERING AND ZERO DAY ATTACKS 6
Overview of Social Engineering and zero-day attacks, Impact of social Engineering and zero-day attacks, Prevention
and mitigation techniques, Best practices for protecting against social engineering and zero day attacks.
Total Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Conduct a basic penetration test using Metasploit to exploit a known vulnerability in a controlled
environment.
2 Use NMAP to scan a network and identify open ports and services.
3 Perform a web vulnerability scan using Burp Suite and document the identified vulnerabilities and their
potential impacts.
4 Perform a vulnerability scan using Nessus and generate a detailed report on the findings, including
recommended remediation steps.
5 Conduct a web application security test using OWASP ZAP. Document vulnerabilities and provide
remediation recommendations.
6 Assess the security of a sample application and provide a detailed report on vulnerabilities and
recommended hardening measures.
7 Perform a risk assessment on a sample IT system and present a risk management plan.
8 Perform Social Engineering attack
9 View and capture network traffic using Wireshark
10 Explore dig tool for vulnerabilities
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

103
 Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to
● Grasp Core Ethical Hacking Concepts includes exploring the ethical hacker’s role, the hacking methodology
and the legal boundaries of ethical hacking.
● Learn in detail about common system weaknesses, network vulnerabilities, and various scanning tools to
pinpoint security gaps
● Able to Understand ethical hacking tools and techniques
● Gain knowledge in risk assessment and types of system hardening
● Understand topics like social engineering tactics, zero-day vulnerabilities, and keeping abreast
of industry best practices.

Suggested Activities:
● Code implementing sessions in NMAP, Metasploit, Burp Suite
● Mini projects

Course Outcomes: On completion of course you will be able to

● Tutorial problems.
● Assignment problems.
● Quizzes
● Class presentation/Discussion

Textbooks (s)/Web links:

1. Jon Erickson,”The Art of Exploitation”, 2nd Edition, No Starch Press, 2017
2. Dafydd Stuttard,” Web Application Hacker's Handbook: Finding and Exploiting Security Flaws”,2 nd edition,
John Wiley, 2011
3 J. Thomas,” Mastering Ethical Hacking”,1st Edition, TheHackStore, 2023
`
CO-PO-PSO Matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CR23A31.1 3 2 1 2 2 2 - 3 1 2 - 2 3 2 1
CR23A31.2 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 - 3 3 3 2
CR23A31.3 2 3 3 3 3 2 - 2 2 3 - 3 3 3 3
CR23A31.4 2 3 2 3 2 2 - 3 2 2 - 3 3 3 2
CR23A31.5 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 3 3 2 3
Average 2.6 2.8 2 2.8 2.4 1.8 1.5 2 2.6 2.2 1 2.8 3 13 2.2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

104
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CR23A32 Digital and Mobile Forensics PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSD, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
 To understand basic digital forensics and techniques.
 To understand digital crime and investigation.
 To understand how to be prepared for digital forensic readiness.
 To understand and use forensics tools for Android devices.
 To understand and use Anti Forensics.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6

Forensic Science – Digital Forensics – Digital Evidence – The Digital Forensics Process: Introduction – The
Identification Phase – The Collection Phase – The Examination Phase – The Analysis Phase – The Presentation Phase.

UNIT II DIGITAL CRIME AND INVESTIGATION 6

The International Legal Framework of Cybercrime Law - Digital Crime – Substantive Criminal Law – General
Conditions – Offenses – Investigation Methods for Collecting Digital Evidence – International Cooperation to Collect
Digital Evidence
UNIT-III DIGITAL FORENSIC READINESS 6
Introduction – Law Enforcement versus Enterprise Digital Forensic Readiness – Rationale for Digital Forensic
Readiness – Frameworks, Standards and Methodologies – Enterprise Digital Forensic Readiness – Challenges in Digital
Forensics
UNIT IV ANDROID FORENSICS 6
Android basics – Key Codes – ADB – Rooting Android – Boot Process – File Systems – Security – Tools – Android
Forensics – Forensic Procedures – ADB – Android Only Tools – Dual Use Tools – Oxygen Forensics – MobilEdit –
Android App Decompiling
UNIT-V SQLITE DATABASE FORENSICS AND ANTI FORENSICS 6

Sqlite Database Forensics: Relational Databases - Other Viewers - Anti Forensics: Introduction - Steganography –
Cryptography - Password Cracking.
Total Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Installation of Sleuth Kit on Linux. List all data blocks. Analyze allocated as well as unallocated blocks of a disk
image.
2 Data extraction from call logs using Sleuth Kit.
3 Data extraction from SMS and contacts using Sleuth Kit.
4 Extract installed applications from Android devices.
5 Extract diagnostic information from Android devices through the adb protocol.
6 Generate a unified chronological timeline of extracted records,
7 Implement the sql query database and to handle sqlite in browser
8 Hide InvisibleSecrets in the initial screen using Steganography
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

105
 Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to
 Have knowledge on digital forensics.
 Know about digital crime and investigations.
 Be forensic ready
 Investigate, identify and extract digital evidence from Android devices.
 Know about Anti Forensics.

Suggested Activities:
 Assignment problems, Quiz.
 Class presentation/Discussion

Textbooks:
1 Andre Arnes, “Digital Forensics”, Wiley, 2018.
2 Chuck Easttom, “An In-depth Guide to Mobile Device Forensics”, First Edition, CRC
Press, 2022.

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. Vacca, J, Computer Forensics, Computer Crime Scene Investigation, 2nd Ed, Charles
River Media, 2005, ISBN: 1-58450-389.
2. Dejay, Murugan, “Cyber Forensics”, 1st Edition, Oxford, 2018
3. Rohit, Oleg, Mahalik, Satish, “Practical Mobile Forensics”, 4 th Edition, Packt, 2020

CO-PO-PSO Matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CR23A32.1 3 2 2 3 3 - 2 3 - - 2 3 3 2 2
CR23A32.2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 - 3 3 3 2
CR23A32.3 3 3 2 3 3 - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 2 3
CR23A32.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 - 3 - 2 - 3 3 3 3
CR23A32.5 2 2 3 2 3 - 2 3 - - - 3 2 3 2
Average 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 3 2 2 3 2 2 2.5 3 2.8 2.6 2.4

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

106
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CRYPTOCURRENCY AND BLOCKCHAIN
CR23A33 PE 2 0 2 3
TECHNOLOGIES
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
 To understand how blockchain operates and its potential applications beyond cryptocurrency
 To understand various types of cryptocurrencies, mining processes, wallets, and their economic principles
 To understand how smart contracts and decentralized applications transform the Ethereum
 To understand common security challenges in cryptocurrencies and blockchain
Explore in setting up a cryptocurrency wallet, interacting with blockchain platforms, and exploring dApps for

diverse applications.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Overview, distributed ledger, how it works, and its key components like blocks, hashing functions, and consensus
mechanisms (Proof of Work, Proof of Stake). Blockchain operation and its potential to revolutionize various industries
beyond just cryptocurrency.
UNIT II CRYPTOCURRENCIES 9
Overview of history and evolution of leading cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum, different types of
cryptocurrencies available, the mining process that creates new coins, how to securely store them in wallets, and the
economic principles that govern their value.
UNIT-III SMART CONTRACTS AND DAPPS 9
Overview of smart contracts and decentralized applications (dApps), Smart contracts functionalities, limitations, and
real-world applications, dApp platforms like Ethereum and how these applications are transforming industries such as
finance, supply chain management, and even voting systems.
UNIT IV BLOCKCHAIN SECURITY, REGULATION, AND FUTURE APPLICATIONS 9
Overview on common security challenges associated with cryptocurrencies and blockchain platforms, like
hacking attempts and fraudulent activities, explore the current regulations and potential future frameworks
being developed globally, Future applications of blockchain technology across different sectors like healthcare,
data management, and the Internet of Things (IoT).
UNIT-V BLOCKCHAIN IN PRACTICE 9
Provide practical experience with blockchain and cryptocurrency tools, Set up a cryptocurrency wallet, interact with a
blockchain platform like Ethereum or another chosen platform, or explore dApps for different purposes (e.g.,
decentralized finance applications or NFT marketplaces).
Total Contact Hours : 45

List of Experiments
1 Simulate a Simple Blockchain creation
2 Simple implementation of Proof of Work
3 Simulate Bitcoin Mining
4 Creating a Crypto-currency Wallet
5 Creating and Deploying a Simple Smart Contract on Ethereum (Remix)
6 Developing a Simple App with Web3 and Python
7 Writing a Simple Smart Contract with Python or Solidity
8 Public and Private key generation and basic encryption for Wallet security
9 Creating a cryptocurrency wallet on a platform like MetaMask or Trust Wallet, and perform transactions
on a testnet
10 Exploring and Interacting with a Decentralized Finance (DeFi) Application or NFT Marketplace
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 75

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

107
Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023
108
 Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to
 Develop knowledge in the core concepts of blockchain technology, including distributed ledgers, hashing
functions, and consensus mechanism
 Focus on understanding history and evolution of cryptocurrencies, such as Bitcoin and Ethereum
 Understand the concept of smart contracts and their functionalities on a blockchain platform
 Understand the potential future applications of blockchain technology across various industries
 Demonstrate practical skills through hands-on activities, such as setting up a cryptocurrency wallet or
interacting with a blockchain platform

Suggested Activities:
 Problem solving sessions
 Mini projects

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

 Tutorial problems.
 Assignment problems.
 Quizzes
 Class presentation/Discussion

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller, and Steven Goldfeder.
Bitcoin and cryptocurrency technologies: a comprehensive introduction. Princeton University
Press, 2016
2. Don and Tapscott, Alex, “Blockchain Revolution: How the Technology Behind Bitcoin and Other
Cryptocurrencies is Changing the World”, 2018, Penguin
3. Andreas M. Antonopoulos, “Internet of Money”, 2018
4. Bashir and Imran, Mastering Blockchain: Deeper insights into decentralization, cryptography,
Bitcoin, and popular Blockchain frameworks, 2017
5. Ritesh Modi, “Solidity Programming Essentials: A Beginner’s Guide to Build Smart Contracts
for Ethereum and Blockchain”, Packt Publishing, 2018

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CR23A33. 1 3 2 3 - 1 - - - 1 - 1 2 2 1 2
CR23A33. 2 2 2 2 - 1 - - - 1 - 1 2 2 1 2
CR23A33. 3 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 - 1 2 2 1 2
CR23A33. 4 2 2 2 - 2 - - - 1 - 1 2 2 1 2
CR23A33. 5 2 2 2 - 2 - - - 1 - 1 2 2 1 2
Average 2.2 2 2.6 - 1.6 - - - 1 - 1 2 2 1 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

109
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
CR23A34 Security and Privacy in Cloud PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E Programme CSE ,CSECS,CSD and B.Tech Programme in IT,AIML,AIDS

Objectives:
To learn the fundamentals of Cloud Computing.
To learn the infrastructure security in cloud environment.
To learn the cloud application.
To learn the data life cycle and privacy in cloud.
To learn the cloud privacy and risk management.

UNIT-I FUNDAMENTALS OF CLOUD CONCEPTS 6

Cloud Computing-Cloud computing technology components, Cloud services delivery, Cloud Deployment Model, Key
drivers for adopting the cloud.
UNIT-II INFRASTRUCTURE SECURITY 6
Infrastructure Security: The Host Level-The Network Level, Ensuring Data Confidentiality and Integrity, Ensuring Proper
Access Control, SaaS and PaaS Host Security, IaaS Host Security, Virtualization Software Security, Threats to the
hypervisor, Virtual Server Security, Securing virtual servers.
UNIT-III CLOUD APPLICATION 6
Application-Level Security Threats, DoS and EDoS, End User Security, End User Security, PaaS Application Security,
Customer-Deployed Application Security, IaaS Application Security, Public Cloud Security Limitations.
UNIT-IV CLOUD PRIVACY 6
Privacy: Data Life Cycle, Key Privacy Concerns in the Cloud, Protecting Privacy.
UNIT-V CLOUD PRIVACY RISK MANAGEMENT 6
Privacy Risk Management: Collection Limitation Principle, Use Limitation Principle, Security Principle, Transfer Principle,
Accountability Principle, Legal and Regulatory Implications.
Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1. Private Cloud
a Setup a Private Cloud by performing the procedure using a Single node OPENSTACK implementation.
b Perform Creation, Management and Termination of a CirrOS instance in OPENSTACK.
Show the virtual machine migration based on certain conditions from one node to the other.
c
2 Public Cloud
Develop a simple application to understand the concept of PAAS using GAE/Amazon Elastic Beanstalk/IBM Blue
a
Mix/GCC and launch it.
b Test how a SaaS applications scales in response to demand.
c Find the procedure to launch a Cloud instance using a Public IaaS cloud like AWS/GCP.
3 Data Encryption
a Encrypt data both in transit and at rest using robust encryption algorithms.
b Implement Transport Layer Security (TLS) for securing communication channels.
c Use disk encryption to protect data stored on physical or virtual disks.
4 Access Control Policies
a Develop access control policies defining who can access what resources.
Implement role-based access control (RBAC) to assign permissions based on roles.
b
Identity Access Management
5
Capture all the flags in AWS bigiam challenges that consists of common misconfigurations in IAM.
a
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

110
 Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
 Understand the cloud concepts and fundamentals.
 Explain the infrastructure security in cloud
 Define cloud application.
 Understand various privacy in the cloud.
 Define the various privacy risk management.

Text Book(s):
Tim Mather, Subra Kumaraswamy, and Shahed Latif” Cloud Security and Privacy”, O’Reilly, First Edition 2009.
1
Eyal Estrin, “Cloud Security Handbook”, Packt, 2022.
2

Reference Book(s) / Web link(s):

Michael J. Kavis “Architecting the Cloud: Design Decisions for Cloud Computing Service Models(SaaS, PaaS,
1
and IaaS)”, First Edition, Wiley,2014.
2 Tom White, “Hadoop: The Definitive Guid”. Yahoo Press, 2014.
3 Rajkumar Buyya, Christain Vecchiola, and Thamarai Selvi, “Mastering Cloud Computing”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2013.
John W. Rittinghouse and James F.Ransome, “Cloud Computing: Implementation, Management, and Security”,
4
CRC Press, 2010.
Thomas Erl, Zaigham Mahood, Ricardo Puttini- “Cloud Computing, Concept, Technology and Architectural”,
5
Prentice Hall, First Edition, 2013.
Kai Hwang, Geoffery C, Fox and Jack J, Dongarra,” Distributed and Cloud Computing: Clusters, Grids, Clouds
6
and the Future of Internet”, First Edition, Morgan Kaufman Publisher, an Inprint of Elsevier, 2012.
https://www.itu.int/dms_pub/itu-t/oth/23/01/T23010000160001PDFE.pdf
7
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dmEe6dHBKYc
8
9
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zd4LWt5Phac

10 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qTRmgP3oaqk

CO-PO-PSO Matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CR23A34.1 3 2 1 - 2 - - - - 1 - 2 2 1 -
CR23A34.2 2 3 2 2 3 1 - 2 - - 1 2 3 2 -
CR23A34.3 2 2 3 - 3 - - 1 1 - - 1 2 2 -
CR23A34.4 2 2 1 - 2 2 1 3 - 1 - 1 2 1 1
CR23A34.5 2 3 2 1 2 2 1 3 - 1 2 1 2 1 2
Average 2.2 2.4 1.8 1.5 2.4 1.6 1 2.25 1 1 1.5 1.4 2.2 1.4 1.5

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

111
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CR23A35 Social Network Security PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
 To understand and develop semantic web related applications
 To understand privacy and security issues in Social Networking
 To learn about the data extraction and mining of social networks
 To discuss the prediction of human behaviour in social communities
 To learn about the Access Control and identity management

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF SOCIAL NETWORKING 6

Introduction to Semantic Web, Limitations of current Web, Development of Semantic Web, Emergence of the Social
Web, Social Network analysis, Development of Social Network Analysis, Key concepts and measures in network
analysis, Historical overview of privacy and security, Major paradigms, for understanding privacy and security.
UNIT II PRIVACY AND SECURITY ISSUES 6
The evolution of privacy and security concerns with networked technologies, Contextual influences on privacy attitudes
and behaviours, Anonymity in a networked world.

UNIT-III EXTRACTION AND MINING IN SOCIAL NETWORKING DATA 6

Extracting evolution of Web Community from a Series of Web Archive, detecting communities in social networks,
Definition of community, evaluating communities, Methods for community detection and mining, Applications of
community mining algorithms, Tools for detecting communities social network infrastructures and communities, Big
data and Privacy.
UNIT IV PREDICTING HUMAN BEHAVIOUR AND PRIVACY ISSUES 6
Understanding and predicting human behaviour for social communities, User data Management, Inference
and Distribution, Enabling new human experiences, Reality mining, Context, Awareness, Privacy in online
social networks, Trust in online environment, What is Neo4j, Nodes, Relationships, Properties.
UNIT-V ACCESS CONTROL AND IDENTITY MANAGEMENT 6
Understand the access control requirements for Social Network, Enforcing Access Control Strategies, Authentication
and Authorization, Roles-based Access Control, Host, storage and network access control options, Firewalls,
Authentication, and Authorization in Social Network, Identity & Access Management, Single Sign-on, Identity
Federation, Identity providers and service consumers, The role of Identity provisioning.
Total Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Developing a social media application.
2 Create a Network model using Neo4j.
3 Read and write Data from Graph Database.
4 Find “Friend of Friends” using Neo4j.
5 Implement secure search in social media.
6 Create a simple Security & Privacy detector.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

112
 Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to
 Develop a semantic web related application
 Address Privacy and Security issues in Social Networking
 Extract and mine the social networks data
 To predict human behaviour in social communities
 To enforce access control mechanism and do identity management

Suggested Activities:
 Assignment problems.
 Class presentation/Discussion

Textbooks:
1. Peter Mika, “Social Networks and the Semantic Web”, First Edition, Springer 2007.
2. BorkoFurht, “Handbook of Social Network Technologies and Application”, First Edition, Springer, 2010.
3. Jerome Baton and Rik Van Bruggen, "Learning Neo4j 3.x", Second Edition, Packt publishing, 2017
4. David Easley, Jon Kleinberg, "Networks, Crowds, and Markets: Reasoning about a Highly Connected World",
First Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2010.

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. Easley D and Kleinberg J., “Networks, Crowds, and Markets – Reasoning about a Highly Connected World”,
Cambridge University Press, 2010.
2. Jackson and Matthew O, “Social and Economic Networks”, Princeton University Press, 2008.
3. GuandongXu ,Yanchun Zhang and Lin Li, “Web Mining and Social Networking – Techniques and
applications”, First Edition, Springer, 2011.
4. Dion Goh and Schubert Foo, “Social information Retrieval Systems: Emerging Technologies and Applications
for Searching the Web Effectively”, IGI Global Snippet, 2008
5. Max Chevalier, Christine Julien and Chantal Soulé-Dupuy, “Collaborative and Social Information Retrieval and
Access: Techniques for Improved user Modeling”, IGI Global Snippet, 2009.
6. John G. Breslin, Alexander Passant and Stefan Decker, “The Social Semantic Web”, Springer, 2009.

CO-PO-PSO Matrices of Course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CR23A35.1 2 3 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 - 2 3 2 1
CR23A35.2 3 3 2 - 3 3 - 3 - 1 - 2 3 2 2
CR23A35.3 2 3 2 3 3 - - 2 - 1 - 2 3 3 1
CR23A35.4 1 3 2 - 2 - - 2 - 1 - 1 2 2 1
CR23A35.5 2 3 3 2 3 2 - 3 - 1 2 2 3 2 2
Average 2 3 2.4 2.3 2.8 2.5 - 2.5 1 1.2 2 1.8 2.8 2.2 1.4

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

113
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23A35 Web Application Security PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
● To understand the fundamentals of Web Application Security
● To know about web application authentication and authorization mechanism
● To identify common web application vulnerabilities
● To focus on wide aspects of secure development and deployment of web applications
● To get insight about mitigations and countermeasures against web application attacks

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6

History of Software Security – OWASP Top Ten List 2021 – Input Validation – Attack Surface Reduction –
Classifying and Prioritizing Threats

UNIT II WEB APPLICATION SECURITY PRINCIPLES 6

Authentication - Access Control Overview - Two Factor and Three Factor Authentication - Web Application
Authentication – Authorization - Session Management Fundamentals - Securing Web Application Session
Management
UNIT-III COMMON WEB APPLICATION VULNERABILITIES 6

Cross Site Scripting- Reflected XSS- Stored XSS- DOM based XSS- Mutation based XSS – Cross Site Request
Forgery - SQL Injection – Code Injection – Insecure Direct Object References (IDOR)

UNIT IV SECURE DEVELOPMENT AND DEPLOYMENT 6

Application Security- Training- Threat Modelling- Secure Coding Libraries- Code Review- Security Testing-
Security Incident Response Planning – Microsoft Security Development Lifecycle (SDL) – OWASP Comprehensive
Lightweight Application Security Process (CLASP) – Software Assurance Maturity Model (SAMM)
UNIT-V MITIGATIONS AND COUNTERMEASURES 6

Anti XSS Coding Best Practices- Sanitizing User Input – Anti CSRF Coding Best Practices – Mitigating Against
SQL Injection – Generic Injection Defenses – Defending Against IDOR – Architecture Level Mitigations
Total Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Identify security issues in web application – Walking an Application in TryHackMe Platform
2 Burp Suite Basics in TryHackMe Platform
3 OWASP ZAP to scan authenticated web application in TryHackMe Platform
4 SQL Injection Lab in TryHackMe Platform
5 Explore OWASP Top Ten -2021 Vulnerabilities in TryHackMe Platform
6 SQLmap to exploit web application in TryHackMe Platform
7 Exploit File Inclusion and Path Traversal Vulnerabilities in TryHackMe Platform
8 Server-Side Template Injection in TryHackMe Platform
9 DejaVu Code Injection Vulnerability in TryHackMe Platform
10 NoSQL Injection on MongoDB in TryHackMe Platform
Contact Hours: 30

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

114
 Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

● Understand the fundamentals of web application security
● Apply security principles in developing a secure web application
● Identify common web vulnerabilities that are exploited by hackers
● Identify the secure model for web application development and deployment
● Apply best practices for mitigations of vulnerabilities

Suggested Activities:
● Assignment problems, Quiz.
● Class presentation/Discussion

Textbooks:
1. Andrew Hoffman, “Web Application Security: Exploitations and Countermeasures for Modern Web
Applications”, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly, 2024
2. Brian Sullivan and Vincent Liu, “Web Application Security: A Beginners Guide”, 1 st Edition, McGrawHill,
2012

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. Ron Lepofsky, "The Manager's Guide to Web Application Security: A Concise Guide to the Weaker Side of
the Web", Apress, 2015
2. Dafydd Stuttard and Marcus Pinto, "The Web Application Hacker's Handbook: Finding and Exploiting
Security Flaws", 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2011
3. Joseph Marshall, "Hands-On Bug Hunting for Penetration Testers: A practical guide to help ethical hackers
discover web application security flaws", Packt, 2018
4. https://owasp.org/www-project-top-ten/
5. https://tryhackme.com/r/hacktivities/search
6. https://portswigger.net/web-security/learning-paths

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23A35.1 1 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CS23A35.2 2 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CS23A35.3 1 1 1 2 3 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CS23A35.4 1 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CS23A35.5 1 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 - - -
Average 1.2 1.6 1.6 1.4 2.6 - - - - - - 1 - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

115
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
CR23A36 INFORMATION SECURITY AND MANAGEMENT PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML & AIDS

Objectives:
 To understand the basics of Information Security and legal and ethical issues in Information Security.
 To understand the information security policy and concepts of access control.
 To learn about intrusion detection and prevention techniques and tools.
 To learn about auditing techniques and tools.
 To Learn to analyze and validate forensics data

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION 6
Security Trends, OSI security architecture, Security attacks, security services, security mechanisms, Security System
Development Life cycle – Legal, Ethical and Professional issues.
UNIT-II SECURITY ANALYSIS 6
Risk Management - Identifying and Assessing Risk - Assessing and Controlling Risk. Blueprint for Information Security -
Information Security Policy. Case Study: Healthcare Data Security
UNIT-III SECURITY TECHNOLOGY 6
Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems (IDPS)-Terminology-Types-Detection methods. Honeypots, Honeynets and
padded cell systems. Scanning and Analysis Tools-Port Scanners-Firewall analysis tools, Operating system detection tools-
Vulnerability scanners-Packet Sniffers-Wireless security Tools
UNIT-IV AUDITING 6
Overview, Access control, IT Audit, Authentication. Open Web Application Security Project (OWASP), Web Site Audit
and Vulnerabilities assessment- Case Study: Web Application Security Assessment for Online Retailer
UNIT-V ANALYSIS AND VALIDATION 6
Validating Forensics Data – Data Hiding Techniques – Performing Remote Acquisition – Network Forensics – Email
Investigations – Cell Phone and Mobile Devices Forensics. -Case Study: WannaCry Ransomware Attack
Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
Implementation to gather information from any PC‟s connected to the LAN using whois, port scanners, network
1
scanning, Angry IP scanners etc.
2 Implementation of Steganography
3 Implementation of Mobile Audit and generate the report of the existing Artifacts.
4 Implementation of IT Audit, malware analysis and Vulnerability assessment and generate the report.
Implementation of Cyber Forensics tools for Disk Imaging, Data acquisition, Data extraction and Data Analysis
5
and recovery.
Perform mobile analysis in the form of retrieving call logs, SMS log ,all contacts list using the forensics tool like
6
SAFT
7 Implementation to identify web vulnerabilities, using OWASP project.
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

116
 Course Outcomes:On completion of the course, the students will be able to
Discuss the basics of information security and legal and ethical issues in Information Security.
Analyze the risk management and information security policy.
Implement intrusion detection and prevention techniques using different tools.
Perform auditing of logs.
Analyze and validate forensics data

Text Book(s):
Michael E Whitman and Herbert J Mattord, “Principles of Information Security with Mindtap”, Cengage Learning,
1
Seventh Edition 2023.
2 Nelson, Phillips, Enfinger, Steuart, “Computer Forensics and Investigations”, Cengage Learning, India Edition, 2008.

Reference Book(s)/Web link(s):

1 Micki Krause, Harold F. Tipton, “Handbook of Information Security Management”, CRC Press; 6th Edition, 2007.
2 John R.Vacca, “Computer Forensics”, Cengage Learning, 2005
3 MarjieT.Britz, “Computer Forensics and Cyber Crime”: An Introduction”, 3 rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2013.

CO-PO-PSO Matrices of Course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CR23A36.1 3 2 1 - - 2 2 3 1 - - 2 3 1 1
CR23A36.2 2 3 2 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2 2 2 1
CR23A36.3 2 3 3 3 3 - - 2 - 1 - 2 3 2 1
CR23A36.4 2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - 1 3 3 1
CR23A36.5 3 2 2 3 - - 2 3 - - 1 2 3 3 2
Average 2.4 2.4 2.2 2.2 3 2 2 2.75 1 1.5 1.5 1.8 2.8 2.2 1.2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation:”-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

117
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
AI23A31 Social Network Analysis PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML

OBJECTIVES:
● To understand the concept of semantic web and social network analysis
● To apply ontology for knowledge representation and integration of social network data
● To identify and analyse communities within social networks using various detection methods
● To examine human behaviour in social web and related communities
● To analyse various visualizing tools for social networks.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Introduction to Semantic Web: Limitations of current Web - Development of Semantic Web - Emergence of the
Social Web - Social Network analysis: Development of Social Network Analysis - Key concepts and measures in
network analysis - Electronic sources for network analysis: Electronic discussion networks, Blogs and online
communities - Web-based networks - Applications of Social Network Analysis.
UNIT II MODELLING, AGGREGATING AND KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION 6
Ontology and their role in the Semantic Web: Ontology-based knowledge Representation - Ontology languages for
the Semantic Web: Resource Description Framework - Web Ontology Language - Modelling and aggregating
social network data: State-of-the-art in network data representation - Ontological representation of social
individuals - Ontological representation of social relationships - Aggregating and reasoning with social network
data - Advanced representations.
UNIT III EXTRACTION AND MINING COMMUNITIES IN WEB SOCIAL NETWORKS 6
Extracting evolution of Web Community from a Series of Web Archive - Detecting communities in social networks
- Definition of community - Evaluating communities - Methods for community detection and mining - Applications
of community mining algorithms - Tools for detecting communities social network infrastructures and communities
- Decentralized online social networks - Multi-Relational characterization of dynamic social network communities
– Web analytics – Page ranking algorithm.
UNIT IV PREDICTING HUMAN BEHAVIOUR AND PRIVACY ISSUES 6
Understanding and predicting human behaviour for social communities - User data management - Inference and
Distribution - Enabling new human experiences - Reality mining - Context - Awareness - Privacy in online social
networks - Trust in online environment - Trust models based on subjective logic - Trust network analysis - Trust
transitivity analysis - Combining trust and reputation - Trust derivation based on trust comparisons - Attack
spectrum and countermeasures.
UNIT V VISUALIZATION AND APPLICATIONS OF SOCIAL NETWORKS 6
Graph Networks- Centrality - Clustering - Node-Edge Diagrams - Matrix representation - Visualizing online social
networks, Visualizing social networks with matrix-based representations - Matrix and Node-Link Diagrams -
Hybrid representations - Applications - Cover networks - Community welfare - Collaboration networks - Co-
Citation networks.
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

List of Experiments (can be implemented using any tools: Python (NetworkX), MATLAB,Gephi.
1) Implement a program to compute centrality measures
2) Implementation of community detection using various algorithms
3) Simulation of Diffusion of Information or Influence
4) Implementation of Link Prediction
5) Write a program and analyse Network Resilience and Robustness
6) Simulation of Opinion Dynamics
7) Simulation of Social Influence in Marketing Campaigns
8) Implementation of Sentiment Analysis in Social Media Networks
9) Creation of Network Visualization using different Layouts
10) Mini Project -Modelling and tracking the evolution of a network over time, studying the addition of nodes and
edges based on specific growth models (e.g., preferential attachment).
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

118
 Suggested Activities:
● Role play- Social Media creation (Unit 1).
● Mind Map, Poster Design - Ontology (Unit 2).
● Flipped Classroom – Web creation (Unit 3).
● Poster Design – Cyber Security (Unit4).
● Implementation of small module- Community Channel (Unit5).

COURSE OUTCOMES: On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
 Develop semantic web related applications.
 Represent knowledge using ontology.
 Predict human behaviour in social web and related communities.
 Visualize social networks.
 Social awareness and its laws

TEXT BOOKS:
1 John Scott, “Social Network Analysis: Research Methods”, 1st Edtion, Kindle Edition, 2021
2 David Knickerbocker, “Network Science with Python:Explore the networks around us using network
science, Social network analysis, and Machine learning” ,Packt Publishers, 2023
3. Stephen P Bongatti “Analyzing Social Networks using R”. SAGE publishers Ltd., 2021

REFERENCES:
1. Guandong Xu, Yanchun Zhang and Lin Li, “Web Mining and Social Networking – Techniques and
applications”, First Edition Springer, 2019.
2. Dion Goh and Schubert Foo, “Social information Retrieval Systems: Emerging Technologies and
Applications for Searching the Web Effectively”, IGI Global Snippet, 2021.
3. Max Chevalier, Christine Julien and Chantal Soulé-Dupuy, “Collaborative and Social Information
Retrieval and Access: Techniques for Improved user Modelling”, IGI Global Snippet, 2021.

CO – PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
AI23A31.1 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2
AI23A31.2 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 2 3
AI23A31.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
AI23A31.4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
AI23A31.5 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Average 3 3 2.6 2.2 3 2 1 1.8 2.2 2.2 2.2 3 3 2.6 2.6
.
Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-”

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

119
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
AD23A32 Explorative and Forecasting Analytics PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIDS

Objectives:
To acquire proficiency in preparing datasets and applying Python-based techniques for exploratory data

visualization.
To gain expertise in performing univariate, bivariate, and multivariate data analyses using advanced EDA

techniques.
 To develop a comprehensive understanding of time series data processing, analysis, and visualization.
 To understand and apply statistical and machine learning models for time series forecasting.

To explore and implement cutting-edge forecasting models, leveraging tools like auto ARIMA, Facebook
Prophet, and deep learning architectures.

UNIT-I EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYSIS 6

Generating Summary Statistics- Preparing Data for EDA- Visualizing Data in Python- Preparing for visualization-
Visualizing data in Matplotlib-Visualizing data in Seaborn-Visualizing data in GGPLOT
UNIT-II ADVANCED EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES 6
Performing Univariate Analysis in Python- Performing Bivariate Analysis in Python- Performing Multivariate
Analysis in Python- Dealing with Outliers and Missing Values- Automated EDA using pandas profiling
UNIT-III TIME SERIES DATA ANALYSIS 6
Introducing time series-Acquiring and processing time series data-Analyzing and visualizing time series data-
Generating strong baseline forecast-Accessing forecasting of a time series.
UNIT-IV FORECASTING MODELS 6
Forecasting as regression-Feature engineering for time series forecasting-Target Transformations-Forecasting time
series with Machine Learning models-Time series models using statistical methods-Plotting ACF and PACF-
Exponential Smoothening-ARIMA-SARIMA.
UNIT-V ADVANCED FORECASTING MODELS 6
Forecasting with auto ARIMA, Facebook Prophet-Forecasting multivariate time series using VAR models-Forecasting
with RNN using Keras-Forecasting with LSTM using Keras.
Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
Clean and analyze the Bitcoin Historical Data from Kaggle to calculate daily summary statistics and identify any
missing values.
1
Evaluation Parameters: Accuracy in handling time-specific missing values and the relevance of summary
statistics generated.
Create line plots and decompose the Daily Temperature of Major Cities dataset from Kaggle to reveal trends,
2 seasonality, and residuals.
Evaluation Parameters: Effectiveness in revealing underlying patterns and anomalies in data.
Develop a series of box plots and violin plots for the Global Financial Indices dataset from the Data Market
repository, focusing on capturing distribution variations over time.
3
Evaluation Parameters: Ability to interpret and articulate findings from the distribution shapes and their
changes over time.
Visualize the correlation matrix for multiple time series variables from the Multivariate Economic Statistics
dataset using heat maps and network diagrams, emphasizing the strength and direction of relationships.
4
Evaluation Parameters: Clarity in displaying correlations, effectiveness in using colors and layout to represent
data complexities.
Perform data cleaning, transformation, and feature engineering on the Stock Market Data from Kaggle to prepare
5 it for time series modeling.
Evaluation Parameters: Creativity in feature engineering and thoroughness in preprocessing steps.
Apply Moving Average and Exponential Smoothing models to establish baseline forecasts using the Electricity
6 Consumption Data from Kaggle.
Evaluation Parameters: Accuracy of forecasts and suitability of the model chosen for the data's nature.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

120
 Construct and tune an ARIMA model using Daily Financial Market Data from Quandl, focusing on optimal
7 parameter selection.
Evaluation Parameters: Model's fit to the data and predictive accuracy.
Implement LSTM networks to forecast future patient admissions using the Hourly Patient Admission Data from
8 the PhysioNet database.
Evaluation Parameters: Effectiveness of the neural network architecture and its tuning.
Forecast a system of multiple interrelated economic indicators using Vector Autoregression (VAR) with the
9 Multivariate Economic Statistics from the Data Market repository.
Evaluation Parameters: Integration of multiple time series inputs and forecasting accuracy.
Mini Project: Time Series Forecasting
Objective:
Develop predictive models to forecast future values in a time series dataset, utilizing historical data patterns and
trends. The project aims to enhance understanding and predictive accuracy for various applications.
Task:
In this project, the student will gather historical time series data from a relevant domain, clean and preprocess the
data to address issues like missing values and anomalies, conduct exploratory data analysis to uncover trends,
seasonality, and cyclic behaviour, derive new features that may enhance predictive capabilities, construct various
statistical and machine learning models for time series forecasting, and evaluate these models using appropriate
metrics to determine their accuracy and reliability.
Datasets:
1. Global Development Data: Comprehensive datasets on development indicators like health,
education, and economic metrics from countries worldwide, provided by the World Bank.
2. Climate Data: Detailed climatological datasets including temperature, precipitation, and more from
the Global Historical Climatology Network.
3. International Economic Data: Extensive time series data covering global economic indicators like
GDP, inflation rates, and employment figures from the International Monetary Fund (IMF).
10
4. Global Commodity Prices: Time series data on prices of various commodities such as food, metals,
and agricultural products from the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO).
5. Consumer Price Indexes (CPIs): Monthly time series data on consumer price indices, capturing
inflation trends across various Indian cities and categories. Available on the Open Government Data
(OGD) Platform India.
6. Tourism Statistics: "Monthly Foreign Tourist Arrivals" from the Ministry of Tourism, which
provides data on the number of foreign tourists visiting India each month.
7. Agricultural Production Data: "Monthly Crop Production Statistics" from the Ministry of
Agriculture and Farmers Welfare, detailing production volumes of major crops like wheat, rice, and
sugarcane.
8. Water Reservoir Levels: "Weekly Reservoir Level Data" from the Central Water Commission,
which monitors water levels in major reservoirs across India, crucial for managing irrigation and
drinking water supply.
9. Air Quality Index (AQI) Data: "Daily Air Quality Index" from the Central Pollution Control Board
(CPCB), which provides daily AQI readings from multiple cities across India.
10. Stock Market Data: "National Stock Exchange (NSE) Historical Data" from the NSE of India,
including daily stock prices, trading volumes, and market indices.
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Course Outcomes:At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand the exploratory data analysis
 Apply Univariate and multivariate analysis
 Analyse and visualize time series data to derive insights and establish baseline forecasts.
 Analyse the forecasting techniques to model and predict time series data
 Design and implement robust forecasting solutions using statistical and deep learning methodologies.

Text Book (s):

Ayodele Oluleye, Exploratory Data Analysis with Python Cookbook: Over 50 recipes to analyze, visualize, and
1
extract insights from structured and unstructured data, Packt Publishing, 2023.
Manu Joseph, Modern Time Series Forecasting with Python-Explore Industry-ready Time Series Forecasting
2
Using Modern Machine Learning and Deep Learning, Packt Publishing, 2022.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

121
 3 Suresh Kumar Mukhiya, Hands-On Exploratory Data Analysis with Python, Packt Publishing 2020.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

122
 Reference Books(s) / Web links:
Chris Albon, Machine Learning with Python Cookbook: Practical Solutions from Preprocessing to Deep
1
Learning, 2nd Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2022.
Aileen Nielsen, Practical Time Series Analysis: Prediction with Statistics and Machine Learning, 1st Edition,
2
O'Reilly Media, 2019.
Sam Green, Exploratory Data Analysis: Uncovering Patterns and Insights Through Data Exploration, Kindle
3
Edition ,2024.
4 Joel Grus, Data Science from Scratch: First Principles with Python, 2nd Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2019.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
AD23A32.1 3 2 3 2 - 1 - - 2 - - - 3 2 -
AD23A32.2 2 3 - 3 2 - - - 2 - - - 2 3 -
AD23A32.3 3 2 2 3 2 - - - 3 - - 2 3 3 -
AD23A32.4 2 3 - 2 - 3 - 2 3 - 2 3 - 2 3
AD23A32.5 - - 3 - 2 3 3 2 - 3 2 - 3 - 3
Average 2.5 2.5 2 2.5 1.6 1.4 0.6 1 2 0.6 0.8 1 2.6 2 1.4

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-”

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

123
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
AI23A35 RECOMMENDATION SYSTEMS PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E Programme CSE ,CSECS and B.Tech Programme in IT

Objectives: This course will enable students

● To understand the goals and models of the recommender systems
● To analyse the different neighbor recommendation and models
● To understand the basic components of content-based systems
● To evaluate Knowledge based recommendation and Hybrid approaches
● To evaluate the recommender system by design and metrics.

UNIT-I Introduction 6
Introduction: Goals of Recommender System, Basic models of Recommender Systems, Domain-Specific
Challenges in Recommender System, Applications
UNIT-II Collaborative Filtering 6
User-based nearest neighbour recommendation, Item based nearest neighbour recommendation, Clustering and
Neighbourhood-Based Model, Graph models for Neighbourhood-Based Model
UNIT-III Content-based recommendation 6
Basic components of content-based systems, Preprocessing and Feature Extraction, Learning User Profiles and
Filtering, Content based versus Collaborative Filtering
UNIT-IV Knowledge based recommendation and Hybrid approaches 6
Knowledge based recommendation: Constraint based recommenders; Case based recommenders. Hybrid
approaches: Weighted, Switching, Cascade, Meta-level Hybrids, Mixed Hybrids
UNIT-V Evaluating Recommender System 6
Introduction, Evaluation Paradigms, General goals of evaluation Design, Design issues: Case Study of Netflix,
Accuracy metrics, Limitations of Evaluation metrics.
Total Contact Hours: 30

Text Book(s):
1. Charu C. Aggarwal,,Recommender Systems: The Textbook., 1st edition, Springer ,2016

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1. Ricci F., Rokach L., Shapira D., Kantor B.P., Recommender Systems Handbook, 3 rd edition,
Springer,2022
2. Manouselis N., Drachsler H., Verbert K., Duval E., Recommender Systems for Learning, 1st edition,
Springer, 2013.
3. Francesco Ricci, Lior Rokach, Bracha Shapira, Paul B. Kantor, Recommender Systems Handbook, 2 nd,
Springer ,2010
4. Jannach D., Zanker M. and FelFering A., Recommender Systems: An Introduction, 1st edition,
Cambridge University Press, 2011.

List of Experiments
1 Implement Data similarity measures using Python
2 Implement dimension reduction techniques for recommender systems
3 Implement user profile learning
4 Implement content-based recommendation systems
5 Implement collaborative filter techniques

6 Create an attack for tampering with recommender systems

7 Implement accuracy metrics like Receiver Operated Characteristic curves

Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

124
 Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students should be able to
● To learn the goal and applicability of recommendation systems in various fields.
● To gain knowledge of model based collaborative filtering techniques used in recommendation system
● To acquire knowledge of basics of content-based recommendation system.
● To develop skills on knowledge based and hybrid recommendation systems.
● To understand the evaluation of the recommendation system.

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES

● Design Taxonomy: Applications of recommendation systems in various domains (e.g., e-commerce,

entertainment, social media, etc.). (Unit 1).
● Flipped Classroom - To explore and analyze graph models in collaborative recommender systems.
(Unit 2).
● Role play –To represent different methods for learning user profiles (e.g., feature extraction, user
feedback, demographic-based methods). (Unit 3).
● Poster Design – To create posters illustrating case-based recommenders and knowledge-based
recommendation. (Unit4).
● Implementation of small module- Implement a small module to evaluate the accuracy metrics of a
recommender system (such as Precision, Recall, and F1-Score). (Unit5).

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Develop Case Studies - Identify and analyze various issues associated with recommender systems, such
as cold-start problems, scalability, bias, and privacy concerns. Example: A case study analyzing Netflix's
cold-start problem or how Amazon handles recommendation bias. (Unit 1).
● Tutorial problems - To evaluate students’ understanding of the vulnerabilities in collaborative
recommender systems and methods of mitigating these vulnerabilities. Example Problem: How can an
attacker exploit user ratings in a collaborative recommender system, and what countermeasures can be
applied? (Unit 2).
● Quiz - Quiz will test students' understanding of the fundamental components and architecture of content-
based recommender systems. (Unit 3).
● Assignment problems- To understand and implement constraint-based recommenders, where
recommendations are made by satisfying a set of pre-defined constraints. Example Problem: Design a
constraint-based recommender system that recommends a set of vacation destinations considering factors
like budget, distance, weather, and user preferences. (Unit 4).
● Quiz – Quiz will evaluate students’ knowledge on how to evaluate recommender systems using real
historical datasets. (Unit5).

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
AI23A35.1 3 3 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - 3 - -
AI23A35.2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 -
AI23A35.3 3 2 3 2 2 - - 2 - 2 - 1 3 3 -
AI23A35.4 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 1 1 - 1 3 3 -
AI23A35.5 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 1 1 - 1 3 3 1
Average 3 3 2.6 2 2.2 0.6 1.2 0.4 0.8 0 0.6 3 2.4 0.2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-”

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

125
 Subject Code Subject Name (Theory course) Category L T P C
IT23D11 Deep Learning Concepts PE 3 0 0 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT

Objectives:
● To understand the fundamental principles, theory and approaches for learning with deep neural networks.
● To learn the main variants of deep learning (such convolutional and recurrent architectures), and their typical
applications
● To understand the key concepts, issues and practices when training and modelling with deep architectures
● To understand how deep learning fits within the context of other ML approaches
● To evaluate and optimize deep learning models.

UNIT-I Introduction to Neural Network 9

Introduction, Definition, Working of Neural Network. Gradient descent, Stochastic Gradient descent, Perceptron,
Multilayer Perceptron, Back Propagation.
UNIT-II Introduction to Deep Learning 9
Deep Learning Definition, Deep learning algorithms, Deep learning architecture, Deep learning applications, Benefits
and Challenges of Deep Learning, Activation functions: Sigmoid function, Hyperbolic Tangent function, ReLu -
Rectified Linear units, Softmax function.
UNIT-III CNN Model Architectures 9
Introduction to CNN: Train a simple convolutional neural net, Pooling layer in CNN, Building, training and
evaluating our first CNN, Model performance optimization.CNN Model Architectures: Introduction to Imagenet,
LeNet architecture, AlexNet architecture, VGGNet architecture, ResNet architecture.
UNIT-IV Recurrent Neural Networks 9
Recurrent Neural Networks Definition, Understanding a Recurrent Neuron in Detail, Long Short-Term Memory
(LSTM), Back propagation Through Time (BPTT), Implementation of RNN in Keras
UNIT-V Improving DL Networks 9
Bias & Variance – Regularization- Overfitting – Dropout regularization – data augmentation – Normalizing inputs –
exploding gradients – derivative computation – gradient checking – gradient descent – exponentially weighted
average– optimization algorithms – hyperparameter and its tuning – batch normalization- multiclass classification –
DL framework.
Total Contact Hours:45

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students should be able to

● Understand the fundamental principles, theory and approaches of neural network

● Understand the basic concepts of deep learning and activation functions
● Understand the key concepts, issues and practices when training and modelling with CNN model
architectures
● Explore Recurrent Neural Network model for real time applications.
● Ability to evaluate and optimize deep learning models

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES (if any) (UNIT/ Module Wise) – Could suggest topic
● Problem solving sessions
● Capstone Projects
● Activity Based Learning

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Tutorial problems
● Assignment problems
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation/Discussion

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

126
 Text Book(s):
1.Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, The MIT Press , Nov 2016
2. Rajiv Chopra,” Deep Learning: A Practical Approach”, Khanna Publication, 1st Edition, Jan 2018.

3. Charu C. Aggarwal, Neural Networks and Deep Learning, Springer International Publishing AG, 2023.
4. J Lavika Goel, Artificial Intelligence: Concepts and Applications, Wiley, 2021.

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1. MOOC, Deep Learning By Google, https://in.udacity.com/course/deep-learning--ud730
2. MOOC, Deep Learning https://www.coursera.org/specializations/deep-learning

CO-PO-PSO Mapping

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
IT23D11.1 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 2 2 3 3 3 2 2

IT23D11.2 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 3 2 2

IT23D11.3 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 2 3 2 2

IT23D11.4 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 1 2

IT23D11. 5 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 1 3 1 2

Average 3 2 3 - 1.4 - - 1 1.3 2 2 1.8 3 1.7 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

127
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
AD23B33 Text and Speech Analysis PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIDS

Objectives:
 Gain foundational knowledge in natural language processing (NLP) and speech recognition.
 Explore fundamental techniques used in speech processing.
 Study various feature extraction methods, such as MFCC and LPC.
 Evaluate techniques for speech recognition and synthesis, including algorithms and systems.
 Acquire hands-on experience in implementing and applying text and speech analysis models and algorithms

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO TEXT AND SPEECH ANALYSIS 6

Overview of Text and Speech Analysis-Applications of NLP and Speech Processing-Basic Concepts in Text Analysis
and Speech Recognition.
UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICAL AND MACHINE 6
Introduction to Language Models (N-grams, Bag of Words, TF-IDF)-Topic Modeling: Latent Dirichlet Allocation
(LDA).
UNIT III TEXT ANALYSIS 6
Text Classification: Naive Bayes, Support Vector Machines, and Neural Networks-Word Embeddings: Word2Vec,
GloVe, BERT.
UNIT IV SPEECH SIGNAL PROCESSING 6
Basics of Digital Speech Processing-Feature Extraction: Mel-Frequency Cepstral Coefficients (MFCC), Linear
Predictive Coding (LPC)-Speech Recognition: Hidden Markov Models (HMM), Dynamic Time Warping (DTW)-
Introduction to Automatic Speech Recognition (ASR) Systems.
UNIT V ADVANCED TOPICS IN TEXT AND SPEECH ANALYSIS 6
Deep Learning for NLP: Recurrent Neural Networks (RNNs), Transformers-Speech Synthesis: Text-to-Speech (TTS)
Systems-Cross-lingual Text and Speech Analysis-Ethical Considerations in Text and Speech Processing.
Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
Text Preprocessing and Analysis
a. Implementing tokenization, stemming, and lemmatization.
1
b. Performing POS tagging and NER on text data.
c. Building a sentiment analysis classifier using machine learning.
Language Models and Text Classification
a. Creating and analyzing N-gram models
2
b. Training and evaluating text classification models.
c. Applying word embeddings for semantic similarity tasks.
Speech Processing
a. Extracting MFCC features from speech signals.
3
b. Implementing basic speech recognition using HMM or DTW.
c. Developing a simple ASR system using open-source tools.
Advanced Projects
a. Building a text-to-speech synthesis system.
4
b. Implementing a neural network model for text classification.
c. Developing a cross-lingual NLP application.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

128
 Mini Project:
1. Automated Customer Feedback Analyzer
A retail company wants to automatically analyze feedback from customers, which may come as text (emails or
chat messages) or speech (voice calls). The goal is to classify feedback into actionable categories (e.g., "Product
Complaint," "Service Feedback," "General Inquiry") and identify the sentiment (positive/negative/neutral)
expressed.
Datasets:
a. Kaggle Sentiment Analysis Dataset.
b. LibriSpeech Dataset for speech data.
c. Custom recordings of feedback using PyAudio or mobile apps.
2. News Article Classification and Topic Analysis
5 A news agency wants to automatically classify articles based on their content (e.g., Politics, Sports, Technology)
and understand the underlying topics discussed in a collection of news articles.
Datasets:
a. BBC News Classification Dataset (pre-classified news articles).
b. Newsgroups Dataset (multi-category news data).
3. Spam Email Detection Using Machine Learning and Word Embeddings"
An email service provider wants to automatically detect spam emails to prevent them from reaching users’
inboxes. This system will classify emails as "Spam" or "Not Spam" using traditional and deep learning models,
while experimenting with different word embedding techniques.
Datasets:
a. SpamAssassin Public Dataset.
b. Kaggle SMS Spam Collection Dataset.
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

Demonstrate an understanding of the basic principles of text and speech analysis, including NLP applications and

speech recognition fundamentals.
Utilize statistical models such as N-grams, Bag of Words, and TF-IDF to analyze textual data and perform topic

modeling using Latent Dirichlet Allocation (LDA).
Implement and evaluate machine learning methods like Naive Bayes, Support Vector Machines (SVM), and

neural networks for text classification.
Implement speech recognition models using Hidden Markov Models (HMM) and Dynamic Time Warping

(DTW).
 Apply deep learning methods like RNNs and Transformers for advanced NLP tasks.

Text Book (s):

T V Geetha, Understanding Natural Language Processing (Machine Learning and Deep Learning Perspectives),
1
Pearson Paperback, June 2024.
2 Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin, Speech and Language Processing, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2020.

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1 Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, Deep Learning, MIT Press, 2016.
L. Ashok Kumar, D. Karthika Renuka, Deep Learning Approach for Natural Language Processing, Speech, and
2
Computer Vision,1st Edition, CRC Press,2023.
Christopher D. Manning, Hinrich Schütze, Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing, MIT Press,
3
1999.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
AD23B33.1 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 2 1
AD23B33.2 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 2
AD23B33.3 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

129
AD23B33.4 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2
AD23B33.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
Average 2.8 2.8 2.6 2.6 2.8 1.8 1.4 1.4 2.2 2 1.8 2.6 3 2.2 2.2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-”

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

130
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
CS23A31 BUSINESS ANALYTICS PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML

Objectives:
● Understand the Fundamentals of Business Analytics.
● Develop Spreadsheet Proficiency for Analytics.
● Master Data Visualization Techniques.
● Learn Descriptive Statistical Analysis.
● Explore Probability Distributions and Data Modeling.

UNIT-I Introduction to Business Analytics 6

What Is Business Analytics? Evolution of Business Analytics, Scope of Business Analytics, Data for Business
Analytics, Models in Business Analytics, Problem Solving with Analytics.
UNIT-II Analytics on Spreadsheets 6
Basic Excel Skills, Excel Functions, Using Excel Lookup Functions for Database Queries, Spreadsheet Add-Ins for
Business Analytics.
UNIT-III Visualizing and Exploring Data 6
Data Visualization, Creating Charts in Microsoft Excel, Other Excel Data Visualization Tools, Data Queries: Tables,
Sorting, and Filtering, Statistical Methods for Summarizing Data, Exploring Data Using PivotTables.
UNIT-IV Descriptive Statistical Measures 6
Populations and Samples, Measures of Location, Measures of Dispersion, Measures of Shape, Excel Descriptive
Statistics Tools, Descriptive Statistics for Grouped Data, Descriptive Statistics for Categorical Data: The Proportion,
Statistics in PivotTables. Measures of Association, Outliers, Statistical Thinking in Business Decisions
UNIT-V Probability Distributions and Data Modeling 6
Basic Concepts of Probability, Random Variables and Probability Distributions, Continuous Probability
Distributions, Random Sampling from Probability Distributions, Data Modeling and Distribution Fitting.
Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments
1 Excel essentials:
. Introduction to the Interface an Source Data
Formatting
Navigation Shortcuts
Format Painter
Insert Delete Rows and Columns
Autofill Data
Sorting
Filtering
Custom Lists
2 Excel Formulas
Logical Formulas
IF & IFS Formulas
Statistical Formulas
Lookup Formulas
Index and Match
Switch
Text Formulas
Date and Time Formulas

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

131
 3 Excel Data Visualization
Inserting a Chart in Excel
Changing Elements in a Chart
Select Data Method
Format Chart Elements
Line Chart, Area Chart, Pie Chart, Donut Chart, Histogram & Pareto Chart, Waterfall Chart, Heat
Maps, Combo Chart, Sparkline
Dynamic Charts
Funnel Chart, Slope Chart, Dumbbell Chart
Highlight Points in Time
Highlight Min and Max
Actual vs Target
4 Excel Pivot Table
Introduction to the Source Data
Inserting a Pivot Table
Understanding the Field List
Clear, Select and Move Functions
Refreshing Pivot Table
Number Formatting in Pivot Table
Conditional Formatting in Pivot Table
Sorting in Pivot Table
Filtering in Pivot Table
Grouping in Pivot Table
Pivot Table Layouts
Table Styles and Other Important Options
Summarize Values By
Calculated Fields
Pivot Charts
Slicers
5 Mini Project
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Apply Business Analytics Techniques.
● Utilize Advanced Excel Functions.
● Create and Interpret Data Visualizations.
● Perform Descriptive Statistical Analysis.
● Model Business Scenarios Using Probability.

Text Book(s):
R. Evans James, Business Analytics, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2017.
1
R N Prasad, Seema Acharya, Fundamentals of Business Analytics, 2 nd Edition, Wiley, 2016.
2

Reference Book(s) / Web link(s):

Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller, Marketing Management, 15 th edition, PHI, 2016.
1
2 VSP Rao, Human Resource Management, 3rd Edition, Excel Books, 2010.
3 Mahadevan B, “Operations Management -Theory and Practice”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2018.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23A31.1 2 2 3 1 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 2 1

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

132
CS23A31.2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
CS23A31.3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 1 1 3 3 1 2
CS23A31.4 2 1 1 2 2 - - - 3 3 2 1 1 3 1
CS23A31.5 2 3 2 3 2 - - - 3 3 1 3 3 1 1
Average 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.2 2 - - - 2.2 2.2 1.4 2 2.8 1.6 1.4

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

133
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
AD23A37 Image and Video Analytics PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIDS

Objectives:
 To Understand the basics of image processing techniques for computer vision and video analysis.
 To Explain the techniques used for image pre-processing.
 To Develop various object detection techniques.
 To Understand the various face recognition mechanisms.
 To Understand deep learning-based video analytics.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Computer Vision – Image representation and image analysis tasks - Image representations – digitization – properties –
color images – Data structures for Image Analysis - Levels of image data representation - Traditional and Hierarchical
image data structures.
UNIT II IMAGE PRE-PROCESSING 6
Local pre-processing - Image smoothing - Edge detectors - Zero-crossings of the second derivative - Scale in image
processing - Canny edge detection - Parametric edge models - Edges in multispectral images - Local pre-processing in
the frequency domain - Line detection by local preprocessing operators - Image restoration.
UNIT III OBJECT DETECTION USING MACHINE LEARNING 6
Object detection– Object detection methods – Deep Learning framework for Object detection– bounding box
approach-Intersection over Union (IoU) –Deep Learning Architectures - R-CNN-Faster R-CNN-You Only Look Once
(YOLO) - Salient features - Loss Functions - YOLO architectures.
UNIT IV FACE RECOGNITION AND GESTURE RECOGNITION 6
Face Recognition - Introduction - Applications of Face Recognition - Process of Face Recognition - DeepFace solution
by Facebook - FaceNet for Face Recognition- Implementation using FaceNetGesture Recognition.
UNIT V VIDEO ANALYTICS 6
Video Processing – use cases of video analytics-Vanishing Gradient and exploding gradient problem - RestNet
architecture-RestNet and skip connections-Inception Network-GoogleNet architecture Improvement in Inception v2-
Video analytics-RestNet and Inception v3.
Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Write a program that computes the T-pyramid of an image.
Write a program that derives the quad tree representation of an image using the homogeneity criterion of equal
2
intensity
Develop programs for the following geometric transforms: (a) Rotation (b) Change of scale (c) Skewing (d)
3 Affine transform calculated from three pairs of corresponding points (e) Bilinear transform calculated from four
pairs of corresponding points.
4 Develop a program to implement Object Detection and Recognition
5 Develop a program for motion analysis using moving edges and apply it to your image sequences.
6 Develop a program for Facial Detection and Recognition
7 Write a program for event detection in video surveillance system
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Course Outcomes:
 To understand the basics of image processing techniques for computer vision.
 To apply the techniques used for image pre-processing.
 To analyze the various object detection techniques.
 To apply the various Object recognition mechanisms.
 To examine on the video analytics techniques.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

134
 Text Book (s):
Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, “Image Processing, Analysis, and Machine Vision”, 4nd edition,
1
Thomson Learning, 2013
Vaibhav Verdhan, 2021, Computer Vision Using Deep Learning Neural Network Architectures with Python and
2
Keras, Apress 2021
3 Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, 4/e, Pearson Education 2019.

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1 Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer Verlag London Limited,2011.
Caifeng Shan, FatihPorikli, Tao Xiang, Shaogang Gong, “Video Analytics for Business Intelligence”, Springer,
2
2012.
3 D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, “Computer Vision: A Modern Approach”, Pearson Education,
4 E. R. Davies, “Computer & Machine Vision”, Fourth Edition, Academic Press, 2012

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
AD23A37.1 3 2 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
AD23A37.2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 3 2
AD23A37.3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 2
AD23A37.4 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 3
AD23A37.5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
Average 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.4 1.8 2.6 2.2 1.8 1.2 2.2 2.8 3 2.8 2.2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-”

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

135
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
AD23B31 Image Processing and Computer Vision PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in AIDS

Objectives:
 To Learn the basic concepts of image processing and computer vision.
 To explore the use of computer vision for object detection and image segmentation problems.
 To understand the ideas about image Recognition and Restoration
 Explore the ideas of object detection and Segmentation using Vision Datasets.
 To demonstrate the model prediction and to solve a variety of problems

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Introduction to Image Processing and Computer Vision-Features-Applications- Image formation -Geometric
primitives and transformations - Photometric image formation - The digital camera- Image processing - Point
operators - Linear filtering -More neighbourhood operators -Fourier transforms - Pyramids and wavelets - Geometric
transformations - Global optimization - Feature detection and matching Points and patches - Edges – Lines
UNIT II Image Segmentation and Alignment 6
Segmentation: Active contours - Split and merge - Mean shift and mode finding - Normalized cuts -Graph cuts and
energy-based methods - Feature-based alignment - 2D and 3D feature-based alignment - -Geometric intrinsic
calibration.
UNIT III Object Detection, Recognition, and 3D Reconstruction 6
Object detection -Face recognition -Instance recognition - Category recognition -Context and scene understanding -
Recognition databases and test set, 3D reconstruction: Shape from X - Active range finding - Surface representations -
Point-based representations - Volumetric representations - Model-based reconstruction -Recovering texture maps and
albedos
UNIT IV Vision Datasets and Model Predictions 6
Object Detection – Segmentation. Creating Vision Datasets: Collecting Images – Data types – Manual Labeling –
Labeling at Scale – Automated Labeling – Bias – Creating a Dataset -Model Predictions: Making Predictions – Online
Prediction- Example
UNIT V Object Measurement, Pose Estimation, and Image Understanding 6
Object Measurement – Counting – No-Code Computer Vision - Pose estimation- Image Search, Image and Text
Generations: Image Understanding – Image Generation –Image Captioning.
Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Installation of Open CV & To perform the basic image handling processing operation on the image
2 Implement Edge Detection, Line Detection and Corner Detection
3 Demonstrate Camera Calibration using python
4 Implement Image Histogram and Histogram Equalization
5 Develop a python program for Skin color Detection
6 Create a python program for Warping and Estimation
7 Develop a python program for Motion Tracking
8 Design a program for Object Detection using YOLO
9 Develop a python program for Stereo Vision and Depth Estimation
10 Demonstrate Augmented reality using feature matching
Mini Project:
Real-Time Object Detection with YOLO (You Only Look Once)
Camera Calibration and Stereo Vision for Depth Estimation
11
Skin Color Detection and Tracking in Real-Time
Augmented Reality using Feature Matching and Homography
Motion Tracking System for Object Detection
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

136
 Course Outcomes:
 Understand the basic concepts and techniques of digital image processing.
 Apply various image transformation and restoration techniques.
 Extract features from images and perform image segmentation.
 Gain familiarity with computer vision concepts like depth perception, motion estimation, and 3D vision.
 Apply deep learning techniques for image classification and object detection.

Text Book (s):

1 Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, "Digital Image Processing", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
2 Richard Szeliski, "Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications", 2nd Edition, Springer, 2020.
Adrian Kaehler and Gary Bradski, "Learning OpenCV 3: Computer Vision in C++ with the OpenCV Library",
3
2nd Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2016.

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1 Rajalingappaa Shanmugamani, "Deep Learning for Computer Vision", Packt Publishing, 2018.
2 Himanshu Singh, "Practical Machine Learning and Image Processing", Apress, 2019.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
AD23B31.1 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 2
AD23B31.2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 3 2
AD23B31.3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 2
AD23B31.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
AD23B31.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Average 3 3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.2 2.6 2.2 1.8 1.6 2 2.8 3 3 2.4

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-”

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

137
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
AI23A36 Big Data Analytics PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSBS and B.Tech. Programme in IT
Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts of big data and Hadoop.
 To have knowledge on accessing, storing and manipulating the huge data from different sources.
 To implement Map-Reduce programs for processing big data.
 To realize storage and processing of big data using MongoDB, Pig, Hive and Spark.
 To analyze big data using machine learning techniques.

UNIT-I Introduction To Big Data 6

Classification of data, Characteristics, Evolution and definition of Big data, What is Big data, Why Big data,
Traditional Business Intelligence Vs Big Data,Typical data warehouse and Hadoop environment.
Big Data Analytics: Classification of Analytics, Importance of Big Data Analytics, Technologies used in big
data Environments, Few Top Analytical Tools, NoSQL, Hadoop.
UNIT-II Hadoop And Map Reduce 6
Introduction to Hadoop: Introducing hadoop, Why hadoop, Why not RDBMS, RDBMS Vs Hadoop, History of
Hadoop, Hadoop overview, Use case of Hadoop, HDFS (Hadoop Distributed File System), Processing data with
Hadoop, Managing resources and applications with Hadoop YARN (Yet Another Resource Negotiator).
Introduction to Map Reduce Programming: Introduction, Mapper, Reducer, Combiner, Partitioner, Searching,
Sorting, Compression.
UNIT-III MongoDB 6
Introduction to MongoDB: What is MongoDB, Why MongoDB, Terms used in RDBMS and MongoDB, Data
Types in MongoDB, MongoDB Query Language.
UNIT-IV FUNDAMENTALS OF APACHE PIG, HIVE 6
Introduction to Hive: What is Hive, Hive Architecture, Hive data types, Hive file formats, Hive Query Language
(HQL), RC File implementation, User Defined Function (UDF).
Introduction to Pig: What is Pig, Anatomy of Pig, Pig on Hadoop, Pig Philosophy, Use case for Pig, Pig Latin
Overview, Data types in Pig, Running Pig, Execution Modes of Pig, HDFS Commands, Relational Operators, Eval
Function, Complex Data Types, Piggy Bank, User Defined Function, Pig Vs Hive.
UNIT-V Spark And Data Analysis 6
Spark and Big Data Analytics: Spark, Introduction to Data Analysis with Spark.
Text, Web Content and Link Analytics: Introduction, Text Mining, Web Mining, Web Content and Web
Usage Analytics, Page Rank, Structure of Web and Analyzing a Web Graph
Contact Hours : 30
List of Experiments
Install Hadoop and Implement the following file management tasks in Hadoop: Adding
Files and directories Retrieving files Deleting files and directories.
1.
Note: A typical Hadoop workflow creates data files (such as log files) elsewhere and copies them into HDFS
using one of the above command line utilities.
2. Develop a MapReduce program to implement Matrix Multiplication Suggested Dataset: Iris Dataset
Develop a Map Reduce program that mines weather data and displays appropriate messages indicating the
3.
weather conditions of the day.
4. Develop a MapReduce program to find the tags associated with each movie by analyzing movie lens data.
5. Implement Functions: Count – Sort – Limit – Skip – Aggregate using MongoDB
6. Pig Latin scripts to sort, group, join, project, and filter the data
7. Use Hive to create, alter, and drop databases, tables, views, functions, and indexes.
8. Implement a word count program in Hadoop and Spark.
Use CDH (Cloudera Distribution for Hadoop) and HUE (Hadoop User Interface) to analyze data and
9.
generate reports for sample dataset
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

138
 Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
 Identify and list various Big Data concepts, tools and applications.
 Develop programs using HADOOP framework.
 Learn the working principles of big data management using MongoDB
 Use Hadoop Cluster to deploy Map Reduce jobs, PIG,HIVE and Spark programs
 Analyze the given data set and identify deep insights from the data set.

Text Books:
1 Seema Acharya and Subhashini Chellappan “Big data and Analytics” Wiley India Publishers, 2nd Edition, 2019.
Rajkamal and Preeti Saxena, “Big Data Analytics, Introduction to Hadoop, Spark and Machine Learning”,
2
McGraw Hill Publication, 2019.

Reference Books:
1 Tom White, “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide” 4th Edition, O’reilly Media, 2015.
Thomas Erl, Wajid Khattak, and Paul Buhler, Big Data Fundamentals: Concepts, Drivers & Techniques, Pearson
2
India Education Service Pvt. Ltd., 1st Edition, 2016.
John D. Kelleher, Brian Mac Namee, Aoife D'Arcy -Fundamentals of Machine Learning for Predictive Data
3
Analytics: Algorithms, Worked Examples, MIT Press 2020, 2nd Edition
4 Mohammed Guller, “Big Data Analytics with Spark”, Apress, 2015

CO-PO – PSO Mapping

PO/PSO
C PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO PSO
o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2 3
r CO
r AI23A36.1 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 - - - 1 3 3 1
e AI23A36.2 3 3 2 2 2 - - 2 - - - 1 3 3 2
l AI23531.3 3 3 3 2 2 - - 2 - - - 1 3 3 1
a AI23A36.4 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 - 1 3 3 3
t AI23A36.5 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 - 1 3 3 3
i Average 3 3 2.6 2 2.2 1 1 1.8 1 1 - 1 3 3 2
o
n levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-”

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

139
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Courses) Category L T P C
AI23632 NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSBS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:

 To introduce the fundamental concepts of Natural Language Processing (NLP for analysing words based
on statistical measures and CORPUS.

 To understand the principles of morphological analysis and language modelling using finite state
machines and n-gram models.

 To explore vector semantics and learn how to represent words and their relationships through
embeddings and similarity measures.

 To analyse and implement Hidden Markov Models (HMMs) and their applications in Part-Of-Speech
(POS) tagging

 To study the architecture of transformers and large language models, including pre-training and
evaluation techniques.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING 6

Introduction to NLP - Various stages of NLP –NLP Pipeline, The Ambiguity of Language: Parts of Speech,
Phrase Structure. Statistics Essential Information Theory: Entropy, perplexity, The relation to language: Cross
entropy, Text Prepossessing: Character Encoding, Word Segmentation, Sentence Segmentation, Introduction to
Corpora, Corpora Analysis
UNIT-II MORPHOLOGY AND LANGUAGE MODELLING 6
Inflectional and Derivation Morphology, Morphological analysis and generation using Finite State Automata and
Finite State transducer. Bag of words, skip-gram, Continuous Bag-Of-Words, N gram model, n -gram Models
over Sparse Data: Bins: Forming Equivalence Classes- - Statistical Estimators- Combining Estimators
UNIT-III VECTOR SEMANTICS AND EMBEDDINGS 6
Lexical Semantics-Vector Semantics-Words and Vectors-Cosine for measuring similarity- TF-IDF: Weighing
terms in the vector- Pointwise Mutual Information (PMI) -Applications of the TF-IDF or PPMI vector models-
Word2vec -Visualizing Embeddings-Semantic properties of embeddings-Bias and Embeddings-Evaluating Vector
Models

UNIT-IV MARKOV MODEL AND POS TAGGING 6

Markov Model: Hidden Markov model, Three Fundamental questions of HMM, Implementation properties, and
Variants of HMMs, Multiple input observation. POS: The Information Sources in Tagging: Markov model
taggers, Viterbi algorithm, Applying HMMs to POS tagging, Applications of Tagging.
UNIT-V TRANSFORMERS AND LARGE LANGUAGE MODELS 6
The Transformer - Attention-Transformer Blocks- Parallelizing computation using a single matrix X , The input:
embeddings for token and position-The Language Modelling Head - Large Language Models : Large Language
Models with Transformers -Sampling for LLM Generation -Pretraining Large Language Models -Evaluating
Large Language Models
Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
Develop a morphological analyser to process and analyse various sentence structures, including
interrogative, declarative, and complex sentences with conjunctions. Perform word segmentation and
1.
sentence segmentation as part of the analysis.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: Universal Dependencies (UD) English Treebank
Design a basic NLP pipeline to preprocess raw text data by performing tokenization, sentence
segmentation, and part-of-speech (POS) tagging. Automate the pipeline to process large-scale text
2.
efficiently.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: Universal Dependencies (UD) English Treebank

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

140
 Implement a Named Entity Recognition (NER) system using Python libraries such as spaCy or NLTK.
Utilize a pre-trained model to extract named entities, including people, organizations, and locations,
3. from a text corpus.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: CoNLL-2003 NER Dataset
Construct unigram, bigram, and trigram models to analyze their performance on sparse data. Compare
4. the language models based on perplexity and their effectiveness in predicting word sequences.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: The Brown Corpus
Implement n-gram language models (unigram, bigram, trigram, etc.) and apply smoothing techniques
like Laplace smoothing to address data sparsity. Evaluate the models on a large text corpus for accuracy
5.
and perplexity.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: Google Ngram Dataset
Design a spelling correction model using a combination of morphological rules and n-gram
probabilities. Test the model on a dataset containing deliberately misspelled words and compare it to
6.
established spell-check systems.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: Birkbeck Spelling Error Corpus
Implement the Term Frequency-Inverse Document Frequency (TF-IDF) model and use cosine similarity
to compare the similarity between documents in a given corpus. Visualize the similarity matrix for better
7.
insight.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: 20 Newsgroups Dataset
Train a Word2Vec model on a given text corpus and visualize the resulting word embeddings using
dimensionality reduction techniques like t-SNE or PCA. Analyze the semantic relationships between
8.
words in the embeddings.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: Text8 Dataset
Build a Hidden Markov Model (HMM) for part-of-speech (POS) tagging. Train the model on a tagged
9. corpus and evaluate its accuracy on a test dataset.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: Universal Dependencies (UD) Treebank
Use a pre-trained Transformer model (e.g., BERT) to build a sentiment analysis model. Fine-tune the
model on a dataset of tweets, classify sentiment (positive, neutral, negative), and evaluate its
10.
performance using accuracy and F1-score.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: Sentiment140 Dataset
Use a pre-trained language model to perform sentiment analysis or keyword extraction on a dataset of
WhatsApp chat data. Analyze the conversational patterns, emotions, and key topics discussed in the
11
chats.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: WhatsApp Chat Export (User-Generated Data)
Implement a question-answering system using a pre-trained BERT model. Input a passage and a
question, and use the model to extract the correct answer from the passage. Evaluate the system on
12
accuracy and relevance of the answers.
Suggested Dataset/Corpus: SQuAD (Stanford Question Answering Dataset)
Mini Project
 Choose a Topic: Identify a deep learning problem of interest, such as image classification, text
generation, or anomaly detection.
 Research related works using platforms like Google Scholar.
 Dataset Selection: Find or collect a suitable dataset from sources like Kaggle or UCI. Ensure it
is relevant, well-sized, and consider preprocessing requirements.
13
 Develop Methodology: Start with baseline models, then experiment with advanced
architectures (e.g., CNNs, Transformers). Use frameworks like TensorFlow or PyTorch.
 Implementation & Evaluation: Train models and evaluate performance using appropriate
metrics (e.g., accuracy, F1-score). Document findings systematically.
 Discuss & Present: Analyze results, highlight challenges, and present your work with clear
insights and future directions.
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours : 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

 Analyse the different stages in the NLP pipeline and perform statistical analysis on the data.
 Apply morphological analysis techniques and construct n-gram models for language processing.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

141
  Evaluate the effectiveness of word embeddings and semantic vector models
Implement and analyse Hidden Markov Models (HMMs) for Part-Of-Speech (POS) tagging and compare

their effectiveness.
Design and evaluate transformer-based large language models for text generation and other NLP

applications

Textbooks:
1 Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin “Speech and Language Processing”, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall, 2024
T V Geetha,” Understanding Natural Language Processing” (Machine Learning and Deep Learning
2 Perspectives),1st edition, Pearson,2024

Reference Books:
Christopher D. Manning and HinrichSchutze, “Foundations of Natural Language Processing”, 6th Edition, The
1
MIT Press Cambridge, Massachusetts London, England, 2003 2009.
NitinIndurkhya, Fred J. Damerau “Handbook of Natural Language Processing”, Second Edition, CRC Press,
2
2010.
3 James Allen “Natural Language Understanding”, Pearson Publication, 8th Edition. 2012
Hobson lane, Cole Howard, Hannes Hapke, “Natural language processing in action” MANNING Publications,
4
2nd edition, 2019.
Alexander Clark, Chris Fox, Shalom Lappin, “The Handbook of Computational Linguistics and Natural
5
Language Processing”, Wiley-Blackwell, 2016
Rajesh Arumugam, Rajalingappa Shanmugamani “Hands-on natural language processing with python: A
6 practical guide to applying deep learning architectures to your NLP application”. PACKT publisher, 2018.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
AI23632.1 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2
AI23632.2 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 2 3
AI23632.3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
AI23632.4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
AI23632.5 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Average 3 3 2.6 2 2.2 1 1 1.8 1 1 - 1 3 3 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

142
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23C31 Data Analytics and Insights in MindSphere PE 1 0 4 3
Programme for B.E CSE

OBJECTIVES:
 To Understand MindSphere Architecture
 To Analyze data visualization and management in Mindsphere
 To Develop mindsphere application
 To Apply the Security and integration in Mindsphere
 To develop Final Project using Mindsphere kit

UNIT-I Introduction to IoT and MindSphere 3

Understanding IoT, MindSphere architecture, and its components, Research and present examples of IoT applications in
various industries, Exploring MindConnect devices and connectivity options, Set up a simulated device and establish its
connection to MindSphere.
UNIT-II Data Management and Visualization 3
Data ingestion, storage, and basic visualization in MindSphere,Ingest sample data into MindSphere and create basic
visualizations, Introduction to MindSphere APIs and development environment,Start building a simple application using
MindSphere SDKs.
UNIT-III Advanced Application Development 3
Delving deeper into MindSphere APIs and development tools,Enhance the previously built application with more features
or integrations. Understanding data analytics capabilities in MindSphere,Analyze the collected data, derive insights, and
present findings.
UNIT-IV Security and Integration 3
Security protocols and compliance considerations in MindSphere,Perform a security assessment and propose
improvements in a simulated MindSphere environment,Design an end-to-end IoT solution incorporating MindSphere,
considering security measures.
UNIT-V Project and Presentation 3
Work on a final project (e.g., creating an innovative IoT application or solving a specific industry problem using
MindSphere),Presentation: Present the project to the class, showcasing the application, findings, or proposed solution.
Total Contact Hours : 15

List of Experiments
Device Connectivity and Data Ingestion
1
Objective: Connect a simulated or physical device to MindSphere and ingest data.
Data Storage and Model Definition
2 Objective: Organize and store collected data in MindSphere.
Lab 3: Real-Time Data Monitoring
3
Objective: Set up a dashboard for live data monitoring using MindSphere Visual Analyzer.
Lab 4: Anomaly Detection using Analytical Tools
4 Objective: Apply anomaly detection algorithms on collected data.

Lab 5: Data Insights and Reporting

5
Objective: Generate actionable insights and reports from the collected data.
Lab 6: Predictive Maintenance Model Development
6
Objective: Develop a predictive maintenance model for an industrial application.
Lab 7: Data Integration with Third-Party Tools
7
Objective: Integrate MindSphere with external analytical tools for advanced analytics.
Lab 8: Custom App Development on MindSphere
8
Objective: Create a custom analytics app using Mendix or MindSphere SDK.
Contact Hours : 60
Total Contact Hours : 75

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

143
Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
 Understanding basics of MindSphere Architecture
 Analyze data visualization and management in Mindsphere
 Develop mindsphere application
 Apply the Security and integration in Mindsphere
 Develop Final Project using Mindsphere kit

Textbooks:
1. Official Siemens MindSphere Documentation
Siemens provides comprehensive online documentation on MindSphere through its MindSphere Academy and
MindSphere Documentation Portal.
2. "Industrial IoT: Challenges, Design Principles, Applications, and Security" by Sabina Jeschke, Christian K. Becker,
and others.
3. Machine Learning for the Internet of Things" by Nuno M. Garcia, Sergio V. Oliveira, and Joao P. Silva — addresses
machine learning techniques designed for IoT applications, closely related to the analytics you can perform on
MindSphere.

Reference Books(s):
"Data Science for IoT Engineers" by Daniel K. Gardner.
1
"Applied Predictive Analytics: Principles and Techniques for the Professional Data Analyst" by Dean Abbott
2

CO – PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23C31.1 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 3 1 3 - 2 -

CS23C31.2 - 3 - 2 - - - - - 2 1 1 2 - -

CS23C31.3 - - - 1 - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -

CS23C31.4 - 1 - 1 - - - - - 3 - 2 3 - 1

CS23C31.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 - -

Average 1.0 1.7 1.0 1.3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.8 1.0 1.8 2.0 2.0 1.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

144
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
CS23A37 AUGMENTED REALITY AND VIRTUAL REALITY PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT

Objectives:
● To gain the knowledge of historical and modern overviews and perspectives on virtual reality.
● To learn the fundamentals of sensation, perception, and perceptual training.
● To have the scientific, technical, and engineering aspects of augmented and virtual reality systems.
● To learn the Haptics and modelling from the lens of design.
● To learn the technology of augmented reality and implement it various applications to have practical
knowledge.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO AUGMENTED REALITY AND VIRTUAL REALITY 6

Introduction to Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality – Definition – Introduction to Trajectories and Hybrid
Space-Three I’s of Virtual Reality – Virtual Reality Vs 3D Computer Graphics – Components of VR System –
Introduction to AR-AR Technologies-Input Devices – 3D Position Trackers – Types of Trackers – Navigation and
Manipulation Interfaces – Gesture Interfaces – Types of Gesture Input Devices – Output Devices – Graphics
Display – Human Visual System – Personal Graphics Displays – Large Volume Displays – Sound Displays.
UNIT-II SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 6
Physiology of Perception, Cutaneous Senses, Pain, Olfaction, Gustation, Auditory System, Auditory Localization,
Speech, Visual System, Object Perception, Motion Detection, Depth and Size Perception, psychophysical methods
for computing perceptual thresholds.
UNIT-III MOBILE VR AND AR 6
VR UX with the Unity API, Interaction and Locomotion, Working with Mobile VR in Unity, Travel and
Wayfinding in Virtual Environments, Strategies for Designing and Developing 3D UIs, Evaluation of 3D User
Interfaces, Traditional and Emerging VR/AR applications.
UNIT-IV INTRODUCTION TO HAPTICS and MODELLING 6
Modeling – Geometric Modeling – Virtual Object Shape – Object Visual Appearance – Kinematics Modeling –
Transformation Matrices – Object Position – Transformation Invariants –Object Hierarchies – Viewing the 3D
World – Physical Modeling – Collision Detection – Surface Deformation – Force Computation – Force Smoothing
and Mapping – Behavior Modeling – Model Management.
UNIT-V APPLICATIONS 6
Human Factors in VR – Methodology and Terminology – VR Health and Safety Issues – VR and Society-Medical
Applications of VR – Education, Arts and Entertainment – Military VR Applications – Emerging Applications of
VR – VR Applications in Manufacturing – Applications of VR in Robotics – Information Visualization – VR in
Business – VR in Entertainment – VR in Education. Open-source toolkits/ libraries such as OpenScene Graph,
Vega, VRML etc., Future AR/VR applications (holo teleportation, telepresence).
Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments
1 Study of tools like Unity, Maya, 3DS MAX, AR toolkit, Vuforia and Blender
2 Use the primitive objects and apply various projection types by handling camera. 3. Download objects from asset
store and apply various lighting and shading effects
3 Model three dimensional objects using various modelling techniques and apply textures over them.
4 Create three dimensional realistic scenes and develop simple virtual reality enabled mobile applications which
have limited interactivity.
5 Develop VR enabled applications using motion trackers and sensors incorporating full haptic interactivity.
6 Develop AR enabled applications with interactivity like E learning environment, Virtual walkthroughs and
visualization of historic places.
7 Develop AR enabled simple applications like human anatomy visualization, DNA/RNA structure visualization
and surgery simulation.
8 Develop simple MR enabled gaming applications.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

145
 Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
● Identify, examine, and develop software that reflects fundamental techniques for the design and deployment
of VR and AR experiences.
● The strength of how VR and AR systems work.
● Choose, develop, explain, and defend the use of particular designs for AR and VR experiences.
● Evaluate the benefits and drawbacks of specific AR and VR techniques on the human body.
● Identify and examine state‐of‐the‐art AR and VR design problems and solutions from the industry and
academia.

Text Book(s):
1 Ralf Doerner - “Virtual and Augmented Reality (VR/AR) Foundations and Methods of Extended Realities
(XR)”, Springer Cham, March 2022.
Charles Palmer, John Williamson, “Virtual Reality Blueprints: Create compelling VR experiences for mobile”,
2
Packt Publisher, 2018.
Dieter Schmalstieg, Tobias Hollerer, “Augmented Reality: Principles & Practice”, Addison Wesley, 2016
3

Reference Book(s) / Web link(s):

1 Paul Mealy – “Virtual & Augmented Reality for Dummies”, For Dummies, July 2018.
2 M. Claudia tom Dieck – “Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality”, Springer International Publishing, May
2021.
3 Jay David – “Reality Media Augmented and Virtual Reality”, MIT Press, November 2021.
4 Amber Dailey – “Current and Prospective Applications of Virtual Reality in Higher Education”, IGI Global,
2020.

Courses:
1 Introduction to Augmented Reality and ARCore, Coursera
2 Intro to AR/VR/MR/XR: Technologies, Applications & Issues, Coursera

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23A37.1 3 2 2 - 3 - - - 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
CS23A37.2 3 2 2 1 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 3 1 2
CS23A37.3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 1 2 3 2 2
CS23A37.4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 3 2 2
CS23A37.5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Average 3 2.6 2.4 2 3 - - - 2.8 2.2 1.8 2.6 2.8 1.8 2.2
Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

146
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Course) Category L T P C
CD23C22 DATA VISUALIZATION PE 0 0 6 3
For B.E. Programme CSE and B.Tech. Programme in IT

Objectives:
● To introduce students to Excel's basic and advanced data visualization techniques.
● To familiarize students with Tableau.
● To develop skills in using Power BI.
● To enable students to design comprehensive visual dashboards.
● To apply knowledge through a capstone project.

List of Experiments
Excel for Data Visualization
Data Manipulation and Cleaning
1  Using Functions and formulae for Data Cleaning.
 Sorting, Filtering and Data Validation techniques.
Excel Charts and Tools
2  Getting started with charts (Bar, Line, Pie).
 Advanced charts (Histograms, Box plots, Area Chart, Bubble chart).
Excel Advanced Features
3  Using PivotTables for data analysis.
 Dynamic Dashboards with Slicers and Timeline.
Data Visualization with Tableau
Getting Started with Tableau
 Connecting to data and basic visualizations.
4
 Interactive Dashboards and Storytelling.
 Filters, Pages, Hierarchies, Sorting and Dates.
Advanced Data Manipulation Techniques
 Calculated fields and parameters.
5  Calculations and Expressions -Total and Aggregations, Automatic and Custom split.
 Organizing Data and Visual Analytics – Reference lines and bands, Clusters, Forecasting,
Trend lines, Summary Card.
Data Visualization with Power BI
Introduction to Power BI
 Getting started with Data importing and transforming with Power Query.
6  Report designing with basic visualizations and using the visualization pane.
 Measures, Filters.
 Features of Power BI- Drill through, Hierarchies.
Advanced Power BI
7  DAX.
 Creating complex reports and dashboards.
Capstone Project - Students will select a real-world dataset and use any tools ( Excel, Tableau, and
8
Power BI) to create comprehensive dashboards.
Total Contact Hours 90

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

CO1 Create basic and advanced visualizations in Excel for data analysis.
CO2 Develop interactive dashboards and perform data manipulations in Tableau.
CO3 Design reports and apply DAX for advanced reporting in Power BI.
CO4 Integrate and organize data to create comprehensive dashboards using various visualization tools.
CO5 Apply their learning to solve real-world data visualization problems using Excel, Tableau, and Power BI.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

147
 Textbooks:
1 Kieran Healy, “Data Visualization: A Practical Introduction”, Princeton University Press, 1st Edition, 2022.
2 Claus Wilke, “Fundamentals of Data Visualization: A Primer on Making Informative and Compelling Figures”,
O'Reilly Media, 2nd Edition, 2023.
3 Jon Schwabish, Better Data Visualizations: A Guide for Scholars, Researchers, and Wonks”, Columbia University
Press, 1st Edition, 2023.
4 Sanjeev J. Wagh, Manisha S. Bhende, Anuradha D. Thakare, “Fundamentals of Data Science”, CRC Press, 2 nd
,2022.

Reference Books (s):

Excel Visualizations
1.
Power BI Documentation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/browse/?products=power-bi
2.
https://www.tableau.com/learn/training
Online Course: Coursera — Data Visualization with Tableau
3.
Excel Visualizations

4. Power BI Documentation

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CD23C22.1 3 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 3 2 1
CD23C22.2 3 3 2 2 3 1 - - - - - - 3 3 2
CD23C22.3 3 2 3 2 3 - 1 - - - - - 3 3 2
CD23C22.4 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 1 - - - - 3 3 3
CD23C22.5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 3 3
Average 3 2.6 2.6 2 2.8 1.5 2 0.5 1 1 2 1 3 3 2.2

correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-”

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

148
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
CS23A39 GAME DEVELOPMENT PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT

Objectives:
● To understand the history and overview of game design
● To develop the Game design document
● To apply the concepts of game loop, collision detection and Cameras
● To understand the concepts of graphics in game design
● To be able to incorporate various Mechanics in Developing game

UNIT-I Introduction to Game Development 6

Games Overview; History of Games. Lecture: History and Generations of Video Games-Overview of Game
Platforms-the Elements of Gameplay-Maths behind Game Development-Generic Programming
UNIT- Game Design Document 6
II
Platforms-Input Devices-Game Genres-Game Design-Characters-Storyline-Levels and Environments-Game Play-
Graphic Style and Art-Sound and Music-Game Controls-Accessibility-Marketing.
UNIT- Concepts of Game Design 6
III
Game Loop-Collision Detection and Reaction-Common Issues with Collision Detection-Cameras-Screen Space Vs
Game Space-Hybrid Approaches-Game Design-Game Mechanics-Rewarding the Player-Tips and Tricks-Virtual
Resolution-Layering the Graphics-Palette Swapping
UNIT- Graphic Design for Game Development 6
IV
Sound and Music-Digital Sound Processing-Fonts-Shaders-Patterns, containers and Classes-Design Pattern-Resource
Manager-Ai in Video Games-Useful Algorithms
UNIT-V Mechanics in Developing in Game Design 6
Game Mechanics-I Frames-2D mechanics-RPG Like Games-Rhythm Games-Matchx Games-Cut Scenes-Testing
your Game-Balancing your Game-No BS Principle-Managing Hype-Digital Rights Management-Game Jams
Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments
1 Create a simple sprite animation using an open source tool.
2 Narrate a simple game using scratch 2.0 (Character narration).
3 Implement a scoring mechanism, such as collecting items or reaching certain milestones.
4 Enhance the visual appeal of the game by adding animated sprites for player movement and other game elements.
5 Implement basic AI behaviors, such as following the player when in range or patrolling between predefined
points.
6 Implement level transitions and progression.
7 Incorporate sound effects for player movement, jumping, and interactions.
8 Create menu screens for starting the game, pausing/resuming, and displaying game over information
9 Optimize game performance, fix bugs, and polish game elements to improve the overall quality.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

149
 Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
● Understand the history and overview of game design
● Understand and develop the game design document
● Understand the collision mechanism, cameras and game loops
● Analyse and apply graphic design approaches for designing an game
● Choose efficient mechanic in developing and rolling out a game

Text Book(s):
1 “2D Game Development: From Zero to Hero”, Daniele Penazzo, Python Edition, 2020

2 “Game Development Patterns and Best Practices”, John P. Doran, Matt Casanova, Packt Publishing, 2017.

Reference Book(s) / Web link(s):

1 “Game Development with Unity”, Michelle Minard Course Technology, 2012.
2 Game Development using Python”,James R Parker, Mercury Learning and Information, 2021.

CO - PO – PSO Matrices of Course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23A39.1 3 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CS23A39.2 1 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 1
CS23A39.3 1 1 1 2 1 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CS23A39.4 3 3 1 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 3
CS23A39.5 3 3 2 1 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 3
Average 2.2 2.2 1.6 1.6 2.2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2.2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

150
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory course) Category L T P C

CS23B31 Introduction to METAVERSE PE 2 0 2 3

For B.E. Programme CSE and B.Tech. Programme in IT

Objectives:
 To learn the basics of Metaverse characteristics, concepts and layers.
 To understand and analyse Metaverse technologies, tools and platforms.
 To discuss design theories and practices relevant to the Metaverse.
 To explore cybersecurity and cybercrime in the Metaverse.
 To explore metaverse applications and examine open challenges in the Metaverse.

UNIT-I Metaverse fundamentals 6

Metaverse evolution-Metaverse importance and characteristics-The interdisciplinary nature of the Metaverse-
Metaverse opportunities and risks- Computer-mediated communication -Avatar-mediated communication-layers of
Metaverse: Experience-Discovery-Creator economy- Spatial computing- Decentralization - Human interface-
Infrastructure
UNIT-II Metaverse Technologies, Tools and Platforms 6
Metaverse Technologies: AR/VR/MR/XR - 3D reconstruction - Game engines - Smart glasses- wearables, haptic
devices, headsets and headwear -Blockchain, smart contracts, tokens, NFTs - Cryptography - Artificial Intelligence (AI) -
Internet of Things (IoT) - Edge computing and 5G, 6G
Tools and technologies for Metaverse UX and UI: Tools and services for avatar systems - Spatial user interface design
- Cross-platform user experience design - Multimodal user interface- Technologies and devices for human computer
interaction in Metaverse
Metaverse Platforms: Decentraland, SANDBOX - Roblox, Axie Infinity- uHive, Hyper Nation - Nakamoto (NAKA),
Metahero (HERO), Star Atlas (ATLAS)- Bloktopia (BLOK), Stageverse - Spatial, PalkaCity, Viverse -Sorare, Illuvium,
Upland - Second Life, Sansar, Sensorium Galaxy
UNIT-III Design theories and practices 6
Social presence and co-presence - Motion sickness and cybersickness- Uncanny valley - Sense of self- location, sense of
agency and sense of body ownership-Universal simulation principle- Prototyping- Evaluation techniques
UNIT-IV Cybersecurity and Cybercrime in the Metaverse 6
Metaverse and cybersecurity: Cybersecurity concerns in Metaverse: social engineering attacks, Data theft,
Decentralization vs vulnerabilities - Cybersecurity risks in Metaverse: process, people, technology - Best practices for
preventing cyberattacks in Metaverse: Risk assessment and mitigation, Physical security, Data encryption, Controlled
access, Protect outbound data - Implementing cybersecurity in the Metaverse: Platform owners, Property owners/renters,
Consumers/users
Metaverse and cybercrime: Scam and theft- Rug pull- Money manipulation and wash trading- Money
laundering
UNIT-V Metaverse applications, challenges and open issues 6
Metaverse applications: Gaming and entertainment- Travel and tourism - Education and learning- Real estate -Banking
and Finance- Healthcare- social media- Fashion
Metaverse challenges and open issues: Persistency - Interoperability and scalability- Maturity- Regulation- Usefulness
and ease-of-use - Privacy and data security- Content creation- NFTs and creator economy - Social, legal and ethical
issues in the Metaverse
Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Create and customize an avatar in a Metaverse platform (Decentraland, Second Life, or Roblox).
2 Analyze different layers of the Metaverse (Experience, Discovery, Creator Economy, etc.).
3 Build a simple AR application using WebAR or Unity.
4 Create a simple NFT and understand its role in the Metaverse.
5 Measure motion sickness symptoms when using VR applications.
6 Design a simple 3D virtual space.
7 Identify phishing and scam techniques used in the Metaverse.
8 Create a virtual classroom using a Metaverse platform.
Tools: Mozilla Hubs, Spatial.io, Gather.town. Unity, Unreal Engine, culus Quest 2, VRChat, Unity VR.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

151
Course Outcomes:On completion of the course, the students will be able to
 Understand the characteristics, and interdisciplinary nature of the Metaverse, the opportunities and risks it
presents.
 Analyze Metaverse layers, the technologies used in creating them, as well as design theories and practices for
Metaverse.
 Examine and discuss Metaverse platforms, applications and the latest technological developments in this area
 Identify cybersecurity issues, understand cybercrime in the Metaverse
 Discuss various applications and the open challenges in Metaverse

Text Books:
1 Terry Winters,” The Metaverse: Prepare Now For the Next Big Thing!”, Independently published, 2021 (ISBN:
979-8450959283)

Reference Books:
Ball, M., 2022, “The Metaverse and How It Will Revolutionize Everything “, Liveright, ISBN: 978-
1. 1324092032
Christodoulou, K. Katelaris, L., Themistocleous, M, Christoudoulou P. and Iosif E, 2022, “NFTs and the
2. Metaverse Revolution: Research Perspectives and Open Challenges", Blockchains and the Token Economy:
Theory and Practice, Eds: Lacity M., Treiblmaier H., (2022), Palgrave Macmillan, Cham, pp. 139-178
Damar, M. (2021). Metaverse shape of your life for future: A bibliometric snapshot. Journal of Metaverse, 1(1),
3.
1–8.
Day, J. (2022) Metaverse will see cyberwarfare attacks unlike anything before: ’Massively elevated’, February
4 28, https://www.express.co.uk/news/science/1570844/metaverse-news-cyberwarfare-attacks-virtual-worlds-
russia-china-spt.
Davis, A., Khazanchi, D., Murphy, J., Zigurs Ilze, & Owens, D. (2009). Avatars, people, and virtual worlds:
5 Foundations for research in metaverses. Journal of the Association for Information Systems, 10(2), 90–117.
https://doi.org/10.17705/1jais.00183

Learning Activities and Teaching Methods:

 Faculty Lectures
 Guest-Lectures Seminars
 Directed and Background Reading
 Case Study Analysis
 Academic Paper Discussion
 Simulations
 Student-led Presentations
 In-Class Exercises

Assessment Methods:
Interactive Activities
 Assignments / Project
 Quiz
 CAT & Final Exams

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23B31.1 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 - 2 - 3 3 2 3
CS23B31.2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 - 2 - 3 3 3 3
CS23B31.3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 - 2 - 3 3 3 3
CS23B31.4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 - 3 3 3 3
CS23B31.5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
Average 3 2.8 2.8 2.8 3 2.4 2 2.4 3 2.4 3 3 3 3 3
Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

152
 1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation”-“
Subject Code Subject Name (Theory course) Category L T P C
IT23E31 Graphics and Multimedia PE 2 0 2 3
(Common to IT, CSE, CSE CS, CSD)

Objectives:
 To gain knowledge about graphics hardware devices and software used.
 To understand the two-dimensional graphics and their transformations.
 To understand the three-dimensional graphics and their transformations.
 To appreciate illumination and color models
 To become familiar with hypermedia models

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION 6
An Introduction Graphics System: Computer Graphics and Its Types, Application of computer graphics - Graphics
Systems: Video Display Devices, Raster Scan Systems, Random Scan Systems, Graphics Monitors and Work Stations,
Input Devices, Hard Copy Devices, Graphics Software - Scan Conversion Basics, Line, Circle and Ellipse drawing
algorithms – Parallel Curve Algorithm – Filled Area Primitives.
UNIT-II 2D PRIMITIVES 6
Two-dimensional Geometric Transformations: Basic Transformations, Matrix Representation and Homogeneous
Coordinates, Composite Transformations, Reflection and Shearing. Two-Dimension Viewing: The viewing Pipeline,
Window to view port coordinate transformation, Clipping Operations, Point Clipping, Line Clipping, Polygon
Clipping, Text Clipping, Exterior Clipping.
UNIT-III 3D CONCEPTS 6
Three-Dimensional Concepts: Three-Dimensional Display Methods, 3D Transformations, Parallel Projection and
Perspective Projection Parallel and Perspective projections - 3D Concepts – 3D Object Representation, Polygons,
Curved Lines, Splines, Quadratic Surfaces, Splines, B-Splines, Bezier Curves, Beta Splines, 3D Transformations, 3D
Viewing – Visible surface identification, Elements of Color, Color Perception, Color Matching, Color Models – XYZ,
RGB, YIQ, CMY, HSV -
UNIT-IV MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM DESIGN 6
Multimedia basics − Multimedia applications − Multimedia system architecture – Evolving technologies for
multimedia − Defining objects for multimedia systems − Multimedia data interface standards − Multimedia databases.
Compression and decompression − Data and file format standards − Multimedia I/O technologies − Digital voice and
audio − Video image and animation − Full motion video − Storage and retrieval technologies.
UNIT-V HYPERMEDIA 6
Hypermedia messaging -Mobile messaging − Hypermedia message component − Creating hypermedia message −
Integrated multimedia message standards − Integrated document management − Distributed multimedia systems.
CASE STUDY: BLENDER GRAPHICS Blender Fundamentals – Drawing Basic Shapes – Modelling – Shading &
Textures
Total Contact Hours: 30

List of the Experiments Total Contact Hours: 30

1. Implement Bresenham's line algorithm, Midpoint Circle Algorithm, and Midpoint Ellipse Algorithm. Draw different
geometric objects on the screen.
2. Implement the scan conversion of a polygon and use flood-fill algorithms to fill areas in a graphics window.
3. Write a program that performs translation, scaling, and rotation on basic 2D shapes (e.g., triangle, rectangle) using
matrices.
4. Write a program that clips polygons to a specified window and displays the clipped polygon.
5. Write a program that allows the user to perform 3D transformations on basic 3D objects (cube, pyramid) and view the
results.
6. Create and render 3D objects (like cubes, spheres) using polygons and apply basic color and shading techniques.
7. Create a multimedia application that integrates images, sound, and video in a simple user interface.
8. Create a program that captures video/audio from a webcam or microphone and displays it on a multimedia interface.
9. Create an application that allows users to send and receive multimedia messages including text, image, and audio.
10. Create a simple 3D model using Blender (e.g., a house or object) and apply basic shading and textures to the model.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

153
 Course Outcomes:
 To gain knowledge about graphics hardware devices and software used.
 To understand the two-dimensional graphics and their transformations.
 To understand the three-dimensional graphics and their transformations.
 To appreciate illumination and color models
 To become familiar with multimedia and hypermedia

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES (if any) (UNIT/ Module Wise) – Could suggest topic
● Problem solving sessions
● Flipped classroom - Comparing SOA with Client-Server and Distributed architectures
● Survey on various storage technologies
● Activity Based Learning
● Implementation of small module

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Tutorial problems
● Assignment problems
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation/Discussion

Text Book(s):
1.Donald Hearn and Pauline Baker M, “Computer Graphics “, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2014.
2. Richard E. Mayer, “Multimedia Learning “, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2020

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1.Judith Jeffcoate, “Multimedia in Practice: Technology and Applications “, Pearson Publisher, Edition 2009.
2. John F. Hughies, Andries Van Dam, Morgan Mcuire, David F. Sklar, James D Foley Steven K Feiner, Kurt Akeley,
“Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice “, 3rd Edition, Addison Wesley Professional, 2013.
3. Steve Marschner , Peter Shirley, Fundamentals of Computer Graphics ,4th Edition , CRC Press, December 2015

CO-PO-PSO Mapping

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
IT23E31.1 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 2 2 3 3 3 2 2
IT23E31.2 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 3 2 2
IT23E31.3 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 2 3 2 2
IT23E31.4 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 1 2
IT23E31. 5 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 1 3 1 2
Average 3 2 3 - 1.4 - - 1 1.3 2 2 1.8 3 1.7 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

154
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
CS23A38 DIGITAL MARKETING PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT

Objectives:
● The primary objective of this module is to examine and explore the role and importance of digital marketing
in today’s rapidly changing business environment.
● It also focusses on how digital marketing can be utilised by organisations and how its effectiveness can
measure.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO ONLINE MARKET 6

Online Market space- Digital Marketing Strategy- Components -Opportunities for building Brand Website -
Planning and Creation- Content Marketing.
UNIT-II SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION 6
Search Engine optimisation - Keyword Strategy- SEO Strategy - SEO success factors -On-Page Techniques - Off-
Page Techniques. Search Engine Marketing- How Search Engine works- SEM components- PPC advertising -
Display Advertisement
UNIT-III E - MAIL MARKETING 6
E- Mail Marketing - Types of E- Mail Marketing - Email Automation - Lead Generation - Integrating Email with
Social Media and Mobile- Measuring and maximising email campaign effectiveness. Mobile Marketing- Mobile
Inventory/channels- Location based; Context based; Coupons and offers, Mobile Apps, Mobile Commerce, SMS
Campaigns-Profiling and targeting.
UNIT-IV SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING 6
Social Media Marketing - Social Media Channels- Leveraging social media for brand conversations and buzz.
Successful /benchmark social media campaigns. Engagement Marketing- Building Customer relationships -
Creating Loyalty drivers - Influencer Marketing.
UNIT-V DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION 6
Digital Transformation & Channel Attribution- Analytics- Ad-words, Email, Mobile, social media, Web Analytics
- Changing your strategy based on analysis- Recent trends in Digital marketing.
Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments
1 Subscribe to a weekly/quarterly newsletter and analyze how its content and structure aid with the branding of the
company and how it aids its potential customer segments.
2 Perform keyword search for a skincare hospital website based on search volume and competition using Google
keyword planner tool. 3. Demonstrate how to use the Google Web Masters Indexing API
3 Discuss an interesting case study regarding how an insurance company manages leads.
4 Discuss negative and positive impacts and ethical implications of using social media for political advertising.
5 Discuss how Predictive analytics is impacting marketing automation.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● To examine and explore the role and importance of digital marketing in today’s rapidly changing business
environment.
● To focusses on how digital marketing can be utilised by organisations and how its effectiveness can
measure.
● To know the key elements of a digital marketing strategy
● To study how the effectiveness of a digital marketing campaign can be measured.
● To demonstrate advanced practical skills in common digital marketing tools such as SEO, SEM, social
media and Blogs

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

155
 Text Book(s):
Fundamentals of Digital Marketing by Puneet Singh Bhatia; Pearson Education; First edition (July 2017).
1
Digital Marketing by Vandana Ahuja; Oxford University Press (April 2015).
2
Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital by Philip Kotler; Wiley; 1st edition (April 2017).
3

Reference Book(s):
Ryan, D. (2014). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the Digital Generation,
1
Kogan Page Limited
2 Pulizzi,J Beginner's Guide to Digital Marketing , Mcgraw Hill Education.
Barker, Barker, Bormann and Neher (2017), Social Media Marketing: A Strategic Approach, 2E South-Western,
3
Cengage Learning.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23A38.1 3 3 2 1 3 - - - 1 2 3 3 3 3 3
CS23A38.2 2 2 2 1 3 - - - 1 2 3 3 3 3 3
CS23A38.3 1 1 1 2 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 2 1
CS23A38.4 3 2 2 3 1 - - - 1 3 2 3 2 3 2
CS23A38.5 2 3 1 3 3 - - - 2 3 1 2 1 2 1
Average 2.2 2.2 1.6 2 2.4 - - - 1.2 2.4 2 2.4 2.4 2.6 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

156
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab course) Category L T P C
CD23721 VISUAL EFFECTS PE 0 0 6 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
● To Undestand the basic principles of visual effects, including CGI, compositing, and integration with
liveaction footage.
● To learn how to combine multiple elements (live-action,CGI, background) seamlessly into a single frame.
● To explore techniques for creating and animating 3D models and environments for VFX projects.
● To understand how to track motion in footage to integrate 3D elements effectively with real-world video.
● To learn to simulate natural phenomena such as fire, smoke,water, nd explosions for realistics effects.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
GREEN SCREEN COMPOSITING
1 Green Screen Compositing
Tools: Adobe After Effects, Nuke, or DaVinci Resolve.
Experiment Variants: Experiment with different lighting setups on the green screen to minimize spill and
maximize keying quality.
2 Rot scoping Techniques
Tools: After Effects, Nuke, Mocha.
Focus Areas: Vary the complexity by tracking subjects with different motions and adding elements behind or
in front of the rotoscoped layer
3 Motion Tracking and Match Moving
Tools: After Effects, Blender, Cinema 4D.
Variants: Try planar tracking for surfaces and 3D tracking to simulate the camera movement for more
immersive VFX scenes
4 Particle Simulation for Environmental Effects
Tools: Blender, Houdini, Maya.
Experiment Variants: Adjust particle behaviour to control effects like the density of snow or smoke spread
based on environmental conditions
5 Dynamic Lighting and Shadow Matching
Tools: Maya, Blender, or Nuke.
Experiment Variants: Test different lighting angles, intensities, and shadow softness to match the original
footage’s conditions.
6 Physics-Based Animation
Tools: Blender, Houdini, Cinema 4D.
Focus: Experiment with gravity, elasticity, and friction settings to see how they impact object interactions.
7 Time Manipulation Effects
Tools: After Effects, Premiere Pro.
Variants: Test speed-ramping (changing speeds mid-shot) and frame blending to make fast actions smoother
or simulate slow-motion effects
Total Contact Hours 90

Course Outcomes:
 Identify user interface for compositing, Views and Previews, Layers and Properties & Animation,
Colours, Masks, Transparency and Keying, Text, Drawing and Painting, Motion Tracking, Effects and
Animation, Presents, Rendering and Exporting.
 Differentiate Image Based Motion Graphics & Video Based Motion Graphics.
 Create Effects & Title effects.
 Do colour correction & Keying after effects tools.
 Use Match mover, Motion tracking Overview, Motion Tracking, Workflow and Controls, Rotoscoping, Wire
Removal

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

157
 Text Book(s):
1 Visual Effects Society (VES),"The VES Handbook of Visual Effects”, Routledge, Edition: 2nd,2024.
Steve Wright Year, “Compositing Visual Effects: Essentials for the Aspiring Artist”, Focal Press, Edition: 3rd,
2
2022
3 Adobe Creative Team, “Adobe After Effects Classroom in a Book”, Adobe Press, Edition: 1st,2023

Reference Book(s)/web links:

1 William C. Smith, “The Complete Guide to Digital Effects for the Screen", Focal Press, 1st Edition, 2019

2 Barnes & Noble

A large bookstore with a variety of titles: www.barnesandnoble.com
3 Book Depository
Offers free shipping worldwide: www.bookdepository.com

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CD23721.1 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
CD23721.2 2 3 2 1 1 - - - 3 2 3 2 2 2 2
CD23721.3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 2
CD23721.4 2 - - 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CD23721.5 2 2 - 3 3 - 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 -
Average 2 2.5 2 1.8 2 - 1 2 3 2 2 2.25 2 2.4 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

158
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
CD23731 FILM MAKING and RADI PODCASTING PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:

 To understand the fundamentals of visual storytelling, including scriptwriting and storyboarding.

 To learn the technical aspects of camera operations, lighting, and shot composition.
 To learn technical aspects of audio recording, mixing, and editing.
 To design and produce a variety of radio content such as interviews, advertisements, and podcasts.
 To create complete radio programs incorporating jingles, sound effects, and music.

UNIT-I Introduction to Media Production 6

Radio as a means of Mass Communication - Brief history of Radio from early years to the present stage - Print vs
Electronic Media - Studio set-ups and productions - Field reporting
UNIT-II Radio Broadcasting Technologies 6
Public vs Private broadcasting systems in India - Radio Broadcasting Systems--MW, SW, FM - Internet Radio, Space
Radio, Community Radio
UNIT-III A Guide to Radio Scriptwriting and Management 6
Scriptwriting for different formats of Radio - Elements of Radio scripts - Listing, scheduling and traffic management -
Importance of Audience Surveys
UNIT-IV Functions of Radio in Public and Private Broadcasting Systems 6
Functions of Radio in the context of Public and Private Broadcasting systems - Types and formats of Radio
programmes - News, Music, Interviews, Talks, Dramas – Discussions.
UNIT-V Art and Craft of Radio News Reporting 6
Art and Craft of Radio News Reporting - Locating radio news stories - Structure a radio news report - Tools and
techniques of radio news reporting - Radio news interviews and vox pops
Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments
1 Create a short video focusing on different shot types (close-up, medium, wide), camera angles, and movement
techniques (panning, tilting, tracking).
2 Set up different lighting setups (3-point lighting, high key, low key) and capture a scene to understand their
impact on mood and aesthetics.
3 Record audio separately from video and then synchronize it in post-production, focusing on lip-sync and ambient
sound.
4 Shoot footage with a green screen, remove the background in post-production, and place the subject into a virtual
environment.
5 Write a short script and direct a scene with actors, focusing on dialogue delivery, blocking, and character
motivation.
6 Design and mix sound effects, music, and dialogue for a short film clip.
Mini project: Produce a short documentary (5-7 minutes) on a subject of choice, utilizing interviews, voice-over
narration, and B-roll footage and create a 2–3-minute stop-motion animation using physical objects or clay
figures.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

159
 Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
 Students understand the conceptual process of Radio Production.
 Students evaluate the complexities of Radio Production as a means of mass communication.
 Students create the Radio scripts and other practical implications of the radio production.
 Students evaluate the complexities of the Radio Broadcasting in detail.
 Students create Radio News Report and also the Radio feature reporting.

Text Book(s):
1 John J. Lee, “The Roadmap for the Balanced Film Producer”, Routledge, edition:1st, 2024.

2 Steven D. Katz, “Film Directing Shot by Shot: Visualizing from Concept to Screen”, Routledge, edition: 1st,
2024.

3 David F. O’Connell, “Radio Production”, Oxford University, Edition:2nd,2022.

4 Andrew Thom’s, “The Radio Producer's Handbook”, Sage Publications, dition:1st, 2023.

Reference Book(s):
1 John O. M. McCarthy, “The Encyclopaedia of Film Making Techniques", Focal Press, 1 Edition, 2020.
st

2 https://www.amazon.com/Filmmakers-Handbook-Comprehensive-Digital-ebook/dp/B00E19FWG0

3 https://www.amazon.com/Film-Directing-Shot-Techniques-Aesthetics/dp/0941188268

4 https://www.amazon.com/Directing-Techniques-Aesthetics-Michael-Rabiger/dp/1285428982

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CD23731.1 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
CD23731.2 2 3 2 1 1 - - - 3 2 3 2 2 2 2
CD23731.3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 2
CD23731.4 2 - - 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CD23731.5 2 2 - 3 3 - 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 -
Average 2 2.5 2 1.8 2 - 1 2 3 2 2 2.2 5 2 2.4 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

160
 Subject Code Subject Name (Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23A34 User Interface Design PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT

Objectives:
● Analyze application structures to organize content clearly.
● Construct Navigation that enables users to easily accomplish tasks.
● Design page layouts that support findability of hierarchical content and task completion.
● Determine how to display data to meet user needs.
● Construct effective forms with focused input controls.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
An overview of the user interface. Human factors in interface design: memory, chunking, recognition vs. recall. User
interface design principles: user familiarity, consistency, minimal surprise, recoverability, user guidance, user
diversity. Characteristics of Graphical User Interface: command line, menu selection, form fill-in, direct
manipulation, anthropomorphic. Models of user interface - Generation of user interfaces-Graphical User Interface
(GUI), Web User Interface (WUI), Voice User Interfaces (VUI), Tangible User Interfaces (TUI), Ubiquitous User
Interfaces (UUI. Next generation of user interfaces.
UNIT II INTERFACE DESIGN METHODS 6
Interface Design Methods: Characteristics of a GUI. Information presentation. Interaction styles. Direct
manipulation. Direct Manipulation advantages. Indirect manipulation. Command interfaces. Problems with command
interfaces. Command languages. Natural language interfaces. User interface design process. Lifecycle models. A
simple interaction design model. Traditional ‘waterfall’ life cycle. A life cycle for RAD (Rapid Applications
Development). The Star lifecycle model. Usability engineering lifecycle model: features. Menu systems. Problems
with menu systems. Multiple user interfaces. Help and message system. Guidelines for error messages. Task analysis
and modeling. Content analysis. Work environment analysis.
UNIT-III IMPLEMENTATION OF GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACES 6
Correctly designed software- Software layers. Widgets, buttons, callbacks. Working principles of widgets. Project
plan. UI design. Low-level prototypes. Evaluation: user-centered. Users’ steps.Evolving user understanding. Result.
Colors. Layout.
UNIT IV DIALOG AND STORYBOARDS 6
Alignment on grids. I/O. Dialogs. Dialogs and storyboards. Input prototyping and design. Checks for inputs. Output.
Data visualization. Examples. Challenges of visualization. Error messages.
UNIT-V TESTING AND USABILITY ASSESSMENT 6
Testing and Usability Assessment: User interface evaluation. Guiding principles for evaluation. Simple evaluation
techniques. Process of evaluation. Approaches to evaluation. User observation. Preparing for user observation.
Advantages of observation. Disadvantages of observation. Observation research tips. Importance of usability.
Usability testing. Usability testing methods. Qualitative vs. Quantitative observation. Usability attributes. Testing.
Formal vs. informal testing. Testing basics process
Total Contact Hours : 30

Experiment Title Tools

No:
Design a UI where users recall visual elements (e.g., icons or text
Pencil Project, Figma.
1 chunks). Evaluate the effect of chunking on user memory.
Develop and compare CLI, GUI, and Voice User Interfaces (VUI) Python (Tkinter for GUI, Speech
2. for the same task and assess user satisfaction. Recognition for VUI), Terminal
Create a prototype with familiar and unfamiliar navigation
Proto.io, Wireflow
3. elements. Evaluate ease of use with different user groups.
Design two interfaces: one with direct manipulation (drag-and- JavaScript (with libraries like
4 drop) and another with indirect commands. Compare usability. D3.js), HTML/CSS.)
Conduct task analysis for an app (e.g., online shopping) and Lucid chart (free tier), Dia (open
5. document user flows. Create corresponding wireframes. source).
Simulate the lifecycle stages for UI design using the RAD model
Axure RP, OpenProj.
6. and develop a small interactive interface.
Implement a form-based GUI using widgets (e.g., radio buttons,
PyQt, Tkinter.
7. text inputs). Add event handling for user interactions.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

161
 Experiment with different layouts and color schemes for an app. Figma (free version), GIMP
8. Collect user feedback on aesthetics and usability. (open source for graphics).
Develop low-fidelity paper prototypes for a banking app and
Pencil Project, Inkscape.
9. convert them into digital wireframes.
Create storyboards to represent the user flow for a mobile app
Balsamiq, OpenBoard
10. (e.g., food delivery app).
Design input forms that validate data (e.g., email, phone number) HTML/CSS, JavaScript (with
11. and display error messages. Validator.js).
Create a data visualization (e.g., pie charts, bar graphs) for an
Java Script
12. inventory management system.
Conduct a heuristic evaluation of a simple website based on Jakob UsabilityHub, Google Sheets for
13. Nielsen’s usability principles. evaluation recording.
Perform usability testing on a small application, observing user OBS Studio for recording, Excel
14. interactions and documenting issues for data analysis.
Execute both formal (structured) and informal (ad hoc) testing on a
Selenium, Jupyter Notebook
15. web application. Compare results.

Suggested Activities:
● Assignment problems, Quiz.
● Class presentation/Discussion

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

● Understand the importance of user interface and benefits of good design.
● Understand the user interface design process and business function
● Understand the types of system menus and navigation schemes.
● Understand the characteristics of windows and device-based controls.
● Understand the screen-based controls and kinds of tests.
Textbooks:
1. Wilbert O. Galitz The Essential Guide to User Interface Design: An Introduction to GUI Design Principles
and Techniques, 3rd Edition
2. Ben Shneiderman, Catherine Plaisant, Maxine Cohen, Steven Jacobs, "Designing the User Interface:
Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction" Pearson, 5th Edition, 2015

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. SendPoints, GUI: Graphical User Interface Design, 2015
2. Jeff Johnson, Designing with the Mind in Mind: Simple Guide to Understanding User Interface Design
Guidelines, Morgan Kaufmann

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23A34.1 2 3 - - 2 2 3 - - 3 - - - 3 -
CS23A34.2 3 3 3 3 2 - 3 2 3 3 2 3 - 3 3
CS23A34.3 2 3 3 2 3 1 2 3 3 3 - 3 2 3 3
CS23A34.4 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CS23A34.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Average 2.4 3 3 2.75 2.6 2.25 2.8 2.75 3 3 2.67 3 2.67 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

162
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23B34 Immersive Experience in AR/VR PE 1 0 4 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT

OBJECTIVES:
 To learn basics of AR/VR
 To create 3D Modeling
 To create AR Application
 To create VR Application
 To develop a Real-Time Project in AR/VR

UNIT-I Technology Foundations, AR Development 3

Definition and key concepts of Augmented Reality (AR) and Virtual Reality (VR), Historical context and evolution,
Current trends and applications. Hardware components (sensors, displays, etc.), Software components (SDKs,
engines), Platforms (ARKit, AR Core, Oculus, Etc.), Understanding 3D space and spatial computing, Choosing
Development tools (Unity, Blender), Introduction to AR Development Frameworks, Hands-on experience with a
simple Project.

UNIT-II 3D Modelling 3

3D modelling basics, Textures, materials, lighting, Rigging, Animation.

UNIT-III AR Development and Integration 3

Vuforia Engine and its AR Functionalities, Marker-based vs Marker less Tracking, Common issues in AR
development, Image Detection Applications. Common issues in AR development, Common issues in AR
development, Common issues in AR development, Common issues in AR development.

UNIT-IV VR Development 3

Overview of VR development tools (Unity), Introduction to VR development frameworks, Hands-on experience with
a simple VR project, VR user interfaces (UI), Implementing Basic VR Integration, User experience considerations in
VR, Advanced VR Interactions, Implementing in VR, VR Optimization technique. Motion sickness Mitigation,
Performance Optimization in VR

UNIT-V Project Development in AR/VR 3

Design Principles for immersive experiences, User testing in AR/VR, Iterative design process. Emerging trends in
AR/VR. Project Development with AR/VR. Real Time Use Cases in AR/VR

Contact Hours : 15

List of Experiments
1. Marker-Based AR Experiments
Objective: Develop and test AR applications using fiducial markers.
Activities:
 Identify markers using AR libraries (e.g., ARToolkit, Vuforia).
 Experiment with marker designs and recognition under varying conditions (lighting, angle, distance).
 Overlay virtual 3D objects on detected markers.
 Measure marker tracking accuracy.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

163
 2. Markerless AR Experiments
Objective: Create AR experiences using environmental tracking instead of markers.
Activities:
 Implement SLAM (Simultaneous Localization and Mapping) for real-world recognition.
 Place virtual objects in real-world spaces using AR SDKs (e.g., ARCore, ARKit).
 Evaluate object stability and precision in different environments.

3. Object Recognition and AR Overlays

Objective: Use machine learning for real-time object recognition in AR.
Activities:
 Train a neural network to detect and recognize objects.
 Overlay AR content dynamically based on object recognition.
 Experiment with speed and accuracy across diverse datasets.

4. Gesture Recognition in AR
Objective: Integrate AR applications with hand gestures or body movements.
Activities:
 Use a depth-sensing camera (e.g., Leap Motion, Microsoft Kinect).
 Implement hand-tracking SDKs and algorithms to manipulate AR objects.
 Test usability and responsiveness.
5. AR Navigation and Wayfinding
Objective: Implement AR-based navigation systems.
Activities:
 Develop a path-guidance system overlaying routes on real-world environments.
 Experiment with indoor and outdoor environments using ARCore/ARKit or similar tools.
 Evaluate accuracy and user experience under different lighting and terrain conditions.
6. Motion Tracking and Locomotion Techniques
Objective: Test and compare different VR locomotion methods.
Activities:
 Implement teleportation, joystick-based movement, and natural walking.
 Measure user performance and susceptibility to motion sickness.
 Evaluate how each technique affects task efficiency and user comfort.
7.VR-Based Simulation Training
Objective: Develop and test training modules in a VR environment.
Activities:
 Simulate scenarios like flight training, surgery, or disaster response.
 Assess the effectiveness of VR training compared to traditional methods.
8. Interaction Methods in VR
Objective: Compare various interaction techniques for manipulating virtual objects.
Activities:
 Experiment with hand tracking, controllers, and gesture-based interactions.
 Measure task completion times, accuracy, and user preference.
9. Visual Perception and Depth Cues in VR
Objective: Explore how depth perception influences interaction and navigation.
Activities:
 Study the effects of stereoscopy, occlusion, shadows, and motion parallax on depth perception.
 Evaluate user performance in spatial tasks under varying visual conditions.
10. VR and Cognitive Load
Objective: Measure the impact of VR tasks on cognitive load and mental effort.
Activities:
 Use VR environments to test multitasking capabilities.
 Monitor physiological responses (e.g., EEG, heart rate) alongside subjective feedback.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

164
 Hardware Requirements:

1.Quest 3Development Tool Kit

2.System with GTX/RTX Graphic Card Required

Software Requirements:
1.Unity
2.Blender

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

 Understand the Foundational Concepts of AR and VR
 Designing 3D Model
 Familiarize in AR Application development
 Familiarize in VR Application Development
 Experiencing Real Time Projects

Textbooks:
1. "Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality: Empowering Human, Place and Business" by M. Claudia tom Dieck and
Patrick M. T. Griffin
2. "Programming 3D Applications with HTML5 and WebGL: 3D Animation and Visualization for Web" by Tony
Parisi
3. "Understanding Virtual Reality: Interface, Application, and Design" by William R. Sherman and Alan B. Craig.

Reference Books(s):
"Augmented Reality: Principles and Practice" by Dieter Schmalstieg and Tobias Hollerer
1
"Unity Virtual Reality Projects" by Jonathan Linowes
2

CO-PO-PSO Mapping Matrices:

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CO1 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 3 1 3 - 2 -
CO2 - 3 - 2 - - - - - 2 1 1 2 - -
CO3 - - - 1 - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO4 - 1 - 1 - - - - - 3 - 2 3 - 1
CO5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 - -
AVERAGE 1.0 1.7 1.0 1.3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.8 1.0 1.8 2.0 2.0 1.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

165
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23A32 Robotic Process Automation PE 1 0 4 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
● Prepare to become Junior RPA Developers.
● Learn the basic concepts of Robotic Process Automation.
● Develop familiarity and deep understanding of UiPath tools.
● Develop the ability to design and create robots for business processes independently.
● Develop skills required to pass UiPath Automation Developer Associate v1.0.

List of Experiments
1. Downloading and Installing UiPath Academic Alliance and connect to Orchestrator.
2. Installing UiPath Extension in Browsers.
3. Installing Activity Packages in UiPath Studio - Manage Packages feature to find, install, update and remove
packages.
4. Experiments based on variables and arguments.
5. Algorithmic Approach: Selection control structures.
6. Algorithmic Approach: Iteration control structures.
7. Debugging - Debug modes, debug actions and the debug ribbon option to debug a file or the entire
Project and simple and conditional breakpoints and simple and conditional trace points.
8. Exception Handling - Try Catch, Throw, Rethrow and Retry Scope.
9. Logging - Apply logging best practices during development.
10. UI Automation – Modern Recorder, Modern UI Automation Input Activities and Input Methods, Modern UI
Automation Output Activities and Output Methods, UI Synchronization with activities available in the Modern
Design Experience, static and dynamic Descriptors.
11. Excel Automation.
12. Email Automation.
13. PDF Automation.
14. Working with Files and Folders.
15. Data Manipulation.
16. Version Control Integration.
17. Libraries and Templates.
18. Workflow Analyzer
19. Orchestrator: Invoice Processing – Dispatcher.
20. Orchestrator: Invoice Processing – Performer.
Contact Hours : 75

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:

● Start working as Junior RPA Developers.
● Understand the fundamental principles of robotic process automation.
● Become familiar with and gain a thorough knowledge of UiPath's software tools.
● Design and build automation robots for business tasks on their own.
● Successfully pass the UiPath Automation Developer Associate v1.0 certification exam.

Text Books:
1. UiPath Associate Certification Guide: The go-to guide to acing your Associate certification exam with the help of
mock tests and quizzes, Niyaz Ahmed, Lahiru Fernando, Rajaneesh Balakrishnan, Packt Publishing Limited, 2022.
2. Learning Robotic Process Automation: Create Software Robots and Automate Business Processes with the Leading
RPA Tool – UiPath, Alok Mani Tripathi, Packt Publishing Limited, 2018.

Reference Books:
1. Robotic Process Automation Projects: Build real-world RPA solutions using UiPath and Automation Anywhere,
Nandan Mullakara, Arun Kumar Asokan, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2020.
2. The Robotic Process Automation Handbook: A Guide to Implementing RPA Systems, Tom Taulli, Apress, 2020.
3. Democratizing Artificial Intelligence with UiPath: Expand automation in your organization to achieve operational
efficiency and high performance, Fanny IP, Jeremiah Crowley, Packt Publishing Limited, 2022.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

166
4. UiPath Administration and Support Guide: Learn industry-standard practices for UiPath program support and
administration activities, Arun Kumar Asokan, Packt Publishing, 2022.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23A32.1 3 2 2 1 3 - - - 1 3 3 2 2 2 1
CS23A32.2 1 1 2 3 3 - - - 1 2 3 1 3 2 1
CS23A32.3 2 3 2 3 3 - - - 2 3 1 1 3 3 3
CS23A32.4 1 2 1 2 2 - - - 1 2 1 3 3 3 2
CS23A32.5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 1 1 1 3 2 1
Average 2 2.2 2 2.4 2.8 - - - 1.6 2.2 1.8 1.6 2.8 2.4 1.6

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

167
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23A33 Cyber Security and Forensics PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
● To learn about Cyber Crime and Cyber Laws
● To understand Cyber-attacks and tools to mitigate it.
● To learn about Computer Forensics and understanding computer Investigation
● To become familiar with evidence collection and forensics tools
● To learn to analyze and validate forensic data

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Cyber Security- History of Internet - Impact of Internet - Reason for Cyber Crime - Need for Cyber Security - History
of Cyber Crime–Cybercriminals – Classification of Cybercrimes– A Global Perspective on Cyber Crimes – Cyber
Laws-The Indian IT Act
UNIT II ATTACKS AND COUNTERMEASURES 6
Malicious Attack Threats and Vulnerabilities: Scope of Cyber-Attacks – Security Breach – Types of Malicious
Attacks – Malicious Software – Common Attack Vectors – Social engineering Attack – Wireless Network Attack –
Web Application Attack – Attack Tools – Countermeasures
UNIT-III INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER FORENSICS 6
Introduction to Traditional Computer Crime and its problems – Introduction to Identity Theft & Identity Fraud –
Types of CF techniques - Incident and incident response methodology - Forensic duplication and investigation –
Preparation for IR: Creating response tool kit and IR team – Forensics Technology and Systems - Understanding
Computer Investigation – Data Acquisition.
UNIT IV EVIDENCE COLLECTION AND FORENSICS TOOLS 6
Processing Crime and Incident Scenes – Working with Windows and DOS Systems –Current Computer
Forensics Tools- Software/ Hardware Tools

UNIT-V ANALYSIS AND VALIDATION 6

Validating Forensics Data – Data Hiding Techniques – Performing Remote Acquisition – Network Forensics –
Email Investigations – Cell Phone and Mobile Devices Forensics
Total Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Linux auditing using Lynis and increase the hardening index using security tools
2 Hardening Linux OS using various configuration to reduce the attack surface
3 Analyze Web Application Security using N-Stalker tool
4 Perform open-source intelligence gathering using Netcraft, Whois Lookups, DNS
Reconnaissance, Harvester and Maltego
5 Live Data Acquisition of a folder and take its image using FTKImager
6 Recover deleted file using FTKImager
7 Analyze RAM dump using Volatility tool
8 Collect Email Evidence in Victim PC and Extract Browser Artifacts (ChromeHistory view for Google
Chrome)
9 Perform Live Forensics Case Investigation using Autopsy
10 Study Email Tracking and Email Tracing and write a report on them.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

168
 Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to
● Explain the basics of Cybercrime and Cyber Laws
● Identify various types of cyber-attacks and take appropriate countermeasures
● Apply computer forensics investigation and to do data acquisition
● Apply various forensics tools for evidence collection
● Analyze and Validate the evidence collected

Suggested Activities:
● Assignment problems, Quiz.
● Class presentation/Discussion

Textbooks:
1. Anand Shinde, “Introduction to Cyber Security Guide to the World of Cyber Security”,
Notion Press, 2021
2. Bill Nelson, Amelia Phillips, Frank Enfinger, Christopher Steuart, “Computer
Forensics and Investigations”, Cengage Learning, India Edition, 2016.

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. MarjieT.Britz, “Computer Forensics and Cyber Crime”: An Introduction”, 3rd Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2013.
2. Dejey, S. Murugan - Cyber Forensics, Oxford University Press, India, 2018
3. CEH official Certfied Ethical Hacking Review Guide, Wiley India Edition, 2015.
4. John R.Vacca, “Computer Forensics”, Cengage Learning, 2005
5. Xiaodong Lin, "Introductory Computer Forensics: A Hands-on Practical Approach", Springer, 2018

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23A33.1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - 2 2 2
CS23A33.2 1 3 1 3 2 1 - - - - - 2 2 1
CS23A33.3 2 1 1 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - 2 2 2
CS23A33.4 3 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - - 2 2 2
CS23A33.5 3 2 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 2
Average 2 2 1.2 1.6 1.6 1 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 1.8

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

169
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23A35 Web Application Security PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
● To understand the fundamentals of Web Application Security
● To know about web application authentication and authorization mechanism
● To identify common web application vulnerabilities
● To focus on wide aspects of secure development and deployment of web applications
● To get insight about mitigations and countermeasures against web application attacks

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6

History of Software Security – OWASP Top Ten List 2021 – Input Validation – Attack Surface Reduction –
Classifying and Prioritizing Threats

UNIT II WEB APPLICATION SECURITY PRINCIPLES 6

Authentication - Access Control Overview - Two Factor and Three Factor Authentication - Web Application
Authentication – Authorization - Session Management Fundamentals - Securing Web Application Session
Management
UNIT-III COMMON WEB APPLICATION VULNERABILITIES 6

Cross Site Scripting- Reflected XSS- Stored XSS- DOM based XSS- Mutation based XSS – Cross Site Request
Forgery - SQL Injection – Code Injection – Insecure Direct Object References (IDOR)

UNIT IV SECURE DEVELOPMENT AND DEPLOYMENT 6

Application Security- Training- Threat Modelling- Secure Coding Libraries- Code Review- Security Testing-
Security Incident Response Planning – Microsoft Security Development Lifecycle (SDL) – OWASP Comprehensive
Lightweight Application Security Process (CLASP) – Software Assurance Maturity Model (SAMM)

UNIT-V MITIGATIONS AND COUNTERMEASURES 6

Anti XSS Coding Best Practices- Sanitizing User Input – Anti CSRF Coding Best Practices – Mitigating Against
SQL Injection – Generic Injection Defenses – Defending Against IDOR – Architecture Level Mitigations
Total Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Identify security issues in web application – Walking An Application in TryHackMe Platform
2 Burp Suite Basics in TryHackMe Platform
3 OWASP ZAP to scan authenticated web application in TryHackMe Platform
4 SQL Injection Lab in TryHackMe Platform
5 Explore OWASP Top Ten -2021 Vulnerabilities in TryHackMe Platform
6 SQLmap to exploit web application in TryHackMe Platform
7 Exploit File Inclusion and Path Traversal Vulnerabilities in TryHackMe Platform
8 Server-Side Template Injection in TryHackMe Platform
9 DejaVu Code Injection Vulnerability in TryHackMe Platform
10 NoSQL Injection on MongoDB in TryHackMe Platform
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

170
 Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to
● Understand the fundamentals of web application security
● Apply security principles in developing a secure web application
● Identify common web vulnerabilities that are exploited by hackers
● Identify the secure model for web application development and deployment
● Apply best practices for mitigations of vulnerabilities

Suggested Activities:
● Assignment problems, Quiz.
● Class presentation/Discussion

Textbooks:
1 Andrew Hoffman, “Web Application Security: Exploitations and Countermeasures for Modern Web
Applications”, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly, 2024
2 Brian Sullivan and Vincent Liu, “Web Application Security: A Beginners Guide”, 1 st Edition, McGrawHill,
2012

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1 Ron Lepofsky, "The Manager's Guide to Web Application Security: A Concise Guide to the Weaker Side of
the Web", Apress, 2015
2 Dafydd Stuttard and Marcus Pinto, "The Web Application Hacker's Handbook: Finding and Exploiting
Security Flaws", 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2011
3 Joseph Marshall, "Hands-On Bug Hunting for Penetration Testers: A practical guide to help ethical hackers
discover web application security flaws", Packt, 2018
4 https://owasp.org/www-project-top-ten/
5 https://tryhackme.com/r/hacktivities/search
6 https://portswigger.net/web-security/learning-paths

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23A35.1 1 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CS23A35.2 2 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CS23A35.3 1 1 1 2 3 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CS23A35.4 1 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CS23A35.5 1 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 - - -
Average 1.2 1.6 1.6 1.4 2.6 - - - - - - 1 - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

171
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23A36 3D PRINTING AND DESIGN PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
● To discuss on basis of 3D Printing
● To explain the file format of 3D Printing techniques
● To explain the processes of 3D Printing
● To explain and demonstrate INKJET technology
● To explain and demonstrate laser technology

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO CAD 6

Coordinate systems: Geometric co-ordinate systems - Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical coordinate systems.
Display co-ordinate systems - Global, Local, View and Screen coordinate systems.
Curves: Definition - Parametric and non- parametric forms of analytical and synthetic curves. Analytical Curve
modeling - Line Segment, Circle, Ellipse. Synthetic Curve modeling - Hermite Cubic Spline, Bezier, B-spline.
Surfaces and types. Mathematical modeling of Solids: Properties of solid model, Solid modeling Techniques -
Boundary representation, Constructive Solid Geometry, Analytical Solid Modeling, Sweep representation schemes.
Solid Manipulation Techniques.
UNIT II STL FILE FORMAT AND MANIPULATION 6
Introduction, Preparation of CAD Models – The STL File Format, Binary/ASCII, Creating STL Files from a CAD
System, Calculation of Each Slice Profile, Technology Specific Elements, Problems with STL Files, STL File
Manipulation- Viewers, STL Manipulation on the AM Machine,Beyond the STL File- Direct Slicing of the CAD
Model, Color Models, Multiple Materials, Use of STL for Machining.
UNIT-III 3D PRINTING PROCESSES 6

Vat photo polymerization, Material jetting, Binder jetting, Powder bed fusion, Material extrusion, Directed energy
deposition, Sheet lamination, 3D printing Processes limitations and Industrial applications.

UNIT IV INKJET TECHNOLOGY 6

Printer- Working Principle, Positioning System, print head, print bed, Frames, Motion control; Print head
Considerations – Continuous Inkjet, Thermal Inkjet, Piezoelectric Drop-on-Demand; Material Formulation for jetting;
Liquid based fabrication – Continuous jet, Multijet; power-based fabrication- Colourjet.
UNIT-V LASER TECHNOLOGY 6
Light Sources – Types, Characteristics; Optics – Deflection, Modulation; Material feeding and flow- Liquid, powder;
Printing machines – Types, Working Principle, Build Platform, Print bed Movement, Support structures.
Total Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Analyze the CAD software's interface and fundamental tools
2 Study 3D printers including print head, build envelope, materials used and related support removal systems
3 Review the Commands for moving from 2D to 3D
4 Adept CAD commands for exploring 3D objects
Design every Day Object Using Thingiverse, Shapeways, and GitFab
▪ Mobile Stand
5
▪ Football
▪ Tooth Brush
6 Use the CAM Software to prepare files for 3D Printing
7 Manipulate machine movement and material layering
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

172
 Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to
● Outline and examine the basic concepts of 3D Printing technology suing CAD software
● Outline of File Format and manipulation
● Students can able to understand the basics concepts of printing processes
● Students can able to explain and categories the working principles of Inkjet technology
● Students can able to explain and categories the working principles of laser technology

Textbooks:
1 Christopher Barnatt, 3D Printing: The Next Industrial Revolution, CreateSpace Independent Publishing
platform,2013
2 Ibrahim Zeid, Mastering CAD CAM Tata Mc Graw- Hill Publishing Co.,2007

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. C. K. Chua, K. F. Leong, C. S. Lim: Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications, Second Edition, World
Scientific publishers ,2010
2. Ian M. Hutchings, Graham D. Martin, Inkjet Technology for Digital Fabrication, John Wiley & Sons,2013
3. Joan Horvath, Mastering 3D Printing, APress, 2014

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23A36.1 1 1 2 2 3 1 - - 2 - 2 2 3 2 1
CS23A36.2 3 2 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - 3 2 3 2 3
CS23A36.3 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 3 2 2
CS23A36.4 2 2 2 2 3 2 - - 2 - 2 2 3 3 2
CS23A36.5 1 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - 3 3 3 3 1
Average 1.8 2 2.4 2.4 2.8 2 - - 2.4 - 2.4 2.2 3 2.4 1.8

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3:Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

173
 Course Code Course Title (THEORY COURSE) Category L T P C
CB23G11 Quantum Computation and Quantum Information PE 3 0 0 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
 To learn about Quantum information.
 To gain knowledge about Quantum algorithms.
 To understand and learn about Quantum random number generators.
 To study the basis of post-Quantum cryptography.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM INFORMATION 9

States, Operators, Measurements, Quantum Entanglement: Quantum Teleportation, Super-dense coding, CHSH Game,
Quantum gates and circuits.
UNIT-II QUANTUM ALGORITHMS 9
Deutsch-Jozsa, Simon, Grover, Shor, Implication of Grover’s and Simon’s algorithms towards classical symmetric key
cryptosystems, Implication of Shor’s algorithm towards factorization and Discrete Logarithm based classical public key
cryptosystems.
UNIT-III QUANTUM TRUE RANDOM NUMBER GENERATORS 9
Detailed design and issues of quantum Ness, Commercial products and applications.
UNIT-IV QUANTUM KEY DISTRIBUTION 9
BB84, Ekert, Semi-Quantum QKD protocols and their variations, Issues of Device Independence, Commercial
products.
UNIT-V INTRODUCTORY TOPICS IN POST-QUANTUM CRYPTOGRAPHY 9
API-Public-key Signatures, Key Encapsulation Mechanism (KEM), Digital Signature standard, Pair-Wise Key
Establishment-Discrete Logarithm Cryptography, Integer Factorization Cryptography.
Total Contact Hours : 45

Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to
 Apply quantum gates and circuits using quantum information.
 Apply quantum algorithms in cryptosystems.
 Understand the importance of Quantum random number generator.
 Understand the importance of Quantum key distribution.
 Apply the concept of post-quantum cryptography.

Text Book (s):

1 M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, “Quantum Computation and Quantum Information”, Cambridge University
Press, 10th Edition, 2010.
2 Presskil Lecture notes: Available online: http://www.theory.caltech.edu/~preskill/ph229/

Reference Books(s) :
1 P. Kaye, R. Laflamme, and M. Mosca, “An Introduction to Quantum Computing”. Oxford University Press,
New York, 2006.
2 N. David Mermin, “Quantum Computer Science”, Cambridge University Press, 2007.
3 Quantum Cryptography. D. Unruh, Available online:
https://courses.cs.ut.ee/all/MTAT.07.024/2017_fall/uploads/
4 SAPV Tharrmashastha, D. Bera, A. Maitra and S. Maitra, “Quantum Algorithms for Cryptographically
Significant Boolean Functions - An IBMQ Experience”, Springer, 2020.
5 Quantum Algorithm Zoo. https://quantumalgorithmzoo.org/
6 A. J. Menezes, P. C. van Oorschot, and S. A. Vanstone, “Handbook of Applied Cryptography”, CRC Press,2018.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

174
 CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CB23G11.1 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 2 3 3 1
CB23G11.2 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - 2 2 3 3 1
CB23G11.3 3 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 1 3 3 1
CB23G11.4 3 3 2 3 2 1 - - - - 1 1 3 3 1
CB23G11.5 3 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 1 3 3 1
Average 3.0 3.0 2.4 2.6 2.2 1.2 - - - - 1.4 1.4 3.0 3.0 1.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

175
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Course) Category L T P C
CS23B32 Advanced Application Development with Oracle APEX PE 0 0 6 3
B.E Programme for CSE

Course Objectives:
 To provide students with an understanding of Oracle APEX as a platform for rapid application development using
Oracle Autonomous Database.
 To enable students to create, design, and manage database-driven applications with interactive features.
 To introduce advanced techniques for managing interactive reports, grids, and dynamic data visualization tools like
cards and smart filters.
 To teach students how to enhance applications using dynamic actions, computations, processes, validations, and
implement robust security features.
 To prepare students to handle application lifecycle tasks such as migrating development between environments and
managing application data effectively.
List of Experiments
1. Setting up the environment and getting started with Oracle APEX.
2. Exploring SQL Workshop, creating tables, and executing SQL queries.
3. Creating database application and deploying it on APEX.
4. Adding and customizing pages and regions in an application.
5. Creating and formatting reports to visualize data.
6. Modifying interactive reports to enhance user interaction.
7. Managing and personalizing interactive grids in an application.
8. Adding page controls like buttons, list items, and selectors.
9. Integrating computations, processes, and validations for application logic.
10. Implementing dynamic actions to enhance user interactivity.
11. Designing and implementing advanced search and filter options.
12. Creating interactive forms and connecting them with database tables.
13. Designing and implementing navigation menus and breadcrumbs.
14. Customizing application look and feel using themes and styles.
15. Adding plugins and JavaScript to extend functionality.
16. Importing, exporting, and managing data within an application.
17. Implementing security measures like authentication and authorization.
18. Integrating new pages into the existing application structure.
19. Deploying and migrating applications across different environments.
Contact Hours : 90

Course Outcomes:
Upon completing the course, students will be able to:
 Demonstrate the ability to use Oracle APEX to create and deploy scalable database applications.
 Develop and customize pages, regions, forms, and navigation components for a seamless user experience.
 Integrate interactive reports, grids, dynamic actions, and search functionalities to enhance application interactivity and
usability.
 Apply best practices for securing applications and managing data, including implementing authentication and
authorization techniques.
 Exhibit proficiency in migrating applications between environments and extending their capabilities using themes,
plugins, and advanced customization techniques.

Software Requirements:
1. Oracle APEX Installation Requirements
URL: https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/apex/24.1/htmig/apex-installation-requirements.html#GUID-
02BE4A34-B631-412C-8A82-EB92DABBACE0
2. Oracle Database Requirements
Oracle APEX release 24.1 requires an Oracle Database release 19c or later. APEX runs on all database editions,
including Enterprise Edition (EE), Standard Edition (SE), and Oracle Database Free. APEX can be installed in single-
instance database and in Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC) database.
3. Browser Requirements
Oracle APEX requires a JavaScript-enabled browser and supports the current and prior major release of Google
Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Apple Safari, and Microsoft Edge.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

176
 4. Web Server Requirements
Oracle APEX requires Oracle REST Data Services (ORDS) 20.x or later. The use of Quick SQL requires Oracle
REST Data Services (ORDS) 23.3 or later.
5. Disk Space Requirement
 Free space for APEX software files on the file system: 599 MB if using English only download
(apex_24.1_en.zip) and 983 MB if using full download (apex_24.1.zip).
 Free space in APEX tablespace: 190 MB
 Free space in SYSTEM tablespace: 125 MB
 Free space in APEX tablespace for each additional language (other than English) installed: 60 MB
6. Oracle XML DB Requirement
Oracle XML DB must be installed in the Oracle database that you want to use if you are installing a full development
environment. If you are using a preconfigured database created either during an installation or by Database
Configuration Assistant (DBCA), Oracle XML DB is already installed and configured.
7. Free APEX Workspace
URL: https://apex.oracle.com/pls/apex/r/apex/quick-sign-up/request-workspace
8. Run APEX in a Virtual Machine
URL: https://www.oracle.com/database/technologies/databaseappdev-vm.html

Text Books:
1. Oracle APEX: The Essentials, Patrick Cimolini, Packt Publishing, 1st Edition, 2020.
2. Pro Oracle Application Express, John Scott and Scott Spendolini, Apress, 2nd Edition, 2021
3. Oracle APEX Cookbook, Marcel van der Plas, Packt Publishing, 3rd Edition, 2019.

Reference Books:
1. Beginning Oracle Application Express, Rick Greenwald, Apress, 1st Edition, 2022.
2. Oracle APEX Best Practices, Alex Nuijten, Iloon Ellen-Wolff, Learco Brizzi, Packt Publishing, 1st Edition, 2016.
3. Oracle Database 19c and 21c New Features, Bert Scalzo, Mukesh Sharma, Oracle Press (McGraw Hill), 1st Edition,
2021.
4. Oracle Application Express for Beginners: A Hands-on Approach, Riaz Ahmed, Independently Published, 1st
Edition, 2020.
5. Advanced Oracle PL/SQL Developer's Guide, Saurabh K. Gupta, Packt Publishing, 3rd Edition, 2019.

Websites:
1. Oracle APEX Official Documentation
URL: https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/application-express/index.html
2. Oracle APEX Community
URL: https://apex.oracle.com/community/
3. Oracle APEX Tutorials on Oracle Learning Library
URL: https://apex.oracle.com/en/learn/

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO

CS23B32.1 3 2 2 1 3 - 2 - 1 2 1 3 3 2 2
CS23B32.2 3 3 3 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
CS23B32.3 2 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 2
CS23B32.4 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3
CS23B32.5 3 2 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
Average 2.8 2.4 2.6 2.2 2.8 1.5 2 1.8 1.8 2.6 2.2 3 2.8 2.6 2.6

Note: Enter correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

177
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Course) Category L T P C
CS23B33 Introduction to Modern Databases with MongoDB PE 0 0 6 3
B.E Programme for CSE

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the fundamental concepts of modern general-purpose databases and distinguish between relational and
non-relational database systems.
 To provide practical exposure to MongoDB's features, architecture, and developer ecosystem, including MongoDB
Atlas.
 To enable students to design, query, and manipulate complex data using MongoDB Query Language (MQL) and
aggregation frameworks.
 To develop skills in data modeling, indexing, sharding, and implementing transactions in MongoDB for scalable and
efficient database applications.
 To explore the integration of MongoDB with modern application development through drivers, connectors, and real-
time capabilities like change streams.
List of Experiments
1. Exploring the Features of a Modern General-Purpose Database.
2. Comparing Relational and Non-Relational Databases through Practical Examples.
3. Demonstrating Different Types of Non-Relational Databases.
4. Identifying Scenarios for Using Non-Relational Databases.
5. Understanding the Document Model and Getting Started with MongoDB.
6. Building Applications Using MongoDB as a Developer Data Platform.
7. Investigating MongoDB’s Architecture with Hands-On Exploration.
8. Managing Databases in the Cloud Using MongoDB Atlas.
9. Writing Queries in Relational and Non-Relational Databases.
10. Crafting Queries Using MongoDB Query Language (MQL)
11. Querying Complex Data Structures in MongoDB Using MQL.
12. Applying Operators and Compound Conditions in MongoDB Queries.
13. Inserting and Updating Documents in MongoDB Collections.
14. Deleting Data Efficiently in MongoDB Collections.
15. Exploring the MongoDB Aggregation Framework.
16. Using the Aggregation Framework to Query Data in MongoDB.
17. Designing Data Models and Schema Patterns in MongoDB.
18. Implementing Sharding to Distribute Data Across Multiple Nodes in MongoDB.
19. Optimizing Query Performance with Indexing in MongoDB.
20. Implementing Transactions in MongoDB for Multi-Document Operations.
21. Real-Time Data Streams with Change Streams in MongoDB.
22. Integrating MongoDB with Applications Using Drivers, Connectors, and Exploring the Ecosystem.
Contact Hours : 90

Course Outcomes:
Upon completing the course, students will be able to:
 Differentiate between relational and non-relational databases and identify scenarios for the use of modern database
systems.
 Utilize MongoDB to build, query, and manage databases effectively using MQL and aggregation techniques.
 Design and implement optimized schemas and data models, leveraging indexing and sharding for performance and
scalability.
 Demonstrate the ability to handle transactions, manage data integrity, and perform real-time data streaming using
MongoDB's advanced features.
 Integrate MongoDB with various application platforms using drivers and connectors to build robust, data-driven
solutions.

Text Books:
1. MongoDB: The Definitive Guide, Shannon Bradshaw, Eoin Brazil, Kristina Chodorow, O'Reilly Media, 3rd Edition,
2019.
2. Modern Database Management, Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Ramesh Venkataraman, Heikki Topi, Pearson, 13th Edition, 2020.
3. Mastering MongoDB 6.x: Expert techniques to build scalable and high-performance databases, Alex Giamas, David
S. Guttman, Packt Publishing, 2nd Edition, 2022.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

178
 Reference Books:
1. Data Modeling for MongoDB: Building Well-Designed and Supportable MongoDB Databases, Steve Hoberman,
Technics Publications, 1st Edition, 2014.
2. Database Design for Mere Mortals: A Hands-On Guide to Relational Database Design, Michael J. Hernandez,
Addison-Wesley Professional, 4th Edition, 2023.
3. MongoDB Applied Design Patterns, Rick Copeland, O'Reilly Media, 1st Edition, 2013.
4. The MongoDB Workshop: Learn how to develop and deploy real-time database-driven applications, Matt Zand, Joel
Sammut, Tanay Pant, Packt Publishing, 1st Edition, 2020.
5. NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence, Pramod J. Sadalage, Martin Fowler,
Addison-Wesley, 1st Edition, 2012.

Websites:
1. MongoDB Official Documentation
URL: https://www.mongodb.com/docs/
2. MongoDB University
URL: https://university.mongodb.com/
3. MongoDB Blog
URL: https://www.mongodb.com/blog/

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO

CS23B33.1 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 2 1

CS23B33.2 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - 1 - 2 3 2 2

CS23B33.3 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - 2 3 3 3

CS23B33.4 2 3 3 3 3 - 2 1 - 1 1 2 3 3 3

CS23B33.5 3 2 3 3 3 - 1 - 2 3 2 3 3 2 3

Average 2.6 2.8 2.6 2.8 3 - 1.7 1 2 1.7 1.5 2.2 3 2.4 2.4

Note: Enter correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

179
Course Code Subject Name (Theory course) Category L T P C
BA23512 Fundamentals of Accounting PC 3 0 0 3
B.E. Programme for CSE and B.Tech. Programme for AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
● To create an awareness about the importance and usefulness of the accounting concepts and their managerial
implications.
● To develop an understanding of the financial statements and the underlying principles and learn to interpret
financial statements.
● To develop an understanding of project costing. Understand the different terms like cost, budget, estimate,
margins. Recognize the different components that contribute to project costs, including direct costs, indirect
costs, and overhead.
● Understand the concept of cost-benefit analysis: Learn how to evaluate the financial viability of a project by
comparing its costs to its benefits.

UNIT I ACCOUNTING CONCEPT & PROCESS 9

Introduction, Techniques and Conventions, Financial Statements- Understanding & Interpreting Financial
Statements. Book Keeping and Record Maintenance, Fundamental Principles and Double Entry, Journal format -
Ledger format- Trial Balance format - balance sheets.
UNIT II PROJECT COSTING & TECHNIQUES 9
Introduction to project costing and its importance in project management. Explore the different types of
costs involved in projects. Project Costing Techniques – Top Down, Bottom Up, Analogous, Parametric.
UNIT-III COST ELEMENTS AND ANALYSIS. COST CONTROL AND MON ITORING 9
Direct Costs (Labor, Material, Equipment), Indirect Costs (Overhead, General/Administrative), Risk/Contingency,
Cost Benefit Analysis. Evaluating project profitability: EVM, NPV, IRR, payback period.
UNIT IV ADVANCED COST MANAGEMENT ITEMS 9
Risk Management - Identifying cost risks: Common sources and potential impacts. Risk mitigation strategies:
Contingency planning, risk transfer. Cost control measures: Change management, performance monitoring.
UNIT-V BUDGETING AND FINANCIAL PLANNING 9
Creating a project budget, Budgeting techniques and tools, Financial Planning and forecasting.
Total Contact Hours : 45

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

● Understand the theories, concept, and different element of Cost management.
● Develop estimating skills, create accurate project budgets, Monitor and control project costs.
● Utilize cost management tools and software, Communicate cost information effectively.
● Understand the qualities of a leader in the managerial aspect in future terms.
● Understand the theories, concept, and different element of Cost management.

Text Book (s):

1 Robert N Anthony, David Hawkins, Kenneth Marchant, “Accounting: Texts and Cases”, Thirteenth Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 2017.
2 Project Estimating and Cost Management (Project Management Essential Library)
by Parivs F. Rad (Author)
3 R.Narayanaswamy, Financial Accounting – A managerial perspective, Fifth Edition, PHI Learning, New Delhi,
2011.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

180
 Reference Books(s) :
1 Jan Williams, “Financial and Managerial Accounting – The basis for business Decisions”, Fifteenth Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 2010.
2 Horngren, Surdem, Stratton, Burgstahler, Schatzberg, “Introduction to Management Accounting”, Sixteenth
Edition, PHI Learning, 2014.
3 Stice&Stice,” Financial Accounting Reporting and Analysis”,Eight Edition, Cengage Learning, 2010.

4 SinghviBodhanwala, “Management Accounting -Text and cases”, Third Edition, PHI Learning, 2018.

5 Ashish K. Battacharya, Introduction to Financial Statement Analysis, Elsevier, 2009.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO

BA23512.1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2

BA23512.2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 2 3 3 2

BA23512.3 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - 3 3 2 3 3 2

BA23512.4 2 2 3 2 2 - - 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

BA23512.5 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2

Average 2.6 2.2 2.4 2.2 2.4 - - 2 3 3 2.6 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.2

Note: Enter correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

181
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
IT23C31 Software Testing PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
 To learn the criteria for test cases
 To learn the design of test cases.
 To understand test management and test automation techniques
 To understand test management and test structure group
 To apply test metrics and measurements

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION 6
Testing as an Engineering Activity – Testing as a Process – Testing Maturity Model- Testing axioms – Basic
definitions – Software Testing Principles – The Tester‘s Role in a Software Development Organization – Origins of
Defects – Cost of defects – Defect Classes – The Defect Repository and Test Design
UNIT-II TEST CASE DESIGN STRATEGIES 6
Test case Design Strategies – Using Black Box Approach to Test Case Design – Using White Box Approach to Test
design – Test Adequacy Criteria – static testing vs. structural testing – code functional testing – Coverage and Control
Flow Graphs – Covering Code Logic – Paths – Secured Code Writing – code complexity testing
UNIT-III LEVELS OF TESTING 6
The need for Levels of Testing – Unit Test – Unit Test Planning – Designing the Unit Tests –Running the Unit tests
and Recording results – Integration tests – Designing Integration Tests – Integration Test Planning – Scenario testing –
Defect bash elimination System Testing – Acceptance testing – Performance testing – Regression Testing –
Internationalization testing – Ad-hoc testing – Alpha, Beta Tests – Testing OO systems – Usability and Accessibility
testing – Configuration testing –Compatibility testing .

UNIT-IV TEST MANAGEMENT 6

People and organizational issues in testing – Organization structures for testing teams – testing services – Test
Planning – Test Plan Components – Test Plan Attachments – Locating Test Items – test management – test process –
Reporting Test Results – Introducing the test specialist – Skills needed by a test specialist – Building a Testing Group-
The Structure of Testing Group.

UNIT-V TEST AUTOMATION 6

Software test automation – skills needed for automation – scope of automation – design and architecture for
automation – requirements for a test tool – challenges in automation – Test metrics and measurements – project,
progress and productivity metrics
Contact Hours: 30

List of the Experiments Total Contact Hours: 30

1. Demonstrate the working of the following a. constructs: i) do...while ii) while….do iii) if…else iv) switch v)
for
2. Take any system (e.g. ATM system) and study its system specifications and report the various bug
3. Write the test cases for any known application (e.g. Banking application)
4. Create a test plan document for any application (e.g. Library Management System)
5. Study of any testing tool (e.g. Win runner)
6. Study of any web testing tool (e.g. Selenium)
7. Study of any bug tracking tool (e.g. Bugzilla, bugbit)
8. Study of any test management tool (e.g. Test Director)
9. Study of any open source-testing tool (e.g. Test Link)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the students will be able to
 Design test cases suitable for a software development for different domains
 Identify suitable tests to be carried out
 Prepare test planning based on the document
 Document test plans and test cases designed
 Use Automatic Testing Tools and Develop and Validate a Test Plan

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

182
 SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES (if any)
● Survey on various Testing technologies
● Activity Based Learning

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS (if Any)

● Assignment problems
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation/Discussion

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1. Ilene Burnstein, “Practical Software Testing: A Process Oriented Approach “, Springer International Edition,
December 2010.
2. James Whittaker , Jason Arbon , Jeff Carollo , “How Google Tests Software“, 1st Edition, Addison Wesley, 2012
3. Rex Black Erik van Veenendaal, Dorothy Graham , “Foundations of Software Testing ISTQB Certification“ , 3rd
Edition, Cengage Publications, 2015

Text Book(s):
1. Andreas Spillner, Tilo Linz, “Software Testing Foundations“, 5th Edition, O’Reilly Publisher, 2021.
2. Arnon Axelrod, “Complete Guide to Test Automation: Techniques, Practices, and Patterns for Building and
Maintaining Effective Software Projects “, Apress Publisher, 1st Edition, September 2018

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
IT23C31.1 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 2 2 3 3 2 2 2

IT23C31.2 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 3 2 2

IT23C31.3 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 2 2 2 2

IT23C31.4 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 1 2

IT23C31. 5 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 1 2 1 2

Average 3 2 3 - 1.4 - - 1 1.3 2 2 1.8 2.4 1.7 2

Note: Enter correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

183
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
IT23B33 DevOps PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD, CSBS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
 Understand the principles and practices of DevOps.
 Gain proficiency in using DevOps tools like Git, Jenkins, Docker, Kubernetes, and Helm.
 Learn to implement CI/CD pipelines for automation and efficiency.
 Explore advanced topics like DevSecOps, security testing, and reducing deployment downtime.
 Apply DevOps concepts to real-world applications and projects.

Unit – I Introduction to DevOps 6

What is Devop- DevOps Roots and Origin- Why Is DevOps Required- The DevOps Lifecycle and Workflow- DevOps
Practices- DevOps Tools
UNIT-II DevOps CI/CD Pipeline 6
Managing Your Source Code with Git - Overviewing Git and its principal command lines- Understanding the Git
process and Gitflow pattern- Continuous Integration and Continuous Delivery- CI/CD principles- Creating a CD
pipeline – the release- Using GitLab CI- Using Jenkins for CI/CD implementation- Deploying Infrastructure as Code
with CI/CD Pipelines-
UNIT-III Microservices with Docker and Kubernetes 6
Containerizing Your Application with Docker- Installing Docker- An overview of Docker's elements- Building and
running a container on a local machine- Using Docker for running command-line tools- Docker Compose- Installing
Kubernetes- Installing the Kubernetes dashboard- Using Helm as a package manager- Creating a CI/CD pipeline for
Kubernetes with Azure Pipelines
UNIT-IV More on DevOps 6
Security in the DevOps Process with DevSecOps- Testing Azure infrastructure- Writing InSpec tests- Reducing
Deployment Downtime- Blue-green deployment concepts and patterns- DevOps for Open-Source Projects- pull
requests- Sharing binaries- GitHub Actions- Analyzing code with SonarCloud
UNIT-IV DevOps Best Practices 6
Choosing the right tool- Writing all your configuration in code- Designing the system architecture- Building a good
CI/CD pipeline- Shifting security left with DevSecOp- Applying web security and penetration testing with ZAP-
Running performance tests with Postman
Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments
1. Exploring Git Commands through Collaborative Coding.
2. Implement GitHub Operations
3. Exploring Git Commands through Collaborative Coding.
4. Implement GitHub Operations
5. Applying CI/CD Principles to Web Development Using Jenkins, Git, and Local HTTP Server
6. Exploring Containerization and Application Deployment with Docker
7. Applying CI/CD Principles to Web Development Using Jenkins, Git, using Docker Containers
8. Demonstrate Container Orchestration using Kubernets.
9. Create the GitHub Account to demonstrate CI/CD pipeline using Cloud Platform.
10. Reduce the Downtown using Blue-Green Deployment
11. Testing Project with ZAP and Postmen
Contact Hours : 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to

 Apply DevOps principles and lifecycle workflows to software development.
 Build and manage CI/CD pipelines for application development and deployment.
 Utilize tools like Docker and Kubernetes for containerization and orchestration.
 Implement DevSecOps practices for secure and reliable deployments.
 Demonstrate advanced DevOps practices such as blue-green deployment and testing.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

184
 SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS (if Any) (UNIT/ Module Wise) – could suggest topic
 Lab assessment:
 Quizzes and Assignments
 Group project

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
Case Study:
Evolution of DevOps in industry-leading companies. Group discussion on the DevOps lifecycle and
workflow.
 Code walkthrough:
Implementing a blue-green deployment strategy. Conducting security analysis using Sonar Cloud and GitHub
Actions and walkthrough the code to the group.

Text Book(s):
1. Mark Reed, " DevOps The ultimate beginners guide to learn DevOps step by-step", Amazon,2019.
2. Craig Berg, “DevOps For Beginners: A Complete Guide To DevOps Best Practices, Second edition, Amazon, 2020.
3. Mikael Krief, "Learning Devops" , Second Edition, Packt Publisher, 2022.

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1. DevOps Tutorial | Microsoft Azure
2. DevOps Fundamentals- Defining DevOps Principles - GitHub - GitHub Resources

CO-PO-PSO Mapping

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
IT23B33.1 3 2 2 – 3 – – 2 3 2 – – 2 2 –

IT23B33.2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

IT23B33.3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

IT23B33.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

IT23B33. 5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Average 3 2.8 2.8 3 3 2 3 2.8 3 2.8 2.75 2.8 2. 6 2.8 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

185
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
IT23B31 C# AND .NET PROGRAMMING PE 2 0 2 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS, CSD, CSBS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
 To learn basic programming in C# and the object-oriented programming concepts
 To study the advance programming concepts in C#
 To understand the working of base class libraries, their operations and manipulation of data using XML
 To update and enhance skills in writing Windows application, WPF, WCF and WWF with C# and .NET
 To implement mobile applications using .Net compact framework

Unit – I C# LANGUAGE BASICS 6

.Net Architecture – Core C#– Objects and Types- – Inheritance- Generics – Arrays and Tuples – Operators and Casts.
UNIT-II C# ADVANCED FEATURES 6
Delegates – Lambdas – Events– Strings and Regular Expressions – Collections –Asynchronous Programming-
Memory Management and Pointers – Errors and Exceptions – Reflection.
UNIT-III BASE CLASS LIBRARIES AND DATA MANIPULATION 6
Diagnostics -Tasks, Threads and Synchronization – Manipulating XML–ADO.NET- Peer-to-Peer Networking –
Core Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF).
UNIT-IV WINDOW BASED APPLICATIONS, WCF AND WWF 6
Core ASP.NET- ASP.NET Web forms -Windows Communication Foundation (WCF)– Introduction to Web
Services –.Net Remoting -Windows Service – Windows Workflow Foundation (WWF)
UNIT-IV .NET FRAMEWORK AND COMPACT FRAMEWORK 6
Assemblies – Custom Hosting with CLR Objects – Core XAML – .Net Compact Framework – Compact Edition
Data Stores – Errors, Testing and Debugging – Optimizing performance.
Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments
1. Write a console application that obtains four int values from the user and displays the product.
Hint: you may recall that the Convert.ToDouble() command was used to convert the input from the console
to a double; the equivalent command to convert from a string to an int is Convert.ToInt32().
2. Write an application that receives the following information from a set of students: Student Id:
Student Name:
Course Name:
Date of Birth:
The application should also display the information of all the students once the data is Entered. Implement
this using an Array of Structures
3. Write a program to declare a class “staff” having data members as name and post. Accept this data 5 for 5
staffs and display names of staff who are HOD.
4. Write a program to implement multilevel inheritance from following figure. Accept and display data for one
student.
5. Write a program to create a delegate called TrafficDel and a class called TrafficSignal with the following
delegate methods.
Public static void Yellow(){
Console.WriteLine(“Yellow Light Signal To Get Ready”);
}
Public static void Green(){
Console.WriteLine(“Green Light Signal To Go”);
}
Public static void Red(){
Console.WriteLine(“Red Light Signal To Stop”);
}
Also include a method IdentifySignal() to initialize an array of delegate with the above methods and a
method show() to invoke members of the above array.
6. Write a program to accept a number from the user and throw an exception if the number is not an even number.
7. Create an application that allows the user to enter a number in the textbox named “getnum”. Check whether the
number in the textbox “getnum” is palindrome or not. Print the message accordingly in the label control named
lbldisplay when the user clicks on the button “check”.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

186
 8. Create a project that calculates the total of fat, carbohydrate and protein. Allow the user to enter into text boxes.
The grams of fat, grams of carbohydrate and grams of protein. Each gram of fat is 9 calories and protein or
carbohydrate is 4 calories. Display the total calories of the current food item in a label. Use to other labels to
display and accumulated some of calories and the count of items entered. The form food has 3 text boxes for the
user to enter the grams for each category include label next to each text box indicating what the user is enter.
9. Database programs with ASP.NET and ADO.NET.
Create a Web App to display all the Empname and Deptid of the employee from the database using SQL source
control and bind it to GridView . Database fields are (DeptId, DeptName, EmpName, Salary).
10. Programs using ASP.NET Server controls.
Create the application that accepts name, password, age, email id, and user id. All the information entry is
compulsory. Password should be reconfirmed. Age should be within 21 to 30. Email id should be valid. User id
should have at least a capital letter and digit as well as length should be between 7 and 20 characters

Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

 Write various applications using C# Language.
 Write various applications using advanced C# concepts
 Create window services, libraries and manipulating data using XML.
 Develop distributed applications using .NET Framework.
 Create mobile applications using .NET compact Framework

Text Book(s):
1. Christian Nagel, Bill Evjen, Jay Glynn, Karli Watson, Morgan Skinner, “Professional C# 2012 and .NET 4”, Wiley,
2012.
2. Andy Wigley, Daniel Moth, Peter Foot, “Mobile Development Handbook”, Microsoft Press, 2007.

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1. Ian Gariffiths, Mathew Adams, Jesse Liberty, “Programming C# 4.0‖:,OReilly, Fourth Edition, 2010
2. D Andrew Troelsen, “Pro C# 5.0 and the .NET 4.5 Framework”, Apress publication, 2012.

CO-PO-PSO Mapping

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
IT23B31.1 2 2 1 1 1 - - - 1 - - 1 2 1 -

IT23B31.2 2 2 1 2 1 - - - 1 - 2 2 2 2 -

IT23B31.3 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 1 - - 1 2 1 -

IT23B31.4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 - 2 2 2 2 2

IT23B31.5 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 - 2 1 2 2 2

Average 2.2 2 1.6 1.6 1.6 - - - 1.6 - 2 1.6 2 1.6 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

187
Subject Code Subject Name (Theory Course) Category L T P C
IT23A11 Internet of Things PE 3 0 0 3
For B.E. Programme CSE, CSECS and B.Tech. Programme in IT, AIML, AIDS

Objectives:
● To understand the basics of Internet of Things and communication protocols.
● To understand the basic principles, architecture, and components, Methods of IoT systems.
● To explore the hardware aspects, including microcontrollers (e.g., Arduino, Raspberry Pi) and sensors
commonly used in IoT projects.
● To gain hands-on experience with popular IoT platforms, Physical servers and cloud.
● To learn how to process, analyze, and visualize data collected from IoT devices to derive actionable insights

Unit – I Introduction to Internet of Things 9

Introduction – Definition and characteristics of IoT – How IoT Works? – IoT Applications- Challenges of IoT –
Advantages and Disadvantages of IoT - IoT Protocols – Logical Design of IoT: IoT Functional blocks – IoT
Communication Models – IoT Communication APIs.
UNIT-II Internet of Things Architecture and Design Methodologies 9
IoT Architecture – IoT Reference Architecture – IOT Design Methodology: Domain Specification- Functional View,
Information View, Operation and deployment, Device and Component Integration, Application development and
deployment UNIT-III IOT ELEMENT
UNIT-III Internet of Things Hardware and Management 9
Building blocks of an IoT Device – Raspberry Pi, Arduino – Sensors, Communication Modules: Bluetooth, Zigbee,
RFID - Power Sources –Data Management, Business Processes in IoT
UNIT-IV IOT Platforms and Cloud Management 9
Physical servers and cloud - XaaS, M2M, WAMP- AutoBahn for IoT – Xively Cloud for IoT – Django – Designing a
RESTful Web API –Google cloud for IoT.
UNIT-IV Tools and Applications 9
Retail, Health care, Transportation, Agriculture and environmental, Smart city, Government and military, Smart home
Contact Hours: 45
Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
● Know about IoT and its functionalities.
● Interpret IoT Architecture.
● Implement the various IoT elements and design the system.
● Understand the IoT physical servers and cloud integration.
● Design and develop the various applications in IoT

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
Case Study Analysis: Analyze case studies that implement Internet of Things on the following Sectors- Retail,
Health care, Transportation, Agriculture and environmental, Smart city, Government and military, Smart homes.

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

 Mini Projects
 Assignment problems
 Quizzes

Text Book(s):
1.Honbo Zhou, “The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective“, CRC Press, First Edition, 2012
2.Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Michahelles, Florian, “Architecting the Internet of Things “, 2011 Edition.
Springer,April 2011.
3.Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi , “The Internet of Things – Key Applications and Protocols“,
Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2012.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

188
 Reference Books(s) / Web links:
1. Vijay Madisetti and ArshdeepBahga, ―Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach) ‖,1st Edition, Orient Blackswan
Private Limited, 2015
2. Amit Kumar Tyag, Internet of Things Theory and Practice: Build Smarter Projects to Explore the IoT Architecture
and Applications, BPB Publications, 2022

CO-PO-PSO Mapping

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
IT23A11.1 3 3 - 2 3 2 - - 2 - 1 2 3 2 3

IT23A11.2 3 3 - 2 3 2 - - 2 - 1 2 3 2 3

IT23A11.3 3 3 - 2 3 2 - - 2 - 1 2 3 2 3

IT23A11.4 3 3 - 2 3 2 - - 2 - 1 2 3 2 3

IT23A11. 5 3 3 - 2 3 2 - - 2 - 1 2 3 2 3

Average 3 3 - 2 3 2 - - 2 - 1 2 3 2 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

189
Subject Code Subject Name (Theory Course) Category L T P C
IT23C12 Software Project Management PE 3 0 0 3
(Common to IT, CSE, AIDS, CSD)

Objectives:
 This course describes the key aspects of a software project.
 It introduces the basic principles of Engineering Software Projects. Most, if not all, students’ complete
projects as part of assignments in various courses undertaken.
 The course provides an understanding of the purpose, methods and benefits of process management by
exposing the student to the concepts, practices, processes, tools and techniques used in process management
for software development.

UNIT-I SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT PROCESS 9

Defining of Software Development Process - Process - Tailoring the Process – Improving the process discipline -
Need for implementing discipline. Software Production Process - Identify the Software Model - Software Process
Models: Waterfall Model, Prototyping Model, RAD Model, Incremental Model, Spiral Model, Component Assembly
Model - Software Life Cycle.
UNIT-II SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT 9
Introduction to Software Project Management- Software Projects – ways of categorizing software projects – problems
with software projects – Project Life Cycle– Management -Setting objectives –Stakeholders – Project Team- Step-
wise: An overview of project planning -project Evaluation –Selection of Appropriate Project Objectives- Software
Effort Estimation Techniques, Function Point Analysis-Object Point-COCOMO.
UNIT-III SOFTWARE PLANNING 9
Activity planning– project schedules – sequencing and scheduling projects – Network planning model – AON and
AOA-identifying critical activities-Crashing and Fast Tracking-, Risk management—Categories, Risk planning,
Management and Control – Evaluating risks to the schedule. PERT- Resource Allocation, Monitoring and Tracking –
Monitoring and control – allocation – identifying resource requirements – scheduling resources – creating critical
paths – publishing schedule – cost schedules- sequence schedule.
UNIT-IV SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS 9
Product Specifications - Defining the Final Product - Data Flow Diagram, Data Dictionary, Structured English,
Decision Trees, Decision Tables - Feasibility Study. Software Testing: Test Plan - Development Testing: Verification
and Validation - General Testing Methods: White Box and Black Box Testing - Unit Testing – System Integration
Testing - Validation Testing - System testing.
UNIT-V SOFTWARE QUALITY 9
Software Quality - Quality Measures - FURPS - Software Quality Assurance – Software Reviews - Format Technical
Review (FTR) Formal Approaches to SQA – Software Reliability - Introduction to SQA - The Software Quality
Assurance Plan – Formal approaches to SQA - Clean room Methodology.
Total Contact Hours:45

Course Outcomes:
 Apply project management concepts and techniques to an IT project.
 Identify issues that could lead to IT project success or failure.
 Explain project management in terms of the software development process.
 Describe the responsibilities of IT project managers.
 Apply project management concepts through working in a group as team leader

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Problem solving sessions
● Activity Based Learning
● Implementation of small module

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Tutorial problems
● Assignment problems
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation/Discussion

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

190
 Text Book(s):
1.Bob Hughes, Mike Cotterell and Rajib Mall, “Software Project Management”, Fifth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2017.
2.Pressman R S, ”Software Engineering - A Practitioner„s Approach”, 9 th Edition, Tata McGrawHill Book Company,
2023.

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1. Gerardus Blokdyk, “Software Project Management: A Complete Guide“, 5STARCooks ,2020
2. Harold Kerzner, “Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling“, 13th
Edition, Wiley, 2022
3. Project Management Institute (PMI), “ A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge“, Seventh Edition,
Project Management Institute, 2021

CO-PO-PSO Mapping

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
IT23C12.1 1 2 3 - 1 - - 1 2 2 3 3 2 2 2

IT23C12.2 2 1 2 - 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 3 2 1

IT23C12.3 2 2 2 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 2 2 2 2

IT23C12.4 1 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 1 2

IT23C12. 5 2 2 3 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 1 2 1 2

Average 1.7 1.8 2.6 - 1.4 - - 1 1.3 2 2 1.8 2.4 1.7 1.8

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

191
 Subject Code Subject Name (Theory course) Category L T P C
IT23C17 Ubiquitous Computing PE 3 0 0 3
(Common to IT, CSE)

Objectives:
1. Understand the fundamental concepts and principles of ubiquitous computing.
2. Understand the architecture, lifecycle, and integration of smart devices and services in modern technological
ecosystems.
3. Design and develop basic ubiquitous computing systems or applications.
4. Explore the principles and design of intelligent systems, focusing on interaction, autonomy, and artificial life.
5. Communicate effectively about ubiquitous computing concepts and applications.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION 9
Applications- Properties- Implicit Human Computer Interaction- Ubiquitous System Environment Interaction -
Architectural Design for UbiCom Systems- Applications and Requirements: Example Early UbiCom Research
Projects, Everyday Applications in the Virtual, Human and Physical World
UNIT-II SMART DEVICES 9
Smart Devices and Services - Service Architecture Models - Service Provision Life Cycle - Virtual Machines and
Operating Systems- Smart Mobile Devices, Users, Resources and Code- Operating Systems for Mobile Computers
and Communicator Devices - Smart Card Devices- Device Networks
UNIT-III HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION 9
Basic Concepts - User Interfaces and Interaction for Four Widely Used Devices - Hidden UI Via Basic Smart Devices
- Hidden UI Via Wearable and Implanted Devices - Human Centred Design (HCD) - Tagging the Physical World -
Sensors and Sensor Networks - Control Systems - Robots
UNIT-IV INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS 9
Basic Concepts, IS Architectures, IS System Operations - Interaction Multiplicity- Interaction Design -Generic
Intelligent Interaction Applications- Autonomous Systems and Artificial Life
UNIT-V UBIQUITOUS COMMUNICATION 9
Audio Networks, Data Networks, Wireless Data Networks and Ubiquitous Networks- Managing Smart Devices in
Virtual Environments and Human User Centered Environments

Total Contact Hours: 45

Course Outcomes:
1. Gain a comprehensive understanding of the principles and concepts underlying ubiquitous computing.
2. Design and implement service-oriented solutions leveraging smart devices and networks.
3. Understanding ubiquitous computing applications across various platforms, including mobile, wearable, and
IoT devices.
4. Design intelligent systems with effective interaction and autonomous capabilities.
5. Apply ubiquitous computing principles to solve real-world problems and challenges such as healthcare, smart
cities, and personalized services.

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES (if any) (UNIT/ Module Wise) – Could suggest topic
● Case study on ubiquitous computing
● Survey on various application
● Activity Based Learning
● Implementation of small module

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS (if Any) (UNIT/ Module Wise) – could suggest topic
● Tutorial problems
● Assignment problems
● Quizzes
● Class Presentation/Discussion

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

192
 Text Book(s):
1. Stefan Poslad ,” Ubiquitous Computing Smart Devices, Environments and Interactions”, Wiley, First Edition,
2009.
2. Frank Adelstein, Sandeep K. S. Gupta, Golden G. Richard III, and Loren Schwiebert, “Fundamentals of Mobile
and Pervasive Computing”, McGraw-Hill, 2005.
3. John Krumm, “Ubiquitous Computing Fundamentals”, Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2009.

Reference Books(s) / Web links:

1. 1. Hideyuki Nakashima, Hamid Aghajan, and Juan Carlos Augusto, “Handbook of Ambient Intelligence and
Smart Environments”, Springer-Verlag, 2010.
2. 2. Adam Greenfield, “Everyware: The Dawning Age of Ubiquitous Computing”, New Riders, First Edition, 2010.
3. 3. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, and Omar Elloumi, “The Internet of Things: Key Applications and
Protocols” John Wiley & Sons Inc, Second Edition, 2012

CO-PO-PSO Mapping
PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
IT23C17.1 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 2 2 3 3 2 2 2

IT23C17.2 3 2 2 - 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 3 2 2

IT23C17.3 3 2 2 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 2 2 2 2

IT23C17.4 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 1 2

IT23C17. 5 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 1 2 1 2

Average 3 2 2.6 - 1.4 - - 1 1.3 2 2 1.8 2.4 1.7 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

193
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
CS23B35 Internet of Things: Concepts and Hands-on Applications PE 1 0 4 3
B.E. Programme for CSE

OBJECTIVES:
 To introduce the terminology, technology and its applications
 To introduce the concept of M2M (machine to machine) with necessary protocols
 To introduce the Python Scripting Language which is used in many IoT devices
 To introduce the Raspberry PI platform, that is widely used in IoT applications
 To introduce the implementation of web-based services on IoT devices

UNIT-I Introduction 3
Definition and Characteristics of IoT, Sensors, Actuators, Physical Design of IoT – IoT Protocols, IoT communication
models, IoT Communication APIs, IoT enabled Technologies – Wireless Sensor Networks, Cloud Computing, Embedded
Systems, IoT Levels and Templates, Domain Specific IoTs – Home, City, Environment, Energy, Agriculture and Industry.
UNIT-II IoT and M2M 3
Software defined networks, network function virtualization, difference between SDN and NFV for IoT, Basics of IoT
System Management with NETCONF, YANG- NETCONF, YANG, SNMP NETOPEER
UNIT-III IoT Physical Devices and Controlling Hardware 3
IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints- Introduction to Arduino and Raspberry Pi- Installation, Interfaces (serial, SPI, I2C)
Controlling Hardware- Connecting LED, Buzzer, Switching High Power devices with transistors, Controlling AC Power
devices with Relays, Controlling servo motor, speed control of DC Motor, unipolar and bipolar Stepper motors
UNIT-IV Sensors 3
Light sensor, temperature sensor with thermistor, voltage sensor, ADC and DAC, Temperature and Humidity Sensor
DHT11, Motion Detection Sensors, Wireless Bluetooth Sensors, Level Sensors, USB Sensors, Embedded Sensors,
Distance Measurement with ultrasound sensor
UNIT-V IoT Physical Servers and Cloud Offerings 3
Introduction to Cloud Storage models and communication APIs Web Server – Web server for IoT, Cloud for IoT, Python
web application framework Designing a RESTful web API
Total Contact Hours : 15

List of Experiments
1 Use Light Dependent Resistor (LDR) and control an LED that should switch-on/off depending on the light.
2 Create a traffic light signal with three colored lights (Red, Orange and Green) with a duty cycle of 5-2-10 seconds
3 Switch on and switch of a DC motor based on the position of a switch.
4 Convert an analog voltage to digital value and show it on the screen.
5 Create a door lock application using a reed switch and magnet and give a beep when the door is opened.
6 Control a 230V device (Bulb) with Raspberry Pi using a relay.
7 Control a 230V device using a threshold temperature, using a temperature sensor.
Create an application that has three LEDs (Red, Green and white). The LEDs should follow the cycle (All Off, Red
8
On, Green On, White On) for each clap (use sound sensor).
Create a web application for the above applications wherever possible with suitable modifications to get input and to
9
send output.
Contact Hours : 60
Total Contact Hours : 75

Hardware Requirements:
1. Arduino board, ultrasonic sensor, IR sensor, breadboard, jumper wires.
2. Raspberry Pi

Software Requirements:
1. Jupyter Notebook (Python), Anaconda.
2. Arduino IDE.
3. MATLAB

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

194
Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
 Understand IoT value chain structure (device, data cloud), application areas and technologies involved.
 Understand IoT sensors and technological challenges faced by IoT devices, with a focus on wireless, energy, power,
and sensing modules
 Market forecast for IoT devices with a focus on sensors
 Explore and learn about Internet of Things with the help of preparing projects designed for Raspberry Pi
 Design and analyze IoT servers and application needs.

Textbooks:
1. Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti, Universities Press, “Internet of Things - A Hands-on Approach”, 2015, ISBN:
9788173719547
2. Matt Richardson & Shawn Wallace, “Getting Started with Raspberry Pi”, O'Reilly (SPD), 2014, ISBN:
9789350239759
3. Simon Monk, Raspberry Pi Cookbook,” Software and Hardware Problems and solutions”, O'Reilly (SPD), 2016,
ISBN 7989352133895

Reference Books(s):
1 Peter Waher, “Learning Internet of Things”, Packt Publishing, 2015 3. Editors Ovidiu Vermesan
2 Peter Friess,”Internet of Things – From Research and Innovation to Market Deployment”, River Publishers, 2014

CO – PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23B35.1 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 3 1 3 - 2 -

CS23B35.2 - 3 - 2 - - - - - 2 1 1 2 - -

CS23B35.3 - - - 1 - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -

CS23B35.4 - 1 - 1 - - - - - 3 - 2 3 - 1

CS23B35.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 - -

AVERAGE 1.0 1.7 1.0 1.3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.8 1.0 1.8 2.0 2.0 1.0

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “-“

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

195
 OPEN ELECTIVE – OFFERED BY CSE

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

196
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
OCS2331 JAVA PROGRAMMING OE 2 0 2 3
B.E. Programme for CSE

Objectives:
● To understand Object Oriented Programming concepts and characteristics of Java.
● To know the principles of classes, abstraction and inheritance.
● To create packages, define exceptions and use interface.
● To use I/O streams and Generics in applications.
● To learn how to organize and handle data effectively in Java programs, making them faster and easier to
manage using Collections

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO OOP AND JAVA FUNDAMENTALS 6

Introduction to Object Oriented Programming – Basic concepts of OOP - The History and Evolution of Java - An
overview
of Java - Java Architecture - Data Types - Variables- Arrays- Operators - Control Statements - String – String Buffer.
UNIT-II CLASSES AND INHERITANCE 6
Classes – Class Fundamentals - A Simple Class - Declaring Objects - Assigning Object Reference Variables - Methods -
Constructors – this - Inheritance - Inheritance Basics - Member Access - super - Method Overriding - Dynamic Method
Dispatch - Abstract Classes - final - Object Class.
UNIT-III PACKAGES, INTERFACE & EXCEPTION HANDLING 6
Packages - Defining a Package - Access Protection - Imports - Interfaces - Implements - Nested Interfaces - Exception
Handling - Types - try - catch - throw - throws - finally - User Defined Exceptions.
UNIT-IV I/O AND GENERIC PROGRAMMING 6
Input / Output Basics – Streams – Byte streams and Character streams – Reading and Writing Console – Reading and
Writing Files – Generic Programming – Generic Classes – Generic Methods.
UNIT-V COLLECTIONS 6
Collection – Iterable - List Iterable - Collections - List – ArrayList - LinkedList- Vector – Stack - Set - HashSet –
LinkedHashSet – SortedSet- TreeSet - Queue - PriorityQueue - Map - HashMap – TreeMap.
Total Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments (If applicable)

1 Programs using data types and Operators.
2 Programs using control structures.
3 Programs using arrays.
4 Programs using strings and string buffer.
5 Programs using classes and objects.
6 Programs using inheritance.
7 Programs using Packages.
8 Programs using Interfaces.
9 Programs to create user defined exceptions.
10 Programs using Files.
11 Programs to implement Object Serialization.
12 Programs using collections-LIST.
13 Programs using collections-Stack and Queue.
14 Programs using collections-SET.
15 Programs using collections-MAP.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

197
 Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
● Develop Java programs using OOP principles and Strings.
● Develop Java programs with the concept’s inheritance.
● Build Java applications using exceptions and interfaces.
● Develop Java applications using I/O and collections.
● Learning how to organize and handle data effectively in Java programs, making them faster and easier to
manage using Collections.

SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
● Quizzes – basic concepts of JAVA & language basics
● Tutorial – Class & Inheritance
● Flipped Classroom – Packages & Interface
● Mind Map, Poster Design – IO & Generics
● Implementation of small Systems- Collections

SUGGESTED EVALUATION METHODS

● Quizzes – basic concepts of JAVA & language basics.
● Tutorial problems - Applications & Implementations using Inheritance
● Implementation – small applications using exception handling
● Logical thinking – solving problems using generics
● Mini Project – Collections

Web links for Theory & Lab

1 https://java-iitd.vlabs.ac.in/
2 https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java

Text Books(s):
1 Herbert Schildt, “Java The complete reference”, 9th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2014
2 Cay S. Horstmann, Gary cornell, “Core Java Volume –I Fundamentals”, 9th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2013.

Reference Books:
1 Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, “Java SE 8 for programmers”, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2015.
2 Steven Holzner, “Java 2 Black book”, Dreamtech press, 2011.
Timothy Budd, “Understanding Object-oriented programming with Java”, Updated Edition, Pearson Education,
3
2000.
4 SCJP Sun Certified Programmer for Java 6 Study Guide. 6th edition, McGrawHill.
5 https://www.javatpoint.com/java-tutorial

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
OCS2331.1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3 3 2
OCS2331.2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3 3 2
OCS2331.3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3
OCS2331.4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3
OCS2331.5 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 - 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
Average 3 3 3 2.6 3 - 2 - 2 2 3 3 3 3 2.6
Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

198
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
OCS2332 DATA STRUCTURES USING C OE 2 0 2 3
B.E. Programme for CSE

Objectives:
● To introduce the basics of C programming language.
● To learn the concepts of advanced features of C.
● To understand the concepts of ADTs and linear data structures
● To know the concepts of non-linear data structure and hashing.
● To familiarize the concepts of sorting and searching techniques.

UNIT-I C PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS 6

Data Types – Variables – Operations – Expressions and Statements – Conditional Statements – Functions – Recursive
Functions – Arrays – Single and Multi-Dimensional Arrays.
UNIT-II C PROGRAMMING - ADVANCED FEATURES 6
Structures – Union – Enumerated Data Types – Pointers: Pointers to Variables, Arrays and Functions– File Handling –
Pre-processor Directives.
UNIT-III LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES 6
Abstract Data Types (ADTs) – List ADT – Array-Based Implementation – Linked List – Doubly- Linked Lists – Circular
Linked List – Stack ADT – Implementation of Stack – Applications – Queue ADT – Priority Queues – Queue
Implementation – Applications.
UNIT-IV NON-LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES 6
Trees – Binary Trees – Tree Traversals – Expression Trees – Binary Search Tree – Hashing - Hash Functions – Separate
Chaining – Open Addressing – Linear Probing– Quadratic Probing – Double Hashing – Rehashing.
UNIT-V SEARCHING AND SORTING TECHNIQUES 6
Insertion Sort – Quick Sort – Heap Sort – Merge Sort –Linear Search – Binary Search.
Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1. C programs using single and multidimensional arrays
2. C program using Pointers
3. C program using structures
4. C programs for file handling
5. Implementation of Singly, Doubly, Circular Linked List
6. Implementation of Stack and Queue
7. Implementation of Binary Search Tree
8. Implementation of Hashing Techniques
9. Implementation of Searching algorithms using C
10. Implementation of Sorting algorithms using C
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

● Develop C programs for any real world/technical application.
● Apply advanced features of C in solving problems.
● Suggest and use appropriate linear/non–linear data structure operations for solving a given problem.
● Apply appropriate hash functions that result in a collision free scenario for data storage and retrieval.
● Appropriately use sort and search algorithms for a given application.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

199
 Textbooks:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 1997.

2. Alfred V. Aho, John E. Hopcroft, Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Pearson Education,
1983.
3. Paul J. Deitel, Harvey Deitel, “C How to Program”, Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.

Reference books:
1 Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.

2 Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni and Susan Anderson-Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd
Edition, University Press, 2008.
3 https://www.hackerrank.com/

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
OCS2332.1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
OCS2332.2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 3 3 2
OCS2332.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 3 3 3 3
OCS2332.4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3 2
OCS2332.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 - 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
Average 2.8 2.8 3 3 2.6 3 2 - 2 2 2 2.4 3 2.8 2.4

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low)2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

200
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
OCS2333 ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY OE 2 0 2 3
B.E. Programme for CSE

Objectives:
● To learn assistive technologies for individuals with disabilities and to understand how technologies aid human
activity within different contexts
● To understand ethical considerations surrounding assistive technology, and learn effective service delivery
strategies.
● To explore user inputs, control interfaces, mainstream ICT, web technologies, and seating integration to enhance
functionality and participation in assistive technology contexts.
● To analyze technologies enabling mobility, transportation assistance, and manipulation/control of the
environment.
● To investigate sensory aids for visual and auditory impairments, cognitive augmentation technologies, and
augmentative communication systems.

UNIT-I Principles of Assistive Technology 6

Definitions of Assistive Technology-Principles of Assistive Technology Service Delivery-The Human Activity Assistive
Technology Model-Application of the Human Activity Assistive Technology Model-Technologies That Assist People
Who Have Disabilities- Activity, Human, and Context: The Human Doing an Activity in Context.
UNIT-II Legal and Ethical Foundations of Assistive Technology Services 6
The Ethical Context-Application of Ethical Concepts in Assistive Technology-Professional Ethics - Delivering Assistive
Technology Services to the Consumer.
UNIT III Comprehensive Integration of Assistive Technologies for Enhanced Accessibility 6
Making the Connection: User Inputs for Assistive Technologies - Control Interfaces for Assistive Technologies-
Accessing
Mainstream Information and Communication Technologies: The Technology and the Web.
UNIT-IV Enhancing Mobility and Environmental Control through Assistive Technologies 6
Technologies That Enable Mobility -Technologies That Aid Transportation-Technologies That Aid Manipulation and
Control of the Environment.
UNIT V Empowering Sensory and Cognitive Abilities through Assistive Technologies 6
Sensory Aids for Persons with Visual Impairments - Sensory Aids for Persons with Auditory Impairment - Assistive
Technologies for Cognitive Augmentation.
Contact hours: 30

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Evaluate and apply assistive technologies effectively to support individuals with disabilities in diverse
activities and contexts.
● Integrate law, policy, role and function related to the assistive technology
● Enhance accessibility and participation by integrating user inputs, control interfaces, mainstream ICT
access, and seating technologies effectively in assistive technology contexts
● Analyze and recommend the assistive technology for persons with disabilities
● Equip learners with proficiency in implementing assistive technologies to enhance sensory perception, cognitive
abilities, and communication for individuals with diverse impairments.
Text Books:
1 Cook, Albert M., and Jan Miller Polgar. Cook & Hussey’s Assistive Technologies: Principles and Practice. 4th ed.
Mosby Elsevier, 2015. ISBN: 978-0-323-09631-7

Reference Books:
Bouck, E. C. (2017). Assistive technology. Sage Publications
1.
Draper, Sharon M. (2010). Out of my mind. Atheneum Books for Young Readers.
2.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

201
 Suggested Activities:
 Class lecture and discussion
 Small group activities and assignments
 Video and other media support
 Visit to special schools
 Peer reviews
 Research and presentation activities

Suggested Assessment Methods:

 Interactive Activities
 Quiz
 Mini Project
 CAT & Final Exams

List of the Experiments

1. Customized seat cushion for wheelchair users.
2. Mobile app for detecting clothing colors and patterns to help a blind person dress independently.
3. Smart stick with sensing and a haptic interface designed for a blind person.
4. Android-based task-reminder
5. Customized mouse event handler for someone using only his eyes to control the mouse.
6. Voice-controlled tablet-based software to control various aspects of the user’s environment.
7. Custom “no-spill” spoon for a person with a spinal cord injury to eat more easily.
8. Software/tools for improving cognitive functions
9. Development of multi-sensory games transcending to life skills
10. Development of AR technologies to learn with enjoyment
11. Diagnostic tools for assessing the levels of hearing impairment.
12. Identification of medicines, knowing expiry dates on packages including
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Platform Needed: Linux

HARDWARE: Personal Computer with Dual Core Processor with 4 GB RAM.
SOFTWARE : Gcc Compiler

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
OCS2333.1 3 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
OCS2333.2 3 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
OCS2333.3 3 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
OCS2333.4 3 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
OCS2333.5 3 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
Average 3 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low)2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

202
Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
OCS2334 Web Design and Development OE 2 0 2 3
B.E.Programme for CSE

Objectives:
● To understand the basic concepts in Web Design.
● To understand a dynamic web page using JavaScript
● To learn how to develop server-side programs using PHP
● To learn how to create Animations & Effect using JQuery
● To learn responsive websites using Bootstrap

UNIT I WEB BASICS, HTML AND CSS 6

Web Basics: Clients, Servers, and Communication-Internet Overview-Basic Internet Protocols – HTML 5.0: Tables –
Lists - Image - HTML5 control elements - Semantic elements - Drag and Drop - Audio - Video controls. CSS3.0:
Inline, embedded and external style sheets - Rule cascading - Inheritance - Backgrounds - Border Images - Colors -
Shadows -
Text - Transformations - Transitions – Animations.
UNIT II CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING – JAVA SCRIPT 6
JavaScript Introduction – Variables and Data Types - Statements - Operators – Literals - Expressions and Control Flow
in JavaScript - JavaScript Functions, Objects and Arrays - Regular Expression- Document Object Model (DOM) -
Event handling – Validation.
UNIT-III SERVER-SIDE SCRIPTING - PHP 6
Introduction- Working principle of PHP -Variables - Constants - Operators - Flow Control and Looping - Arrays -
Strings - Functions - File Handling -PHP and HTML - Simple PHP scripts - Databases with PHP.
UNIT IV JQUERY 6
JQUERY: Introduction to jQuery – Selectors – Elements: Manipulations, Changing and Setting elements – Event
Models: Event handlers – Animations & Effects – Functions – Plugins.
UNIT-V BOOTSTRAP 5 6
Bootstrap Background and Features - Getting Started with Bootstrap - Grids - Components - Menus and Navigations -
Plugins - Flexbox& Layouts.
Total Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Create a web page to embed a map along with hot spot frames & links.
2 Create a web page using an embedded, external, and inline CSS file.
3 Create an online job registration page along with java script validations.
4 Write a PHP program for Employee Details, which includes EmpID, Name, Designation, Salary, DOJ, etc., to
connect with the database and execute queries to retrieve and update data. Also, prepare the report for single and
group of employees based on the end user needs.
5
Create an online application in any of the web application like PHP for Tourism management like the available trip
details in season based. Type of mode, Concession details for passengers and Booking / Cancelling tickets.

6 Develop a Simple game using jQuery

7 Develop an Attractive web pages using Bootstrap.
8 Design a Web page with Navigation menu, Inline editor, Order form, Instant Search & Switchable Grid using
Bootstrap
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

203
 Platform Needed: Linux
HARDWARE : Personal Computer with Dual Core Processor with 4 GB RAM.
SOFTWARE : Gcc Compiler

Suggested Activities:
Assignment problems, Quiz.
Class presentation/Discussion

Course Outcomes: On completion of course you will be able to

● Know the basic concepts in Web Design.

● Develop a dynamic web page using JavaScript
● Develop a server-side programs using PHP
● Design an Animations & Effect using JQuery
● Develop a responsive website using Bootstrap

Textbooks:
1. Robin Nixon, “Learning PHP, MySQL, JavaScript, CSS & HTML5” Third Edition, O’Reilly publishers, 2014.
2. Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, Abbey Deitel, “Internet & World Wide Web – How to Program”, 7th edition,
Pearson Education, 2012.

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. Jeffrey C. Jackson, “Web Technologies–A Computer Science Perspective”, Pearson Education, 2006.
2. Fritz Schneider, Thomas Powell, “JavaScript – The Complete Reference”, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Publishers,
2017
3. Steven Holzener , “PHP – The Complete Reference”, 1st Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2017
4. Bear Bibeault and Yehuda Katz, jQuery in Action, 2008
5. Matt Lambert, Learning Bootstrap 4, Second Edition, Packt Publishing, 2016

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

COs/
POs PO 1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12 PSO 1 PSO 2 PS0 3
OCS2334.1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 - 1 3 3 3 2
OCS2334.2 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 1 1 3 3 2
OCS2334.3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 2 2 - 2 2 3 3 3
OCS2334.4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
OCS2334.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - 3 3 3 3 3
Average 3 3 3 3 3 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.3 2.0 1.8 2.4 3 3 2.6

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

204
 Course Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory course) Category L T P C
OCS2335 APP DEVELOPMENT OE 2 0 2 3
B.E. Programme for CSE

Objectives:
● Understand Various App Development Paradigms.
● Master Native App Development.
● Explore Hybrid App Development.
● Develop Skills in Cross-Platform Application Development.
● Evaluate Non-Functional Aspects of Application Development.

Unit-I Fundamentals of Mobile and Web Application Development 6

Basics of Web and Mobile application development, Native App, Hybrid App, Cross-platform App, What is Progressive
Web App, Responsive Web design.
Unit-II Native App Development 6
Native Web App, Benefits of Native App, Scenarios to create Native App, Tools for creating Native App, Cons of Native
App, Popular Native App Development Frameworks.
Unit-III Hybrid App Development 6
Hybrid Web App, Benefits of Hybrid App, Criteria for creating Native App, Tools for creating Hybrid App, Cons of
Hybrid App, Popular Hybrid App Development Frameworks.
Unit-IV Cross-Platform App Development 6
What is Cross-platform App?, Benefits of Cross-platform App, Criteria for creating Cross-platform App, Tools for
creating Cross-platform App, Cons of Cross-platform App, Popular Cross-platform App Development Frameworks.
Unit-V Non-Functional Characteristics of App Frameworks 6

Comparison of different App frameworks, Build Performance, App Performance, Debugging capabilities, Time to
Market, Maintainability, Ease of Development, UI/UX, Reusability.
Contact Hours: 30

List of Experiments
1. Introduction to MIT App Inventor.
2. Develop an application for a BMI calculator.
3. Develop an application for a simple expense manager, which allows entering expenses and income on each day
and displays category wise weekly income and expense.
4. Develop an application to convert units from imperial system to metric system (km to miles, kg to pounds etc.).
5. Design an application for a user login screen with username, password, reset button and a submit button. Also,
include header image and a label. Use layout managers.
6. Build a Music and Video application.
7. Create an Alarm application.
8. Develop an accelerometer and Shaking, Random Numbers and Dolphin Game.
9. Develop a Find my Phone application.
10. Develop an interactive quiz application.
11. Develop a browser app.
12. Develop a list picker app with DB.
13. Design and develop an application for day-to-day task (to-do) management.
14. Design and develop an application to find and display the current location of the user.
15. Mini Project.
Contact Hours: 30
Total Contact Hours: 60

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

205
 Platform Needed: Linux
HARDWARE : PC with 8 GB RAM, i3 Processor
SOFTWARE : Android Studio, Flutter SDK, MIT App Inventor.

Course Outcomes: On completion of course, you will be able to

● Proficiently Develop Various Types of Apps.
● Utilize Development Tools Effectively.
● Create Responsive and Progressive Web Apps.
● Analyze and Compare App Development Frameworks.
● Implement Best Practices in App Development.

Textbooks:
1. Head First Android Development, Dawn Griffiths, O’Reilly, 1 st edition.
2. Apache Cordova in Action, Raymond K. Camden, Manning, 2015.
3. Full Stack React Native: Create beautiful mobile apps with JavaScript and React Native, Anthony Accomazzo,
Houssein Djirdeh, Sophia Shoemaker, Devin Abbott, FullStack publishing.

Reference Books (s)/Web links:

1. Android Programming for Beginners, John Horton, Packt Publishing, 2 nd Edition.

2. Native Mobile Development by Shaun Lewis, Mike Dunn.
3. Building Cross-Platform Mobile and Web Apps for Engineers and Scientists: An Active Learning Approach,
Pawan Lingras, Matt Triff, Rucha Lingras.
4. Apache Cordova 4 Programming, John M Wargo, 2015.
5. React Native Cookbook, Daniel Ward, Packt Publishing, 2nd Edition.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
OCS2335.1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 - 1 3 3 3 2
OCS2335.2 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 1 1 3 3 2
OCS2335.3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 2 2 - 2 2 3 2 3
OCS2335.4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
OCS2335.5 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - 3 3 3 3 3
Average 2.8 3 3 3 3 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.3 2.0 1.8 2.4 3 2.8 2.6

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

206
 COURSES OFFERED BY CSE
TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

207
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
GE23233 PROBLEM SOLVING AND PYTHON PROGRAMMING ES 2 0 4 4
B.E. Programme for CSE

Objectives:
● To know the basics of algorithmic problems solving
● To develop Python programs with conditionals and loops
● To define Python functions and call them
● To use Python data structures–-lists, tuples, dictionaries
● To do input/output with files in Python

UNIT-I ALGORITHMIC PROBLEM SOLVING 6

Introduction to computers-characteristics-basic organization of a computer– algorithms-building blocks of algorithms
(instructions / statements, state, control flow, functions)-notation (pseudo code, flow chart, programming language) -
algorithmic problem solving - simple strategies for developing algorithms (iteration, recursion).
UNIT-II DATA, EXPRESSIONS, STATEMENTS AND CONTROL FLOW 6
Python interpreter and interactive mode - values and types - data types – variables – keywords – expressions and statements-
python I/O - operators- precedence of operators– comments. Conditionals: conditional (if)-alternative (if-else)-chained
conditional (if- elif- else)–nested conditional.
UNIT-III CONTROL FLOW – II AND FUNCTIONS 7
Iteration: while – for - break – continue – pass. Illustrative programs: exchange the values of two variables- circulate the
values of n variables-test for leap year. Function calls – type conversion– math function– composition- definition and use -
flow of execution - parameters and arguments. Fruitful functions: return values – parameters - scope: local and global -
recursion.
UNIT-IV STRINGS 5
Strings: string slices – immutability - string functions and methods – string comparison. Illustrative programs: square root–
GCD– exponentiation-sum the array of numbers linear search- binary search.
UNIT-V LISTS, TUPLES AND DICTIONARIES 6
Lists - list operations - list slices - list methods - list loop – mutability – aliasing - cloning lists - list parameters. Tuples –
immutable - tuple assignment - tuple as return value. Dictionaries: operations and methods– dictionaries and tuples–
dictionaries and lists. Advanced list processing- list comprehension. Illustrative programs: Sorting.
Contact Hours : 30

List of Experiments
1 Introduction to Python Programming and Python IDLE/Anaconda distribution.
2 Experiments based on Variables, Data types and Operators in Python.
3 Coding Standards and Formatting Output.
4 Algorithmic Approach: Selection control structures.
5 Algorithmic Approach: Iteration control structures.
6 Experiments based on Strings and its operations.
7 Experiments based on Lists and its operations.
8 Experiments based on Tuples and its operations.
9 Experiments based on Sets and its operations.
10 Experiments based on Dictionary and its operations.
11 Functions: Built-in functions.
12 Searching techniques: Linear and Binary.
13 Sorting techniques: Bubble and Merge Sort.
Contact Hours : 60
Total Contact Hours : 90

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

208
Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
● Understand the working principle of a computer and identify the purpose of a computer programming language and
ability to identify an appropriate approach to solve the problem.
● Write, test, and debug simple Python programs with conditionals and loops.
● Develop Python programs step - wise by defining functions and calling them.
● Use Python lists, tuples, dictionaries for representing compound data.
● Apply searching, sorting on data and efficiently handle data using flat files.

Text Books:
1. Allen B. Downey, Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist, Second edition, UpdatedforPython3, Shroff/
O’Reilly Publishers, 2016 (http://greenteapress.com/wp/think-python/)
2. Guido Van Rossum and Fred L. Drake Jr, An Introduction to Python-Revised and updated for Python3.2, Network
Theory Ltd., 2011.

Reference Books:
1. JohnVGuttag, Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python, Revised and expanded Edition, MIT Press,
2013.
2. Robert Sedgewick, Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero, Introduction to Programming in Python: An Inter-disciplinary
Approach, Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd. 2016.
3. Timothy A.Budd, Exploring Python, Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd. 2015.
4. Kenneth A. Lambert, Fundamentals of Python: First Programs, Cengage Learning, 2012.
5. Charles Dierbach, Introduction to Computer Science using Python: A Computational Problem-Solving Focus, Wiley
India Edition,2013.
6. Paul Gries, Jennifer Campbell and Jason Montojo, Practical Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science using
Python3, Second edition, Pragmatic Programmers, LLC, 2013.

CO -PO–PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
GE23233.1 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 3 3 -

GE23233.2 2 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 3 2 -

GE23233.3 1 1 2 1 2 - - - - - 1 1 2 3 2

GE23233.4 2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 2 2 2

GE23233.5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 1 2 2 2

Average 1.8 1.6 2.2 1.6 1.8 - - 0.0 0.2 1 1.4 1 2.4 2.4 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

209
 Subject Code Subject Name (Laboratory Course) Category L T P C

GE23231 PROGRAMMING USING PYTHON ES 1 0 4 3

Common to all branches of B. E. / B.Tech program (Except–CSE,
CSBS, CSD, IT, AI/ML, CYBER SECURITY, AI/DS)

Objectives:
● To understand computers, programming languages and their generations and essential skills for a logical thinking for
problem solving.
● To write, test, and debug simple Python programs with conditionals, and loops and functions
● To develop Python programs with defining functions and calling them
● To understand and write python programs with compound data-lists, tuples, dictionaries
● To search, sort, read and write data from /to files in Python.

List of Experiments
1. Study of algorithms, flowcharts and pseudocodes.
2. Introduction to Python Programming and Python IDLE/Anaconda distribution.
3. Experiments based on Variables, Data types and Operators in Python.
4. Coding Standards and Formatting Output.
5. Algorithmic Approach: Selection control structures.
6. Algorithmic Approach: Iteration control structures.
7. Experiments based on Strings and its operations.
8. Experiments based on Lists and its operations.
9. Experiments based on Tuples and its operations.
10. Experiments based on Sets and its operations.
11. Experiments based on Dictionary and its operations.
12. Functions: Built-in functions.
13. Functions: User-defined functions.
14. Functions: Recursive functions.
15. Searching techniques: Linear and Binary.
16. Sorting techniques: Bubble and Merge Sort.
17. Experiments based on files and its operations.
Contact Hours : 75

Platform Needed: Linux

HARDWARE : Personal Computer with Dual Core Processor with 4 GB RAM.
SOFTWARE : Gcc Compiler

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:

● Understand the working principle of a computer and identify the purpose of a computer programming language and
ability to identify an appropriate approach to solve the problem.
● Write, test, and debug simple Python programs with conditionals and loops.
● Develop Python programs step - wise by defining functions and calling them.
● Use Python lists, tuples, dictionaries for representing compound data.
● Apply searching, sorting on data and efficiently handle data using flat files.

Text Books:
1. Allen B. Downey, Think Python:How to Think Like a Computer Scientist, Second edition,UpdatedforPython3, Shroff/
O’Reilly Publishers, 2016 (http://greenteapress.com/wp/think-python/)
2. Guido Van Rossum and Fred L. Drake Jr, An Introduction to Python-Revised and updated for Python3.2, Network
Theory Ltd., 2011.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

210
 Reference Books:
1. JohnVGuttag, Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python, Revised and expanded Edition, MIT Press,
2013.
2. Robert Sedgewick, Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero, Introduction to Programming in Python: An Inter-disciplinary
Approach, Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd. 2016.
3. Timothy A.Budd, Exploring Python, Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd. 2015.
4. Kenneth A. Lambert, Fundamentals of Python: First Programs, Cengage Learning, 2012.
5. Charles Dierbach, Introduction to Computer Science using Python: A Computational Problem-Solving Focus, Wiley
India Edition, 2013.
6. Paul Gries, Jennifer Campbell and Jason Montojo, Practical Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science using
Python3, Second edition, Pragmatic Programmers, LLC, 2013.

CO -PO–PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

GE23231.1 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 3 3 -

GE23231.2 2 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 3 2 -

GE23231.3 1 1 2 1 2 - - - - - 1 1 2 3 2

GE23231.4 2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 2 2 2

GE23231.5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 1 2 2 2

Average 1.8 1.6 2.2 1.6 1.8 - - - 1 1 1.4 1 2.4 2.4 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low)2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

211
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Oriented Theory Course) Category L T P C
CS23232 FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA STRUCTURES USING C ES 3 0 4 5
B.E. Programme for CSE

Objectives:
● To learn the features of C
● To learn about functions, pointers and structures
● To explore the applications of linear data structures list
● To explore the applications of linear data structures stack and queue
● To learn the basic sorting and searching algorithms and about hashing

UNIT-I PROGRAMMING BASICS 10

Structure of a C program – Constants, Variables – Data Types – Expressions using operators in C – Managing Input and
Output operations – Decision Making and Branching – Looping statements. Arrays – Initialization – Declaration – One
dimensional and Two-dimensional arrays. Strings - String operations
UNIT-II FUNCTIONS, POINTERS AND STRUCTURES 9
Functions – Pass by value – Pass by reference – Recursion – Pointers - Definition – Initialization – Structures and unions -
definition – Structure within a structure - Programs using structures.
UNIT-III LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – LIST 9
Abstract Data Types (ADTs) – List ADT – array-based implementation – linked list implementation –– singly linked lists–
applications of lists –Polynomial Manipulation – All operation (Insertion, Deletion, Merge, Traversal)
UNIT-IV LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – STACKS, QUEUES 8
Stack ADT – Evaluating arithmetic expressions- Balancing Symbols- Queue ADT – circular queue implementation –
applications of queues
UNIT-V SORTING, SEARCHING AND HASH TECHNIQUES 9
Sorting algorithms: Insertion sort – Selection sort – Bubble sort – Quick sort – Merge sort – Searching: Linear search –
Binary Search Hashing: Hash Functions – Separate Chaining – Open Addressing – Rehashing
Contact Hours : 45

List of Experiments
1 Programs using, I/O statements and expressions.
2 Programs using decision-making statements
3 Programs using Arrays and Strings
4 Programs using Functions
5 Programs using Structures
6 Linked list implementation of List
7 Array implementation of Stack and Queue ADTs
8 Linked list implementation of Stack and Queue ADTs
9 Applications of List, Stack and Queue ADTs
10 Implementation of Searching and Sorting algorithms
11 Hashing –Linear probing
Contact Hours : 60
Total Contact Hours : 105

Platform Needed: Linux

HARDWARE: PC with 2 GB RAM, i3 Processor
SOFTWARE: GCC compiler

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the students will be able to

● Formulate simple algorithms and programs using branching and looping.
● Use arrays, pointers and structures to formulate algorithms and programs.
● Implement linear data structure operations using C.
● Suggest appropriate linear data structures for any given data set.
● Appropriately choose the sorting and searching algorithm for an application and apply hashing concepts for a
given problem.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

212
 Text Books(s):
Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Pearson Education India, Second
1 Edition, 2015.
2 Mark Allen Weiss, ―Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2002

Reference Book(s):
Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, Susan Anderson-Freed, ―Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, Second Edition,
1 University Press, 2008.
2 Alfred V. Aho, John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman, ―Data Structures and Algorithms, Pearson Education, 2009.
3 ReemaThareja, Data Structures Using C, Second Edition, Oxford University Press, 2014.
Robert Kruse, C.L.Tondo, Bruce Leung, Shashi Mogalla , ― Data Structures and Program Design in C, Second
4 Edition, Pearson Education, 2007
Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni and Susan Anderson Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2ndEdition, University
5 Press, 2008.
6 Herbert Schildt, C: The Complete Reference, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2017.

Web Link(s):
1 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/compile_c_online.php
2 https://www.codechef.com/ide
3 https://www.jdoodle.com/c-online-compiler
4 https://rextester.com/l/c_online_compiler_gcc
5 http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlab/labscse.html
6 https://www.hackerrank.com/
7 https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/
8 https://leetcode.com/

CO -PO–PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO
CS23232.1 1 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 2 3 -
CS23232.2 2 2 3 2 1 - - - 1 - 2 1 2 2 2
CS23232.3 1 2 1 2 1 - - - - - - 1 1 2 -
CS23232.4 1 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 2 2 -
CS23232.5 1 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 1 2 -
Average 1.2 1.6 2.0 1.6 1.0 - - - 1 2 1.5 1.2 1.6 2.2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

213
 Subject Code Subject Name (Lab Course) Category L T P C
CS23422 Python Programming for Machine learning ES 0 0 4 2
B.E. Programme for CSE

Objectives:
● To understand the relationship of the data collected for decision making.
● To know the concept of principal components, factor analysis and cluster analysis for profiling and interpreting the data
collected.
● Lay the foundation of machine learning and its practical applications and prepare students for real-time problem-solving
in data science.
● Develop self-learning algorithms using training data to classify or predict the outcome of future datasets.
● Distinguish overtraining and techniques to avoid it such as cross-validation.

List of Experiments for practice

1. NumPy Basics: Arrays and Vectorized Computation
2. Getting Started with pandas
3. Data Loading, Storage, and File Formats
4. Data Cleaning and Preparation
5. Data Wrangling: Join, Combine, and Reshape
6. Plotting and Visualization
7. Data Aggregation and Group Operations
8. Time Series
9. Supervised Learning
10. Unsupervised Learning and Pre-processing
11. Representing Data and Engineering Features
12. Model Evaluation and Improvement
Contact Hours : 60

Platform Needed: Linux

HARDWARE : Personal Computer with Dual Core Processor with 4 GB RAM.
SOFTWARE : GCC Compiler

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:

● Develop a sound understanding of current, modern computational statistical approaches and their application to a variety
of datasets.
● Analyze and perform an evaluation of learning algorithms and model selection.
● Compare the strengths and weaknesses of many popular machine learning approaches.
● Appreciate the underlying mathematical relationships within and across machine learning algorithms and the paradigms
of supervised and unsupervised learning.
● Design and implement various machine learning algorithms in a range of real-world applications.

Text Books:
1. Wes McKinney, Python for Data Analysis - Data wrangling with pandas, Numpy, and ipython, Second Edition, O’Reilly
Media Inc, 2017.
2. Andreas C. Müller and Sarah Guido, Introduction to Machine Learning with Python - A Guide for Data Scientists, First
Edition, O’Reilly Media Inc, 2016.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

214
Reference Books:
1. Aurélien Géron, Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and Tensor Flow, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly Media
Inc, 2019.

CO - PO – PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO

CS23422.1 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 3 3 -

CS23422.2 2 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 3 2 -

CS23422.3 1 1 2 1 2 - - - - - 1 1 2 3 2

CS23422.4 2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 2 2 2

CS23422.5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 1 2 2 2

Average 1.8 1.6 2.2 1.6 1.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.2 1.4 1 2.4 2.4 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

215
 Subject Code Subject Name (Laboratory Course) Category L T P C
CS23336 INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON PROGRAMMING ES 1 0 4 3
B.E. Programme for CSE
Objectives:

● To understand computers, programming languages and their generations and essential skills for a logical thinking
for problem solving.
● To write, test, and debug simple Python programs with conditionals, and loops and functions
● To develop Python programs with defining functions and calling them
● To understand and write python programs with compound data-lists, tuples, dictionaries
● To search, sort, read and write data from /to files in Python.

List of Experiments
1. Study of algorithms, flowcharts and pseudocodes.
2. Introduction to Python Programming and Python IDLE/Anaconda distribution.
3. Experiments based on Variables, Data types and Operators in Python.
4. Coding Standards and Formatting Output.
5. Algorithmic Approach: Selection control structures.
6. Algorithmic Approach: Iteration control structures.
7. Experiments based on Strings and its operations.
8. Experiments based on Lists and its operations.
9. Experiments based on Tuples and its operations.
10. Experiments based on Sets and its operations.
11. Experiments based on Dictionary and its operations.
12. Functions: Built-in functions.
13. Functions: User-defined functions.
14. Functions: Recursive functions.
15. Searching techniques: Linear and Binary.
16. Sorting techniques: Bubble and Merge Sort.
17. Experiments based on files and its operations.
Contact Hours : 75
Platform Needed: Linux
HARDWARE: Personal Computer with Dual Core Processor with 4 GB RAM.
SOFTWARE: GCC Compiler

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:

● Understand the working principle of a computer and identify the purpose of a computer programming language
and ability to identify an appropriate approach to solve the problem.
● Write, test, and debug simple Python programs with conditionals and loops.
● Develop Python programs step - wise by defining functions and calling them.
● Use Python lists, tuples, dictionaries for representing compound data.
● Apply searching, sorting on data and efficiently handle data using flat files.

Text Books:
1. Allen B. Downey, Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist, Second edition,UpdatedforPython3, Shroff/
O’Reilly Publishers, 2016 (http://greenteapress.com/wp/think-python/)
2. Guido Van Rossum and Fred L. Drake Jr, An Introduction to Python-Revised and updated for Python3.2, Network
Theory Ltd., 2011.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

216
 Reference Books:
1. JohnVGuttag, Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python, Revised and expanded Edition, MIT
Press, 2013.
2. Robert Sedgewick, Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero, Introduction to Programming in Python: An Inter-disciplinary
Approach, Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd, 2016.
3. Timothy A.Budd, Exploring Python, Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2015.
4. Kenneth A. Lambert, Fundamentals of Python: First Programs, Cengage Learning, 2012.
5. Charles Dierbach, Introduction to Computer Science using Python: A Computational Problem Solving Focus, Wiley
India Edition, 2013.
6. Paul Gries, Jennifer Campbell and Jason Montojo, Practical Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science using
Python3, Second edition, Pragmatic Programmers, LLC, 2013.

CO -PO–PSO matrices of course

PO/PSO

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CS23336.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 -

CS23336.2 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 2 -

CS23336.3 2 2 3 2 1 - - - 1 - 2 1 2 2 -

CS23336.4 1 1 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 2 -

CS23336.5 2 2 3 2 1 - - - - - 2 1 2 2 -

Average 1.5 1.5 2.25 1.5 1.0 - - - 1.0 - 1.5 1.0 1.8 1.8 -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are as defined below:

1: Slight (Low)2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) No correlation: “- “

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E Computer Science and Engineering | R2023

217